Willis Towers Watson
Annual Report 2019

Plain-text annual report

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K (Mark one) ☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 or ☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 Commission File Number: 001-16503 WILLIS TOWERS WATSON PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Ireland (Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) c/o Willis Group Limited 51 Lime Street, London EC3M 7DQ, England (Address of principal executive offices) 98-0352587 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) (011) 44-20-3124-6000 (Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Ordinary Shares, nominal value $0.000304635 per share Title of each class Trading Symbol(s) WLTW Name of each exchange on which registered NASDAQ Global Select Market Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☑ No ☐ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☑ Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☑ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☑ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of ‘large accelerated filer’, ‘accelerated filer’ and ‘smaller reporting company’ in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer ☑ Accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☐ Smaller reporting company ☐ Emerging growth company ☐ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☑ The aggregate market value of the voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, computed by reference to the last reported price at which the Registrant’s common equity was sold on June 30, 2019 (the last day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second quarter) was $24,554,970,312. As of February 21, 2020, there were outstanding 128,718,789 ordinary shares, nominal value $0.000304635 per share, of the Registrant. Portions of Part III will be incorporated by reference in accordance with Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K no later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE WILLIS TOWERS WATSON INDEX TO FORM 10-K For the year ended December 31, 2019 Certain Definitions Disclaimer Regarding Forward-looking Statements PART I. Item 1 Item 1A Item 1B Item 2 Item 3 Item 4 PART II. Item 5 Item 6 Item 7 Business Risk Factors Unresolved Staff Comments Properties Legal Proceedings Mine Safety Disclosures Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities Selected Consolidated Financial Data Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk Item 8 Item 9 Item 9A Item 9B PART III. Item 10 Item 11 Item 12 Item 13 Item 14 PART IV. Item 15 Item 16 Signatures Financial Statements and Supplementary Data Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure Controls and Procedures Other Information Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance Executive Compensation Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence Principal Accounting Fees and Services Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules Form 10-K Summary Page 1 2 3 13 30 30 30 30 31 35 36 57 61 137 137 140 141 141 141 141 141 142 146 147 Certain Definitions The following definitions apply throughout this annual report unless the context requires otherwise: ‘We’, ‘Us’, ‘Company’, ‘Willis Towers Watson’, ‘Our’, ‘Willis Towers Watson plc’ or ‘WTW’ Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, a company organized under the laws of Ireland, and its subsidiaries ‘shares’ The ordinary shares of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, nominal value $0.000304635 per share ‘Legacy Willis’ or ‘Willis’ Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company and its subsidiaries, predecessor to Willis Towers Watson, prior to the Merger ‘Legacy Towers Watson’ or ‘Towers Watson’ Towers Watson & Co. and its subsidiaries ‘Merger’ ‘Gras Savoye’ ‘Miller’ ‘TRANZACT’ ‘U.S.’ ‘U.K.’ ‘Brexit’ ‘E.U.’ Merger of Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company and Towers Watson & Co. pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated June 29, 2015, as amended on November 19, 2015, and completed on January 4, 2016 GS & Cie Groupe SAS Miller Insurance Services LLP and its subsidiaries CD&R TZ Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries, doing business as TRANZACT United States United Kingdom The United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union, which occurred on January 31, 2020. European Union or European Union 27 (the number of member countries following the United Kingdom’s exit) ‘U.S. GAAP’ United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ‘FASB’ ‘ASU’ ‘ASC’ ‘SEC’ Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Update Accounting Standards Codification Securities and Exchange Commission 1 Disclaimer Regarding Forward-looking Statements We have included in this document ‘forward-looking statements’ within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which are intended to be covered by the safe harbors created by those laws. These forward-looking statements include information about possible or assumed future results of our operations. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, that address activities, events or developments that we expect or anticipate may occur in the future, including such things as our outlook, future capital expenditures, ongoing working capital efforts, future share repurchases, growth in revenue, the impact of changes to tax laws on our financial results, existing and evolving business strategies and planned acquisitions (including the acquisition of TRANZACT and our proposed acquisition of Unity Group) and dispositions, demand for our services and competitive strengths, goals, the benefits of new initiatives, growth of our business and operations, our ability to successfully manage ongoing organizational and technology changes, including investments in improving systems and processes, our ability to meet our financial guidance, and plans and references to future successes, including our future financial and operating results, objectives, expectations and intentions are forward-looking statements. Also, when we use words such as ‘may,’ ‘will,’ ‘would,’ ‘anticipate,’ ‘believe,’ ‘estimate,’ ‘expect,’ ‘intend,’ ‘plan,’ ‘probably,’ or similar expressions, we are making forward-looking statements. Such statements are based upon the current beliefs and expectations of the Company’s management and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ from those set forth in the forward-looking statements. All forward-looking disclosure is speculative by its nature. A number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results reflected in these forward-looking statements are identified under Risk Factors in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These statements are based on assumptions that may not come true and are subject to significant risks and uncertainties. Although we believe that the assumptions underlying our forward-looking statements are reasonable, any of these assumptions, and therefore also the forward-looking statements based on these assumptions, could themselves prove to be inaccurate. In light of the significant uncertainties inherent in the forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our inclusion of this information is not a representation or guarantee by us that our objectives and plans will be achieved. Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made and we will not update these forward-looking statements unless the securities laws require us to do so. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this document may not occur, and we caution you against unduly relying on these forward-looking statements. 2 PART I. ITEM 1. BUSINESS The Company Willis Towers Watson is a leading global advisory, broking and solutions company that helps clients around the world turn risk into a path for growth. Willis Towers Watson has more than 45,000 employees and services clients in more than 140 countries. We design and deliver solutions that manage risk, optimize benefits, cultivate talent and expand the power of capital to protect and strengthen institutions and individuals. We believe our unique perspective allows us to see the critical intersections between talent, assets and ideas - the dynamic formula that drives business performance. We trace our history to 1828, and are a leading global advisory, broking and solutions company that helps clients around the world turn risk into a path for growth. We provide a comprehensive offering of services and solutions to clients across four business segments: Human Capital and Benefits; Corporate Risk and Broking; Investment, Risk and Reinsurance; and Benefits Delivery and Administration. Our clients operate on a global and local scale in a multitude of businesses and industries throughout the world and generally range in size from large, major multinational corporations to middle-market domestic and international companies. Our clients include many of the world’s leading corporations, including approximately 94% of the FTSE 100, 91% of the Fortune 1000, and 93% of the Fortune Global 500 companies. We also advise the majority of the world’s leading insurance companies. We work with major corporations, emerging growth companies, governmental agencies and not-for-profit institutions in a wide variety of industries, with many of our client relationships spanning decades. No one client accounted for a significant concentration of revenue in each of the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. We place insurance with more than 2,500 insurance carriers, none of which individually accounted for a significant concentration of the total premiums we placed on behalf of our clients in 2019, 2018 or 2017. Available Information The Company files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the ‘SEC’). The SEC maintains a website that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information that issuers (including Willis Towers Watson) file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s website is www.sec.gov. The Company makes available, free of charge through our website, www.willistowerswatson.com, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our proxy statement, current reports on Form 8-K and Forms 3, 4, and 5 filed on behalf of directors and executive officers, as well as any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the ‘Exchange Act’) as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Unless specifically incorporated by reference, information on our website is not a part of this Form 10-K. The Company’s Corporate Governance Guidelines, Audit Committee Charter, Risk Committee Charter, Compensation Committee Charter, and Corporate Governance & Nominating Committee Charter are available on our website, www.willistowerswatson.com, in the Investor Relations section, or upon request. Requests for copies of these documents should be directed in writing to the Company Secretary c/o Office of General Counsel, Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, Brookfield Place, 200 Liberty Street, New York, NY 10281. General Information Willis Towers Watson offers its clients a broad range of services to help them to identify and control their risks, and to enhance business performance by improving their ability to attract, retain and engage a talented workforce. Our risk control services range from strategic risk consulting (including providing actuarial analysis), to a variety of due diligence services, to the provision of practical on-site risk control services (such as health and safety or property loss control consulting), as well as analytical and advisory services (such as hazard modeling and reinsurance optimization studies). We assist clients in planning how to manage incidents or crises when they occur. These services include contingency planning, security audits and product tampering plans. We help our clients enhance their business performance by delivering consulting services, technology and solutions that help them anticipate, identify and capitalize on emerging opportunities in human capital management, as well as offer investment advice to help them develop disciplined and efficient strategies to meet their investment goals. As an insurance broker, we act as an intermediary between our clients and insurance carriers by advising our clients on their risk management requirements, helping them to determine the best means of managing risk and negotiating and placing insurance with insurance carriers through our global distribution network. We operate a private Medicare exchange in the U.S. Through this exchange and those for active employees, we help our clients move to a more sustainable economic model by capping and controlling the costs associated with healthcare benefits. 3 We are not an insurance company, and therefore we do not underwrite insurable risks for our own account. We derive the majority of our revenue from either commissions or fees for brokerage or consulting services. We do not determine the insurance premiums on which our commissions are generally based. Commission levels generally follow the same trend as premium levels as they are derived from a percentage of the premiums paid by the insureds. Fluctuations in these premiums charged by the insurance carriers can therefore have a direct and potentially material impact on our results of operations. Our fees for consulting services are spread across a variety of complementary businesses that generally remain steady during times of uncertainty. We have some businesses, such as our health and benefits and administration businesses, which can be counter cyclical during the early period of a significant economic change. We believe we are one of only a few global advisory, broking and solutions companies in the world possessing the global operating presence, broad product expertise and extensive distribution network necessary to effectively meet the global needs of many of our clients. Business Strategy Willis Towers Watson is in the business of people, risk and capital. We believe that a unified approach to these areas can be a path to growth for our clients. Our integrated teams bring together our understanding of risk strategies and market analytics. This helps clients around the world to achieve their objectives. We operate in attractive markets – both growing and mature – with a diversified platform across geographies, industries, segments and lines of business. We aim to be the premier advisory, broking and solutions company, creating a competitive advantage and delivering sustainable growth. We believe we can achieve this by: • • • Driving profitable organic growth in our current core businesses and geographies – each has a role to play in Willis Towers Watson’s success; Delivering a winning client experience – we are committed to always bringing the best of Willis Towers Watson to our clients – with a consistent standard across all of our businesses and geographies; and Investing both organically and inorganically – with a focus on the most attractive markets for growth or where we can achieve a sustainable competitive advantage, including adjacencies, innovation and inorganic opportunities. We care as much about how we work as we do about the impact that we make. This means commitment to shared values, a framework that guides how we run our business and serve clients. Through these strategies we aim to accelerate revenue, cash flow, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (‘EBITDA’), and earnings growth, and generate compelling returns for investors, by delivering tangible growth in revenue. Principal Services We manage our business across four integrated reportable operating segments: Human Capital and Benefits; Corporate Risk and Broking; Investment, Risk and Reinsurance; and Benefits Delivery and Administration. Below are the percentages of revenue generated by each segment for each of the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. Human Capital and Benefits Corporate Risk and Broking Investment, Risk and Reinsurance Benefits Delivery and Administration 2019 Year ended December 31, 2018 2017 37% 33% 18% 12% 38% 34% 19% 9% 39% 34% 18% 9% 4 The number of employees by segment as of the year ended December 31, 2019 is approximated below: Human Capital and Benefits Corporate Risk and Broking Investment, Risk and Reinsurance Benefits Delivery and Administration Corporate and Other Total Employees Human Capital and Benefits December 31, 2019 15,000 13,500 4,100 6,100 7,900 46,600 The Willis Towers Watson Human Capital & Benefits (‘HCB’) segment provides an array of advice, broking, solutions and software for employee benefit plans, the human resources (‘HR’) organizations and management teams of our clients. HCB is the largest segment of the Company. Organized into four primary offerings - Retirement; Health & Benefits; Talent & Rewards; and Technology and Administration Solutions, the segment is focused on addressing our clients’ people and risk needs to help them take on the challenges of operating in a global marketplace. HCB is strengthened with teams of international consultants that provide support in each of these areas to the global headquarters of multinational clients and their foreign subsidiaries. Retirement — The Retirement business provides actuarial support, plan design, and administrative services for traditional pension and retirement savings plans. Our colleagues help our clients assess the costs and risks of retirement plans on cash flow, earnings and the balance sheet, the effects of changing workforce demographics on their retirement plans, and retiree benefit adequacy and security. We offer clients a full range of integrated retirement consulting services to meet the needs of all types of employers, including those that continue to offer defined benefit plans and those that are reexamining their retirement benefit strategies. We bring a particular in-depth data analysis and perspective to their decision process, because we have tracked the retirement designs of the largest public companies around the world over many years. For clients that want to outsource some or all of their pension plan management, we offer integrated solutions that combine investment consulting, pension administration, core actuarial services, and communication and change management assistance. Our retirement consulting relationships are generally long-term in nature, and client retention rates for this business are high. A significant portion of the revenue in this business is from recurring work, with multi-year contracts that are driven by the heavily regulated nature of employee benefit plans and our clients’ annual needs for these services. Revenue for the Retirement business is somewhat seasonal, as much of our work pertains to calendar-year plan administration and reporting and compliance related to the completion of pension plan valuations; thus, the first quarter of the fiscal year is typically Retirement’s strongest quarter. Major revenue growth drivers in this business include changes in regulations, capital market conditions, increased global demand and increased market share. Health and Benefits — The Health & Benefits (‘H&B’) business provides plan management consulting, broking and administration across the full spectrum of health and group benefit programs, including medical, dental, disability, life and other coverage. Our H&B reach extends from small/mid-market clients to large market clients, across the full geographic footprint of the Company, and to most industries. We can address our clients’ insured needs in more than 140 countries. Our consultants help clients make strategic decisions on topics such as optimizing program spend; evaluating emerging coverage options (including publicly- subsidized health insurance exchanges and private exchanges in the U.S.); and dealing with above-inflation-rate increases in healthcare costs. In addition to our consulting services, we manage a number of collective purchasing initiatives, such as pharmacy and stop-loss, that allow employers to realize greater value from third-party service providers than they can achieve on their own. With Global Benefits Management, our suite of global services supporting medical, dental and risk (life, accident and disability) programs, we have a tailored offering for multinationals. This offering includes a flexible set of ready-made solutions, proven technology, an efficient operational structure and an integrated approach to service delivery that translates to a globally consistent, high-quality experience for our clients. 5 Talent & Rewards — Our Talent & Rewards (‘T&R’) business provides advice, data, software and products to address clients’ total rewards and talent issues. T&R has operations across the globe, including centralized software development and analytics teams that support the efficient delivery of services to clients. Within our Rewards line of business, we address both executive compensation and broad-based rewards. We advise our clients’ management and boards of directors on all aspects of executive pay programs, including base pay, annual bonuses, long-term incentives, perquisites and other benefits. Our focus is on aligning pay plans with an organization’s business strategy and driving desired performance. Our solutions incorporate market benchmarking data and software to support compensation administration. Our Talent line of business offers services focused on designing and implementing talent management programs and processes which help companies attract and deploy talent, engage them over time, manage their performance, develop their skills, provide them with relevant career paths, communicate with them and manage organizational change initiatives. Our solutions include employee insight and listening tools, talent assessment tools and services, and HR software to help companies administer and manage their talent management programs and analyze talent trends. Revenue for the T&R business is partly seasonal in nature, with a meaningful amount of heightened activity in the second half of the calendar year during the annual compensation, benefits and survey cycles. While T&R enjoys long-term relationships with many clients, work in several practices is often project- based and can be sensitive to economic changes. The business benefits from regulatory changes affecting our clients that require strategic advice, program changes and communication such as CEO pay ratio disclosure in the U.S. and gender-pay-gap reporting in the U.K. Additional areas of growth for T&R include evolving views on effective individual performance measurement and management, focus on workforce productivity improvements and labor cost reductions, globalization and digitalization of the workforce, merger and acquisition (‘M&A’) activity, technology-enabled approaches for measuring and understanding workforce engagement, and the opportunity to leverage HR software to improve the design, management and implementation of HR processes and programs. Technology and Administration Solutions — Our Technology and Administration Solutions (‘TAS’) business provides benefits outsourcing services to hundreds of clients across multiple industries. Our TAS team focuses on clients outside of the U.S. where our services are supported by high quality administration teams using robust technology platforms. We have high client retention rates, and we are the leading administrator among the 200 largest pension plans in the U.K., as well as a leader in Germany. For both our defined benefit and defined contribution administration services, we use highly-automated processes and web technology to enable benefit plan members to access and manage their records, perform self-service functions and improve their understanding of their benefits. Our technology also provides trustees and HR teams with timely management information to monitor activity and service levels and reduce administration costs. Corporate Risk and Broking The Willis Towers Watson Corporate Risk & Broking (‘CRB’) segment provides a broad range of risk advice, insurance brokerage and consulting services to clients worldwide ranging from small businesses to multinational corporations. The segment delivers integrated global solutions tailored to client needs and underpinned by data and analytics. CRB has placed more than $20 billion of premium into the insurance markets on an annual basis. CRB operates with three global offerings which aim to leverage capabilities across geographies. In these operations, we have extensive specialized experience handling diverse lines of coverage, including complex risk management programs. A key objective is to assist clients in reducing their overall cost of risk. Property and Casualty — Property and Casualty provides property and liability insurance brokerage services across a wide range of industries including construction, real estate, healthcare and natural resources. Our construction practice provides risk management advice and brokerage services for a wide range of international construction activities. Clients of the construction practice include contractors, project owners, project managers, consultants and financiers. Our natural resources practice encompasses the oil and gas, mining, power and utilities sectors; and provides services including property damage and liability advisory and broking services for both the onshore and offshore assets of our global clients. In addition, we also arrange insurance products and services for our affinity client partners to offer to their customers, employees or members alongside, or in addition to, their principal business offerings. Financial Lines — Financial Lines specializes in brokerage services for financial, political and credit risks. Our clients include financial institutions, professional services firms and affinity groups from around the globe that require coverage for areas ranging from business risks, such as trade credit, directors and officers and medical malpractice, to external threats, such as cyber attacks, terrorism and creditor payment protection. 6 Transport — Transport provides specialist expertise to the transportation, aerospace, marine and inspace industries. Our aerospace business provides insurance brokerage and risk management services to aerospace clients worldwide, including the world’s leading airlines, aircraft manufacturers, air cargo handlers and other airport and general aviation companies. Our marine business provides insurance brokerage services related to hull and machinery, cargo, protection and indemnity and general marine liabilities. Our marine clients include ship owners, ship builders, logistics operations, port authorities, traders and shippers. The specialist inspace team is also prominent in providing insurance and risk management services to the space industry. Facultative capabilities exist within each of the above offerings to serve as a broker or intermediary for insurance companies looking to arrange reinsurance solutions across various classes of risk. This allows our team of experts to deliver differentiated outcomes to their direct insureds, which in many situations are also clients of the wider Willis Towers Watson business. The facultative team also works closely with our treaty reinsurance business to structure reinsurance solutions that deliver capital and strategic benefits to insurance company clients. Investment, Risk and Reinsurance The Willis Towers Watson Investment, Risk and Reinsurance (‘IRR’) segment uses a sophisticated approach to risk, which helps clients free up capital and manage investment complexity. The segment works closely with investors, reinsurers and insurers to manage the equation between risk and return. Blending advanced analytics with deep institutional knowledge, IRR identifies new opportunities to maximize performance. This segment provides investment consulting and discretionary management services and insurance-specific services and solutions through reserves opinions, software, ratemaking, risk underwriting and reinsurance broking. With approximately 77% of the revenue for this segment split between North America and the U.K., this segment includes the following businesses and offerings: Willis Re — Willis Re provides reinsurance industry clients with an understanding of how risk affects capital and financial performance and advises on the best ways to manage related outcomes. We operate this business on a global basis and provide a complete range of transactional capabilities, including in conjunction with our Willis Re Securities business (formerly Willis Towers Watson Securities), a wide variety of capital markets-based products to both insurance and reinsurance companies. Our services are underpinned by modeling, financial analysis and risk management advice. Insurance Consulting and Technology — Insurance Consulting and Technology is a global business that provides advice and technology solutions to the insurance industry. We leverage our industry experience, strategic perspective and analytical skills to help clients measure and manage risk and capital, improve business performance and create a sustainable competitive advantage. Our services include software and technology, risk and capital management, products and product pricing, financial and regulatory reporting, financial and capital modeling, M&A, outsourcing and business management. Investments — Investments provides advice and discretionary management solutions to improve investment outcomes for asset owners using a broad and sophisticated framework for managing risk. We provide coordinated investment advice and solutions to some of the world’s largest pension funds and institutional investors based on our expertise in risk assessment, asset-liability modeling, strategic asset allocation policy setting, manager selection and investment execution. Wholesale Insurance Broking — Wholesale Insurance Broking provides specialist broking services to retail and wholesale brokers, coverholders and direct clients in specialty lines worldwide, through Willis Towers Watson and London-based specialist broker Miller. Innovisk — Innovisk (formerly Underwriting and Capital Management), with operations in the U.K. and North America, brings together our set of managing general agent underwriting activities for the purposes of accelerating their future development using data and technology. Within Innovisk, we act on behalf of our insurance carrier partners in product development, marketing and distribution, risk underwriting and selection, claims management and other general administrative responsibilities. Willis Re Securities — Willis Re Securities (formerly Willis Towers Watson Securities), with offices in New York, London, and Sydney, provides capital markets services to companies involved in the insurance and reinsurance industries, including acting as underwriter for primary issuances, operating a secondary insurance-linked securities trading desk and engaging in strategic advisory work. Max Matthiessen — Max Matthiessen is a leading advisor and broker for insurance, benefits, human resources and savings in the Nordic region. The business specializes in providing human capital and benefits administration together with providing market leading savings and insurance solutions. 7 Benefits Delivery and Administration The Willis Towers Watson Benefits Delivery and Administration (‘BDA’) segment provides primary medical and ancillary benefit exchange and outsourcing services to active employees and retirees across both the group and individual markets. During 2019, the Company completed the acquisition of TRANZACT, a U.S.-based provider of comprehensive, direct-to-consumer sales and marketing solutions for leading insurance carriers in the U.S. TRANZACT leverages digital, data and direct marketing solutions to deliver qualified leads, fully- provisioned sales and robust customer management systems to brands seeking to acquire and manage large numbers of consumers. TRANZACT operates as part of the BDA segment and enhances its existing Medicare broking offering, while also adding significant direct-to-consumer marketing experience. A significant portion of the revenue in this segment is recurring in nature, driven by either the commissions from the policies we sell, or from long-term service contracts with our clients that typically range from three to five years. Revenue across this segment, including from TRANZACT, is seasonal and is generally higher in the fourth quarter as it is driven by the magnitude of annual enrollment activity. BDA provides services via three related offerings to customers primarily in the U.S.: Benefits Outsourcing — This service line is focused on serving active employee groups for clients across the U.S. Working closely with our colleagues in our HCB segment, we use our proprietary technology to provide a broad suite of health and welfare and pension administration outsourcing services, including tools to enable benefit modeling, decision support, enrollment and benefit choice. Drawing on the expertise of consultants in our HCB segment, who create high-performing benefit plan designs, we believe we are well-positioned to help clients of all sizes simplify their benefits delivery, while lowering the total costs of benefits and related administration. Individual Marketplace — This service line offers decision support processes and tools to connect consumers with insurance carriers in private individual and Medicare markets. Individual Marketplace serves both employer-based and direct-to-consumer populations through its end-to-end consumer acquisition and engagement platforms, which tightly integrate call routing technology, an efficient quoting and enrollment engine, a customer relations management system and deep links with insurance carriers. By leveraging its multiple distribution channels and diverse product portfolio, Individual Marketplace offers solutions to a broad consumer base, helping individuals compare, purchase and use health insurance products, tools and information for life. Benefits Accounts — This service line delivers consumer-driven healthcare and reimbursement accounts, including health savings accounts, health reimbursement arrangements and other consumer-directed accounts to our benefits outsourcing, individual marketplace and employer clients. Group Marketplace, which has been a fourth line of business within BDA in the past, is no longer a stand-alone offering. While we continue to support and offer group marketplace services to existing and prospective clients, we have consolidated the Group Marketplace service line into the Benefits Outsourcing service line within BDA for benefits administration services and our Health and Benefits business within the HCB segment for program strategy, design and financial management. Competition We face competition in all fields in which we operate, based on global capability, product breadth, innovation, quality of service and price. We compete with Accenture plc, Aon plc, Arthur J. Gallagher & Co., Brown & Brown Inc., Cognizant Technology Solutions Corporation, Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. (‘Marsh & McLennan’) and Robert Half International Inc., as well as with numerous specialty, regional and local firms. Marsh & McLennan and Aon plc are two of the largest providers of global risk management services. Competition for business is intense in all of our business lines and in every insurance market, and in some business lines Marsh & McLennan and Aon plc have greater market share than we do. Competition on premium rates has also exacerbated the pressures caused by a continuing reduction in demand in some classes of business. For example, rather than purchase additional insurance through brokers, some insureds have been retaining a greater proportion of their risk portfolios than previously. Industrial and commercial companies increasingly rely upon their own subsidiary insurance companies, known as captive insurance companies, self-insurance pools, risk retention groups, mutual insurance companies and other mechanisms for funding their risks, rather than buy insurance. Additional competitive pressures have arisen and are expected to continue to arise from the entry of new market participants, such as banks, accounting firms, new brokers and insurance carriers themselves, offering risk management or transfer services. 8 The human capital and risk management consulting industries are highly competitive. We believe there are significant barriers to entry, and we have developed competitive advantages in providing HR consulting and risk management consulting services. We face strong competition from several sources. Our principal competitors in the pension consulting industry are Mercer HR Consulting (a Marsh & McLennan company) and Aon plc. Beyond these large players, the global HR consulting industry is highly fragmented. Our major competitors in the insurance consulting and software industry include Milliman, Oliver Wyman (a Marsh & McLennan company), the big four accounting firms and SunGard. Aon, Buck Consultants (an HIG Capital Company), Connextions (a United Healthcare company), Mercer (a Marsh & McLennan company), Automatic Data Processing and Fidelity are our primary competitors in the insurance exchange industry. With the implementation of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, we also compete with the public exchanges currently run by the U.S. federal and state governments. We compete with providers of account-based health plans and consumer-directed benefits such as WageWorks and HealthEquity. The market for our services is subject to change as a result of economic, regulatory and legislative changes, technological developments, and increased competition from established and new competitors. Regulatory and legislative actions, along with continuously evolving technological developments, will likely have the greatest impact on the overall market for our exchange products. We believe the primary factors in selecting an HR consulting or risk management services firm include reputation; the ability to provide measurable increases to shareholder value and return on investment; global scale; quality of service; and the ability to tailor services to clients’ unique needs. With regard to the marketplace for individuals and active employee exchanges, we believe that clients base their decisions on a variety of factors that include the ability of the provider to deliver measurable cost savings, a strong reputation for efficient execution, a provider’s capability in delivering a broad number of configurations to serve various population segments, and an innovative service delivery model and platform. For our traditional consulting and risk management services and the rapidly evolving exchange products, we believe we compete favorably with respect to these factors. Regulation Our business activities are subject to legal requirements and governmental and quasi-governmental regulatory supervision in all countries in which we operate. Also, such regulations may require individual or company licensing to conduct our business activities. While these requirements may vary from location to location, they are generally designed to protect our clients by establishing minimum standards of conduct and practice, particularly regarding the provision of advice and product information, as well as financial criteria. We are also subject to data privacy regulations in many countries. Our most significant regulatory regions are described below: United States Our activities in connection with insurance brokerage services within the U.S. are subject to regulation and supervision by state authorities. Although the scope of regulation and form of supervision may vary from state to state, insurance laws in the United States are often complex and generally grant broad discretion to supervisory authorities in adopting regulations and supervising regulated activities. That supervision generally includes the licensing of insurance brokers and agents and the regulation of the handling and investment of client funds held in a fiduciary capacity. Our continuing ability to provide insurance brokerage in the states in which we currently operate is dependent upon our compliance with the rules and regulations promulgated by the regulatory authorities in each of these states. Additionally, some of our private exchange activities, including our newly-acquired TRANZACT business which focuses on direct-to-consumer Medicare policy sales, are overseen by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, which is part of the Department of Health and Human Services. Furthermore, certain of our activities are subject to regulation under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (‘HIPAA’), which is enforced by the Office for Civil Rights within the Department of Health and Human Services. As we implement and expand our direct- to-consumer sales and marketing solutions through our Benefits Delivery and Administration business, we are subject to various federal and state laws and regulations that prescribe when and how we may market to consumers (including, without limitation, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act and other telemarketing laws and the Medicare Communications and Marketing Guidelines issued by the Center for Medicare Services). Certain of our activities are governed by other regulatory bodies, such as investment and securities licensing authorities. Our activities in connection with investment services within the United States are subject to regulation and supervision at both the federal and state levels. At the federal level, certain of our operating subsidiaries are regulated by the SEC through the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Investment Advisers’ Act of 1940; and by the Department of Labor through the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, or ERISA. In connection with the SEC regulations, we are required to file certain reports, and are subject to various marketing restrictions, among other requirements. In connection with ERISA regulations, we are restricted in the actions we can take for plans for which we serve as fiduciaries, among other matters. Our U.S. investment activities are also subject to certain state regulatory schemes. 9 Our Willis Re Securities business operates through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Willis Securities, Inc., a U.S.-registered broker-dealer and member of FINRA/SIPC, primarily in connection with advising on alternative risk financing transactions and investment banking services. Our activities in connection with Third Party Administrator (‘TPA’) services in the United States are also subject to regulation and supervision by many state authorities. Licensing requirements and supervision vary from state to state. As with insurance brokerage services, our continuing ability to provide these services in states that regulate our activities is dependent upon our compliance with the rules and regulations promulgated from time to time by the regulatory authorities in each of these states. United Kingdom In the U.K., our business is regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’). The FCA has a sole strategic objective: to ensure that the relevant markets function well. Its operational objectives are to: secure an appropriate degree of protection for consumers; protect and enhance the integrity of the U.K. financial system; and to promote effective competition in the interests of consumers. The FCA has a wide range of rule-making, investigatory and enforcement powers (including the power to censure and fine), and conducts monitoring visits to assess our compliance with regulatory requirements. In addition, the FCA extended the Senior Managers and Certification Regime (‘SMCR’) which became effective on December 9, 2019 in relation to our U.K. FCA-regulated businesses. The SMCR is designed to drive improvements in culture and governance within financial services firms and to deter misconduct by increasing individual accountability to the FCA. Brexit will generally cause an increase in regulations that are specific to the U.K. and will result in differences from the regulatory requirements of the E.U. Brexit may result in an increase in business conducted through subsidiaries domiciled in and regulated by members of the E.U. See Item 1A, ‘Risk Factors’, for a description of Brexit-related risks to the Company. European Union In 2005, the European Union Insurance Mediation Directive introduced rules to enable insurance and reinsurance intermediaries to operate and provide services within each member state of the European Union (‘E.U.’) on a basis consistent with the E.U. single market and customer protection aims. Each E.U. member state in which we operate is required to ensure that the insurance and reinsurance intermediaries resident in their country are registered with a statutory body in that country and that each intermediary meets professional requirements in relation to their competence, good repute, professional indemnity cover and financial capacity. The E.U. issued a new Insurance Distribution Directive that expands the 2005 directive, and all E.U. member states in which we operate were required to enact the directive and adopt local country laws by October 1, 2018. In addition, our Willis Re Securities business provides advice on securities or investments in the European Union and Australia through our U.K. wholly- owned subsidiary, Willis Towers Watson Securities Europe Limited, which is authorized and regulated by the FCA. Willis Towers Watson is also subject to the E.U. General Data Protection Regulation (‘GDPR’), which became effective in May 2018. The GDPR is a comprehensive regime that significantly increases our responsibilities when handling personal data, including, without limitation, requiring us to conduct privacy impact assessments, restricting the transmission of data and requiring public disclosure of significant data breaches. Other Certain of our entities that undertake pension scheme management are subject to MiFID (Markets in Financial Instruments Directive) and MiFIR (the Markets in Financial Instruments Regulation). In addition, revisions to MiFID (‘MiFID II’) took effect in January 2018. These revisions are aimed at strengthening investor protection and improving the function of financial markets. MiFID II imposes a variety of new requirements that include, among others, rules relating to product governance and independent investment advice, responsibility of management bodies, inducements, information and reporting to clients, cross-selling, remuneration of staff, and best execution of trades for clients. Further, some of our entities are also authorized and regulated by certain financial services authorities in countries such as Sweden, Ireland, the Netherlands and the U.K. All companies carrying on similar activities in a given jurisdiction are subject to regulations which are not dissimilar to the requirements for our operations in the U.S. and U.K. We do not consider these regulatory requirements as adversely affecting our competitive position. Across most jurisdictions we are subject to various data privacy laws and regulations that apply to health, medical, financial and other types of personal information belonging to our clients, their employees and third parties, as well as our own employees. 10 Across many jurisdictions we are subject to various financial crime laws and regulations through our activities, activities of associated persons, the products and services we provide and our business and client relationships. Such laws and regulations relate to, among other areas, sanctions and export control, anti- bribery, anti-corruption, anti-money-laundering and counter-terrorist financing. Our failure, or that of our employees, to satisfy the regulatory compliance requirements or the legal requirements governing our activities, can result in disciplinary action, fines, reputational damage and financial harm. See Part I, Item 1A-Risk Factors for an analysis of how actions by regulatory authorities or changes in legislation and regulation, including Brexit, in the jurisdictions in which we operate may have an adverse effect on our business. Information about Executive Officers of the Registrant The executive officers of the Company as of February 26, 2020 were as follows: Nicolas Aubert (age 54) - Mr. Aubert has served as Head of Great Britain at Willis Towers Watson since January 4, 2016, and as the CEO of Willis Limited, the Company’s U.K. insurance and reinsurance broking subsidiary, since September 30, 2015. Prior to his appointment as Head of Great Britain, Mr. Aubert served as CEO of Willis GB, the operating segment of Willis Group Holdings that included Willis’ London specialty businesses and facultative business, and the retail insurance business in Great Britain since January 2015. Since September 2017, Mr. Aubert has served as the immediate Past President of the Insurance Institute of London (‘IIL’) and the immediate Past Chair of the London Market Group (‘LMG’), remaining a member of LMG’s board, sits on the Executive Committee of the London & International Brokers Association (‘LIIBA’) and is a member of TheCityUK’s Advisory Council. Prior to joining Willis, Mr. Aubert served as the Chief Operating Officer of American International Group (‘AIG’) in Europe, the Middle East and Africa, and formerly as the Managing Director of AIG in the U.K. After joining AIG in June 2002 to lead AIG France, Mr. Aubert served in various other senior management positions, including Managing Director of Southern Europe, where he oversaw operations in 12 countries, including Israel. Prior to AIG, Mr. Aubert worked in various leadership positions at ACE, CIGNA, GAN and started his career at GENERALI. He holds specialized Masters Degrees in Insurance Law (DESS Assurances) from Pantheon-Sorbonne University of Paris and from Institut des Assurances de Paris (Université Paris-Dauphine) and an M.B.A. from the French High Insurance Studies Center (‘CHEA’). Anne D. Bodnar (age 63) - Ms. Bodnar has served as Chief Administrative Officer and Head of Human Resources since May 31, 2019. Prior to that, she served as Chief Human Resources Officer at Willis Towers Watson since January 4, 2016. Previously, Ms. Bodnar served on Towers Watson’s Management Committee since January 2015, and as Towers Watson’s Chief Administrative Officer since January 1, 2010. Ms. Bodnar previously served as Managing Director of HR at Towers Perrin beginning in 2001. From 1995 to 2000, Ms. Bodnar led Towers Perrin’s recruiting and learning and development efforts. Prior to that, she was a strategy consultant in Towers Perrin’s Human Capital business. Earlier in her career, Ms. Bodnar held several operational and strategic planning roles at what is now JP Morgan Chase. Additionally, Ms. Bodnar published a chapter entitled ‘HR as a Strategic Partner’ in Human Resources Leadership Strategies: Fifteen Ways to Enhance HR Value in Your Company. She was elected to the YWCA’s Academy of Women Achievers in 1999. Ms. Bodnar graduated cum laude and Phi Beta Kappa from Smith College and has an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Michael J. Burwell (age 56) - Mr. Burwell has served as Chief Financial Officer of Willis Towers Watson since October 3, 2017. Before joining Willis Towers Watson, Mr. Burwell spent over 30 years at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (‘PwC’), where he served in various senior leadership roles, including, most recently, as a Senior Partner driving transformation activities with various clients across industries since 2016. Prior to that, Mr. Burwell served as Vice Chairman, Global and US Transformation Leader from 2012 to 2016, as Vice Chairman, US Operations Leader (‘COO’) and Chief Financial Officer from 2007 to 2012, and as Leader of the Transaction Services practice from 2005 to 2007. During his initial time at PwC, Mr. Burwell served 11 years in the assurance practice working on numerous audit clients. He has a bachelor’s degree in business administration from Michigan State University and is a certified public accountant. In 2010, he was named Michigan State University’s Alumnus of the Year. Matthew S. Furman (age 50) - Mr. Furman has served as General Counsel at Willis Towers Watson since January 4, 2016. Previously, Mr. Furman served as Executive Vice President and Group General Counsel at Willis Group Holdings, where he was a member of the Operating Committee since April 2015. From 2007 until March 2015, Mr. Furman was Senior Vice President, Group General Counsel-Corporate and Governance, and Corporate Secretary for The Travelers Companies, Inc. From 2000 until 2007, Mr. Furman was an attorney at Goldman, Sachs & Co. in New York, where he was Vice President and Associate General Counsel in the finance and corporate legal group. Prior to that, he was in private practice, with almost six years’ experience at Simpson Thacher & Bartlett in New York. Mr. Furman also serves as a Trustee of the Jewish Theological Seminary and until recently served as a Director of the Legal Aid Society and a member of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s Investor Advisory Committee, where he served on the Executive Committee, and chaired the Market Structure Subcommittee. He holds a bachelor’s degree from Brown University and a law degree from Harvard Law School. 11 Adam L. Garrard (age 54) - Mr. Garrard has served as Head of Corporate Risk and Broking since August 14, 2019. Prior to that, he served as Head of International at Willis Towers Watson since January 4, 2016. Previously, Mr. Garrard served as Chief Executive Officer for Willis Group Holdings in Asia since September 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Garrard served as Chief Executive Officer for Willis in Europe since January 2009, Chief Executive Officer for Willis in Australasia since May 2005 and Chief Executive Officer for Asia since January 2002. Mr. Garrard has resided in Singapore, Shanghai, Sydney and London while undertaking his Chief Executive Officer roles. After graduating from De Montfort University with a bachelor’s degree in Business Administration in 1992, Mr. Garrard joined SBJ Stephenson Insurance Brokers before joining Willis in 1994. Julie J. Gebauer (age 58) - Ms. Gebauer has served as Head of Human Capital & Benefits at Willis Towers Watson since January 4, 2016. Previously, Ms. Gebauer served as Managing Director of Towers Watson’s Talent and Rewards business segment since January 1, 2010. Beginning in 2002, Ms. Gebauer served as a Managing Director of Towers Perrin and led Towers Perrin’s global Workforce Effectiveness practice and the global Towers Perrin-International Survey Research Corporation line of business. Ms. Gebauer was a member of Towers Perrin’s Board of Directors from 2003 through 2006. She joined Towers Perrin in 1986 as a consultant and held several leadership positions at Towers Perrin, serving as the Managing Principal for the New York office from 1999 to 2001 and the U.S. East Region Leader for the Human Capital Group from 2002 to 2006. Ms. Gebauer is a Fellow of the Society of Actuaries. Ms. Gebauer graduated Phi Beta Kappa and with high distinction from the University of Nebraska-Lincoln with a bachelor’s degree in Mathematics, and was designated a Chancellor’s Scholar. Joseph Gunn (age 49) - Mr. Gunn has served as Head of North America at Willis Towers Watson since October 27, 2016. Previously, Mr. Gunn served as the regional director for the Northeast region of Willis Towers Watson where he led the business in both Metro New York and New England since January 4, 2016. Prior to that, Mr. Gunn served as the National Partner for the Northeast Region at Willis North America since July 2009, and before that, as the Chief Growth Officer for Willis North America and regional executive officer for the South Central region of Willis North America since August 2006. Before joining Willis in 2004, Mr. Gunn led the Client Development team of Marsh & McLennan for the North Texas operations and served as a senior relationship officer on several large accounts. Mr. Gunn serves as a member of the board of trustees of Big Brothers Big Sisters of New York. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Political Science from Florida State University. John J. Haley (age 70) - Mr. Haley has served as Chief Executive Officer and Director at Willis Towers Watson since January 4, 2016. Previously, Mr. Haley served as the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Towers Watson since January 1, 2010, and as President since October 3, 2011. Prior to that, Mr. Haley served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Watson Wyatt beginning on January 1, 1999, as Chairman of the Board of Watson Wyatt beginning in 1999 and as a director of Watson Wyatt beginning in 1992. Mr. Haley joined Watson Wyatt in 1977. Prior to becoming President and Chief Executive Officer of Watson Wyatt, he was the Global Director of the Benefits group at Watson Wyatt. Mr. Haley is a Fellow of the Society of Actuaries, and a member of the American Academy of Actuaries and the Conference of Consulting Actuaries. He is also a co-author of Fundamentals of Private Pensions (University of Pennsylvania Press). Mr. Haley also serves on the board of MAXIMUS, Inc., a provider of health and human services program management, consulting services and system solutions, and previously served on the board of Hudson Global, Inc., an executive search, specialty staffing and related consulting services firm. He has an A.B. in Mathematics from Rutgers College and studied under a fellowship at the Graduate School of Mathematics at Yale University. Carl A. Hess (age 58) - Mr. Hess has served as Head of Investment, Risk and Reinsurance since October 27, 2016. Previously, Mr. Hess served as the Co- Head of North America at Willis Towers Watson since January 4, 2016. Prior to that, Mr. Hess served as Managing Director, The Americas of Towers Watson since February 1, 2014, and before that, he served as the Managing Director of Towers Watson’s Investment business since January 1, 2010. Before his service at Towers Watson, Mr. Hess worked in a variety of roles for over 20 years at Watson Wyatt, lastly as Global Practice Director of Watson Wyatt’s Investment business. Mr. Hess is a Fellow of the Society of Actuaries and the Conference of Consulting Actuaries, and a Chartered Enterprise Risk Analyst. He has a bachelor’s degree cum laude in Logic and Language from Yale University. Anne Pullum (age 37) - Ms. Pullum has served as Head of Western Europe since May 31, 2019. Prior to that, she served as the Chief Administrative Officer and Head of Strategy and Innovation at Willis Towers Watson since October 27, 2016. Beginning on January 4, 2016, Ms. Pullum served as Willis Towers Watson’s Head of Strategy, where she has played a key role in determining the Company’s strategy and worked across all business segments and functional areas. Previously, Ms. Pullum served as the Head of Strategy for Willis Group since May 2014. Before joining Willis, Ms. Pullum worked at McKinsey & Company, where she served financial services and natural resource clients since October 2010. Prior to that, Ms. Pullum conducted economic research at Greenspan Associates in Washington, D.C. and served as an analyst in the Goldman Sachs Equities Division in London. Ms. Pullum holds an M.B.A. from INSEAD and a bachelor’s degree in International Economics from Georgetown University’s School of Foreign Service. Gene H. Wickes (age 67) - Mr. Wickes has served as the Head of Benefits Delivery and Administration at Willis Towers Watson since April 1, 2016. Prior to that, Mr. Wickes served as an Executive Sponsor of the combined Willis Towers Watson Merger 12 integration team since January 4, 2016. Previously, he served as the Managing Director of the Benefits business segment of Towers Watson from January 1, 2010 until the closing of the Willis Towers Watson merger. Prior to that, he served as the Global Director of the Benefits practice of Watson Wyatt beginning in 2005 and as a member of Watson Wyatt’s Board of Directors from 2002 to 2007. Mr. Wickes was Watson Wyatt’s Global Retirement Practice Director in 2004 and the U.S. West Division’s Retirement Practice Leader from 1997 to 2004. Mr. Wickes joined Watson Wyatt in 1996 as a senior consultant and consulting actuary. Prior to joining Watson Wyatt, he spent 18 years with Towers Perrin, where he assisted organizations with welfare, retirement, and executive benefit issues. Mr. Wickes is a Fellow of the Society of Actuaries and a member of the Conference of Consulting Actuaries, and has a B.S. in Mathematics and Economics, an M.S. in Mathematics and an M.S. in Economics, all from Brigham Young University. Board of Directors A list of the Board of Directors of the Company and their principal occupations is provided below: John J. Haley Chief Executive Officer Brendan R. O’Neill Former CEO of Imperial Chemical Industries PLC Wilhelm Zeller Former CEO of Hannover Re Group Anna C. Catalano Former Group Vice President, Marketing for BP plc Executive Chairman, Cloud Agronomics Inc. Jaymin B. Patel Victor F. Ganzi Non-Executive Chairman of Willis Towers Watson, Former President & CEO of The Hearst Corporation Linda D. Rabbitt Founder and Chairman of Rand Construction Corporation Wendy E. Lane Chairman of Lane Holdings, Inc. Paul D. Thomas Former CEO of Reynolds Packaging Group ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS In addition to the factors discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the following are some of the important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements. These risk factors should be carefully considered in evaluating our business. The descriptions below are not the only risks and uncertainties that we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that are presently unknown to us could also impair our business operations, financial condition or results. If any of the risks and uncertainties below or other risks were to occur, our business operations, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely impacted. With respect to the tax-related consequences of acquisition, ownership and disposal of ordinary shares, you should consult with your own tax advisors. Strategic and Operational Risks Our success largely depends on our ability to achieve our global business strategy as it evolves, and our results of operations and financial condition could suffer if the Company were unable to successfully establish and execute on its strategy and generate anticipated revenue growth and cost savings and efficiencies. Our future growth, profitability and cash flows largely depend upon our ability to successfully establish and execute our global business strategy. As discussed under Item 1, ‘Business - Business Strategy’, we seek to be an advisory, broking and solutions provider of choice through an integrated global platform. While we have confidence that our strategic plan reflects opportunities that are appropriate and achievable, there is a possibility that our strategy may not deliver projected long-term growth in revenue and profitability due to inadequate execution, incorrect assumptions, global or local economic conditions, competition, changes in the industries in which we operate, sub-optimal resource allocation or any of the other risks described in this ‘Risk Factors’ section. In addition, our strategy continues to evolve, and it is possible that we will be unable to successfully execute the associated strategy changes, due to factors discussed above or elsewhere in this ‘Risk Factors’ section. In pursuit of our growth strategy, we may also invest significant time and resources into new product or service offerings, and there is the possibility that these offerings may fail to yield sufficient return to cover their investment. The failure to continually develop and execute optimally on our global business strategy could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 13 Demand for our services could decrease for various reasons, including a general economic downturn, increased competition, or a decline in a client’s or an industry’s financial condition or prospects, all of which could materially adversely affect us. We can give no assurance that the demand for our services will grow or be maintained, or that we will compete successfully with our existing competitors, new competitors or our clients’ internal capabilities. Client demand for our services may change based on the clients’ needs and financial conditions, among other factors. Our results of operations are affected directly by the level of business activity of our clients, which in turn is affected by the level of economic activity in the industries and markets that they serve. For example, any changes in U.S. trade policy (including any increases in tariffs that result in a trade war), ongoing stock market volatility or an increase in, or unmet market expectations with respect to, interest rates could adversely affect the general economy. As a result, global financial markets may continue to experience disruptions, including increased volatility and reduced credit availability, which could substantially impact our results. Likewise, the coronavirus emanating from China could have a material adverse impact on global demand from our clients, in addition to the potential impact of pandemics on our own operations discussed elsewhere in this report. While it is difficult to predict the consequences of any deterioration in global economic conditions on our business, any significant reduction or delay by our clients in purchasing our services or insurance or making payment of premiums could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the potential for a significant insurer to fail, be downgraded or withdraw from writing certain lines of insurance coverages that we offer our clients could negatively impact overall capacity in the industry, which could then reduce the placement of certain lines and types of insurance and reduce our revenue and profitability. The potential for an insurer to fail or be downgraded could also result in errors and omissions claims by clients. In addition, the markets for our principal services are highly competitive. Our competitors include other insurance brokerage (including direct-to-consumer Medicare brokerage), human capital and risk management consulting and actuarial firms, and the human capital and risk management divisions of diversified professional services, insurance, brokerage and accounting firms and specialty, regional and local firms. Competition for business is intense in all of our business lines and in every insurance market, and some competitors have greater market share in certain lines of business than we do. Some of our competitors have greater financial, technical and marketing resources than us, which could enhance their ability to finance acquisitions, fund internal growth and respond more quickly to professional and technological changes. New competitors, as well as increasing and evolving consolidation or alliances among existing competitors, have created and could continue to create additional competition and could significantly reduce our market share, resulting in a loss of business for us and a corresponding decline in revenue and profit margin. In order to respond to increased competition and pricing pressure, we may have to lower our prices, which would also have an adverse effect on our revenue and profit margin. In addition, existing and new competitors could develop competing technologies or product or service offerings that disrupt our industries. Any new technology or product or service offering (including insurance companies selling their products directly to consumers or other insureds) that reduces or eliminates the need for intermediaries in insurance or reinsurance sales transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Further, the increasing willingness of clients to either self-insure or maintain a captive insurance company, and the development of capital markets-based solutions and other alternative capital sources for traditional insurance and reinsurance needs, could also materially adversely affect us and our results of operations. An example of a business that may be significantly impacted by changes in customer demand is our retirement consulting and actuarial business, which comprises a substantial portion of our revenue and profit. We provide clients with actuarial and consulting services relating to both defined benefit and defined contribution pension plans. Defined benefit pension plans generally require more actuarial services than defined contribution plans because defined benefit plans typically involve large asset pools, complex calculations to determine employer costs, funding requirements and sophisticated analysis to match liabilities and assets over long periods of time. If organizations shift to defined contribution plans more rapidly than we anticipate, or if we are unable to otherwise compensate for the decline in our business that results from employers moving away from defined benefit plans, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. Furthermore, large and complex consulting projects, often involving dedicated personnel, resources and expenses, comprise a significant portion of this business, which are based on our clients’ discretionary needs and may be reduced based on a decline in a client’s or an industry’s financial condition or prospects. We also face the risk that certain large and complex project contracts may be reduced or terminated based on dissatisfaction with service levels, which could result in reduced revenue, write-offs of assets associated with the project, and disputes over the contract, all of which may adversely impact our results and business. In addition, the demand for many of our core benefit services, including compliance-related services, is affected by government regulation and taxation of employee benefit plans. Significant changes in tax or social welfare policy or other regulations could lead 14 some employers to discontinue their employee benefit plans, including defined benefit pension plans, thereby reducing the demand for our services. A simplification of regulations or tax policy also could reduce the need for our services. Data security breaches or improper disclosure of confidential company or personal data could result in material financial loss, regulatory actions, reputational harm or legal liability. We depend on information technology networks and systems to process, transmit and store electronic information and to communicate among our locations around the world and with our alliance partners, insurance carriers/markets and clients. Additionally, one of our significant responsibilities is to maintain the security and privacy of our clients’ confidential and proprietary information and the personal data of their customers and/or employees. Our information systems, and those of our third-party service providers and vendors, are vulnerable to an increasing threat of continually evolving cybersecurity risks. We are the target of computer viruses, hackers, distributed denial of service attacks, malware infections, ransomware attacks, phishing and spear-phishing campaigns and other external hazards, as well as improper or inadvertent staff behavior which, could expose confidential company and personal data systems and information to security breaches. Many of the software applications that we use in our business are licensed from, and supported, upgraded and maintained by, third-party vendors. Our third- party applications include enterprise cloud storage and cloud computing application services provided and maintained by third-party vendors. These third- party applications store confidential and proprietary data of the Company, our employees and our clients. We have processes designed to require third-party IT outsourcing, offsite storage and other vendors to agree to maintain certain standards with respect to the storage, protection and transfer of confidential, personal and proprietary information. However, we remain at risk of compromising this data, including as a result of a data breach due to the intentional or unintentional non-compliance by a vendor’s employee or agent, the breakdown of a vendor’s data protection processes, or a cyber-attack on a vendor’s information systems. Further, the risk and potential impact of a data breach of our third-party vendors’ systems increase as we move more of our data and our clients’ data into our vendors’ cloud storage, we engage in IT outsourcing or we consolidate the group of third-party vendors that provide cloud storage or other IT services for the Company. We and our vendors regularly experience cybersecurity incidents, including successful attacks from time to time, and we expect that to continue going forward. Cybersecurity incidents also include those resulting from human error or malfeasance, implantation of malware and viruses, phishing and spear- phishing attacks, unauthorized access to our information technology networks and systems, and unauthorized access to data or individual account funds through fraud or other means of deceiving our colleagues, third-party service providers and vendors. We have experienced successful attacks, by various types of hacking groups, in which personal and commercially sensitive information, belonging to us or our clients, has been compromised. However, none of these cybersecurity incidents or attacks to our knowledge have been material to our business or financial results. We cannot assure that such cybersecurity incidents or attacks will not be material in the future. When required by law, we have notified individuals and relevant regulatory authorities (such as state attorney generals, state insurance regulators, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, and the U.K.’s Information Commissioner’s Office) of such cybersecurity incidents or attacks. Over time, the frequency, severity and sophistication of the attacks against us have increased. We maintain policies, procedures and technological safeguards (such as, where in place, multifactor authentication and encryption of data in transit and at rest) designed to protect the security and privacy of this information. However, such safeguards are time-consuming and expensive to deploy broadly and are not necessarily always in place or effective, and we cannot entirely eliminate the risk of data security breaches, improper access to, takeover of or disclosure of confidential company or personally identifiable information. We may not be able to detect and assess such issues, or implement appropriate remediation, in a timely manner. We are engaged in an ongoing effort to enhance our protections against attack; this effort will require significant expenditures and may not be successful. Our technology may fail to adequately secure the private information we hold and protect it from theft, computer viruses, hackers or inadvertent loss. If any person, including any of our colleagues, intentionally or unintentionally fails to comply with, disregards or intentionally breaches our established controls with respect to such data or otherwise mismanages or misappropriates that data, we could be subject to monetary damages, fines, regulatory enforcement or criminal prosecution. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client, supplier or employee data, whether through systems failure, accident, employee negligence, fraud or misappropriation, could damage our reputation and cause us to lose clients. Similarly, unauthorized access to or through our information systems or those we develop for our clients, whether by our colleagues or third parties, could result in significant additional expenses (including expenses relating to incident response and investigation, remediation work, notification of data security breaches and costs of credit monitoring services), negative publicity, legal liability and damage to our reputation, as well as require substantial resources and effort of management, thereby diverting management’s focus and resources from business operations. The methods used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service or sabotage systems are also constantly changing and evolving; continue to become more sophisticated and complex; and may be difficult to anticipate or detect. For example, the Cyber Division of the U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation (‘FBI’) has noted that cyber criminals have targeted, and may increasingly target, 15 assets held in Health Savings Accounts and Reimbursement Accounts to fraudulently acquire the assets held in those accounts. Assets held in Health Savings Accounts are expected to grow substantially over the next few years. We have experienced incidents in which unauthorized actors compromised personal information, including through the use of unlawfully obtained demographic information. These incidents have not had a material impact on our business or operations thus far but, given the Company’s move toward managing more of these assets ourselves as a non-bank custodian, our reputation could be harmed and our business and results of operations could be materially adversely affected if we were the target of such fraud in the future. We have implemented and regularly review and update processes and procedures to protect against fraud or unauthorized access to or use of secured data and to prevent data loss. The ever-evolving threats mean that we and our third-party service providers and vendors must continually evaluate, adapt, enhance and otherwise improve our respective systems and processes, especially as we grow our mobile, cloud and other internet-based services. There is no guarantee that such efforts will be adequate to safeguard against all fraud, data security breaches, unauthorized access, operational impacts or misuses of data. For example, our policies, employee training (including phishing prevention training), procedures and technical safeguards may be insufficient to prevent or detect improper access to confidential, personal or proprietary information by employees, vendors or other third parties with otherwise legitimate access to our systems. In addition, we may not be able to implement such efforts as quickly as desired if, for example, greater resources are required than originally expected or resources and management’s focus are insufficient. Any future significant compromise or breach of our data security or fraud, whether external or internal, or misuse of client, colleague, supplier or company data, could result in additional significant costs, lost revenue opportunities, fines, lawsuits, and damage to our reputation with our clients and in the broader market. We could be subject to claims and lawsuits arising from our work, which could materially adversely affect our reputation, business and financial condition. We depend in large part on our relationships with clients and our reputation for high-quality services to secure future engagements. Clients that become dissatisfied with our services may terminate their business relationships with us, and clients and third parties that claim they suffered damages caused by our services may bring lawsuits against us. We are subject to various actual and potential claims, lawsuits, investigations and other proceedings relating principally to alleged errors and omissions in connection with the provision of our services or the placement of insurance and reinsurance in the ordinary course of business. We are also subject to actual and potential claims, lawsuits, investigations and proceedings outside of errors and omissions claims. See Note 15 - Commitments and Contingencies in Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for examples of claims to which we are subject. Because we often assist our clients with matters involving substantial amounts of money and complex regulatory requirements, including actuarial services, asset management, technology solutions development and implementation and the placement of insurance coverage and the handling of related claims, errors and omissions claims against us may arise that allege our potential liability for all or part of the substantial amounts in question. The nature of our work, particularly our actuarial services, necessarily involves the use of assumptions and the preparation of estimates relating to future and contingent events, the actual outcome of which we cannot know in advance. Our actuarial and brokerage services also rely on substantial amounts of data provided by clients, the accuracy and quality of which we may not be able to ensure. In addition, we could make computational, software programming or data management errors in connection with the services we provide to clients. Clients may seek to hold us responsible for alleged errors or omissions relating to any of the brokerage advice and services we provide, including when claims they submit to their insurance carriers are disputed or denied. Given that many of our clients have very high insurance policy limits to cover their risks, alleged errors and omissions claims against us arising from disputed or denied claims are often significant. Moreover, in certain circumstances, our brokerage, investment and certain other types of business may not limit the maximum liability to which we may be exposed for claims involving alleged errors or omissions; and as such, we do not have limited liability for the work we provide to the associated clients. Further, given that we frequently work with large pension funds and insurance companies as well as other large clients, relatively small percentage errors or variances can create significant financial variances and result in significant claims for unintended or unfunded liabilities. The risks from such variances or errors could be aggravated in an environment of declining pension fund asset values and insurance company capital levels. In almost all cases, our exposure to liability with respect to a particular engagement is substantially greater than the revenue opportunity that the engagement generates for us. Clients may seek to hold us responsible for the financial consequences of variances between assumptions and estimates and actual outcomes or for errors. For example, in the case of pension plan actuarial work, a client’s claims might focus on the client’s alleged reliance on actuarial assumptions that it believes were unreasonable and, based on such reliance, the client made benefit commitments that it may later claim are not affordable or funding decisions that result in plan underfunding if and when actual outcomes vary from actuarial assumptions. 16 We also continue to create new products and services (including increasingly complex technology solutions) and to grow the business of providing products and services to institutional investors, financial services companies and other clients. The risk of claims from these lines of business and related products and services may be greater than from our core products or services, and such claims may be for significant amounts as we take on increasingly complicated projects, including those with complex regulatory requirements. We also provide advice on both asset allocation and selection of investment managers. Increasingly, for many clients, we are responsible for making decisions on both of these matters, or we may serve in a fiduciary capacity, either of which may increase liability exposure. In addition, the Company offers affiliated investment funds, including in the U.S. and Ireland, with plans to launch additional funds over time. Given that our Investment business may recommend affiliated investment funds or affirmatively invest such clients’ assets in such funds under delegated authority, this may increase our liability exposure. We may also be liable for actions of managers or other service providers to the funds. Further, for certain clients, we are responsible for some portions of cash and investment management, including rebalancing of investment portfolios and guidance to third parties on the structure of derivatives and securities transactions. Asset classes may experience poor absolute performance, and investment managers may underperform their benchmarks; in both cases the investment return shortfall can be significant. Clients experiencing this underperformance, including from our affiliated investment funds, may assert claims against us, and such claims may be for significant amounts. In addition, our failure to properly execute our role can cause monetary damage to our clients or such third parties for which we might be found liable, and such claims may be for significant amounts. Our expected expansion of this business geographically and in new offerings will subject us to additional contractual exposures and obligations with investors, asset managers and third party service providers, as well as increased regulatory exposures. Overall, our ability to contractually limit our potential liability may be limited in certain jurisdictions or markets or in connection with claims involving breaches of fiduciary duties or other alleged errors or omissions. The ultimate outcome of all of the above matters cannot be ascertained and liabilities in indeterminate amounts may be imposed on us. In addition, our insurance coverage may not be sufficient in type or amount to cover us against such liabilities. It is thus possible that future results of operations or cash flows for any particular quarterly or annual period could be materially adversely affected by an unfavorable resolution of these matters. In addition, these matters continue to divert management and personnel resources away from operating our business. Even if we do not experience significant monetary costs, there may be adverse publicity associated with these matters that could result in reputational harm to the industries we operate in or to us in particular that may adversely affect our business, client or employee relationships. In addition, defending against these claims can involve potentially significant costs, including legal defense costs. As a highly-regulated company, we are subject from time to time to inquiries or investigations by governmental agencies or regulators that could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations. We have also been and may continue to be subject to inquiries and investigations by federal, state or other governmental agencies regarding aspects of our clients’ businesses or our own businesses, especially regulated businesses such as our insurance broker, securities broker-dealer and investment advisory services. Such inquiries or investigations may consume significant management time and result in regulatory sanctions, fines or other actions as well as significant legal fees, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and liquidity. Also, we may face additional regulatory scrutiny as we expand our businesses geographically and in new products and services that we offer. Examples of these inquiries or investigations are set forth in more detail in Note 15 — Commitments and Contingencies in Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These include various ongoing civil investigation proceedings in respect of alleged exchanges of commercially sensitive information among competitors in aviation and aerospace insurance and reinsurance broking. All of these items reflect an increased focus by regulators (in the U.K., U.S. and elsewhere) on various aspects of the operations and affairs of our regulated businesses. We are unable to predict the outcome of these inquiries or investigations. Any proposed changes that result from these investigations and inquiries, or any other investigations, inquiries or regulatory developments, or any potential fines or enforcement action, could materially adversely affect our business and our results of operations. 17 Our growth strategy depends, in part, on our ability to make acquisitions and we face risks when we acquire or divest businesses, and could have difficulty in acquiring, integrating or managing acquired businesses, or with effecting internal reorganizations, all of which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations or reputation. Our growth depends in part on our ability to make acquisitions. We may not be successful in identifying appropriate acquisition candidates or consummating acquisitions on terms acceptable or favorable to us. We also face additional risks related to acquisitions, including that we could overpay for acquired businesses and that any acquired business could significantly underperform relative to our expectations. In addition, we may not repurchase as many of our outstanding shares as anticipated due to our acquisition activity or investment opportunities, as well as other market or business conditions. If we are unable to identify and successfully make, integrate and manage acquisitions, our business could be materially adversely affected. In addition, we face risks related to divesting businesses, including that we may not receive adequate consideration in return for the divested business, we may continue to be subject to the liabilities of the divested business after its divestiture (including with respect to work we might have performed on behalf of the divested business), and we may not be able to reduce overhead or redeploy assets or retain colleagues after the divestiture closes. For example, we recently announced that we are exploring strategic alternatives with respect to Miller, and we may face these types of risks if we were to pursue a transaction. In addition, we cannot be certain that our acquisitions will be accretive to earnings or that our acquisitions or divestitures will otherwise meet our operational or strategic expectations. Acquisitions involve special risks, including the potential assumption of unanticipated liabilities and contingencies and difficulties in integrating acquired businesses, and acquired businesses may not achieve the levels of revenue, profit or productivity we anticipate or otherwise perform as we expect. In addition, if the operating performance of an acquired business deteriorates significantly, we may need to write down the value of the goodwill and other acquisition-related intangible assets recorded on our consolidated balance sheet. We may be unable to effectively integrate an acquired business into our organization, and may not succeed in managing such acquired businesses or the larger company that results from such acquisitions. The process of integrating an acquired business may subject us to a number of risks, including, without limitation, an inability to retain the management, key personnel and other employees of the acquired business; an inability to establish uniform standards, controls, systems, procedures and policies or to achieve anticipated savings; and exposure to legal claims for activities of the acquired business prior to acquisition. Certain recently-completed or pending acquisitions, including the acquisition on July 30, 2019 of TRANZACT, a U.S.-based direct-to-consumer health care organization that links individuals to U.S. insurance carriers, and the pending acquisition of Unity Group, an insurance broking business with operations in six Central American countries, entail important incremental risks in addition to those described above. With respect to our TRANZACT business, we may be unable to successfully integrate direct-to-consumer sales and marketing solutions with our existing offerings at the times and to the extent anticipated. With respect to both transactions, we face the risk related to the potential impacts of the transaction and integration on relationships, including with employees, correspondents, suppliers, clients and competitors, as well as the risk related to contingent liabilities (including litigation) potentially creating material liabilities for the Company. With respect to the Unity Group, we face the risk that we are unable to obtain requisite regulatory approvals or the satisfaction of other conditions to the consummation of the transaction on the proposed terms and schedule, if at all. The following risks, in addition to those described above, may also adversely affect our ability to successfully implement and integrate these acquisitions: material changes in U.S. and foreign jurisdiction regulations (including those related to the healthcare system and Medicare and insurance brokerage services); changes in general economic, business and political conditions in relevant markets, including changes in the financial markets; significant competition in the marketplace; and compliance with extensive and evolving government regulations in the U.S. and in foreign jurisdictions. If acquisitions are not successfully integrated and the intended benefits of the acquisitions are not achieved, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected, as well as our professional reputation. We also own an interest in a number of associates and companies where we do not exercise management control and we are therefore limited in our ability to direct or manage the business to realize the anticipated benefits that we could achieve if we had full ownership. Our inability to comply with complex and evolving laws and regulations related to data privacy and cyber security could result in material financial loss, regulatory actions, reputational harm or legal liability. We are subject to numerous U.S. and foreign jurisdiction laws and regulations designed to protect personally identifiable information of client and company constituents, colleague, supplier and company data, such as the E.U. General Data Protection Regulation (‘GDPR’), regulations from other countries that prohibit the transmission of data outside of such country’s borders and various U.S. federal and state laws governing the protection of health, financial or other individually identifiable information. GDPR, which became effective in May 2018, significantly increased our responsibilities when handling personal data including, without limitation, requiring us to conduct privacy impact assessments, restricting the transmission of data and requiring public disclosure of significant data breaches. Violations of GDPR may result in possible fines of up to 4% of global annual turnover for the preceding financial year or €20 million (whichever is higher). Laws and regulations in this area are evolving and generally becoming more stringent. For 18 example, the New York State Department of Financial Services has issued cybersecurity regulations that outline a variety of required security measures for protection of data. Other U.S. states, including California, have also recently enacted laws requiring certain data security and privacy measures of regulated entities that are broadly similar to GDPR’s requirements, and we expect that other states may follow with their own data privacy and data security laws as well. In the U.S., HIPAA has been in place for many years and was amended in 2009 to become more stringent. The Office for Civil Rights within the Department of Health and Human Services actively enforces those laws and regulations. Further, a U.K. exit from the E.U. will increase uncertainty regarding applicable laws and regulations pending more clarity on the terms of that exit. All of these evolving laws and regulations, some of which may be subject to evolving interpretations or conflicts with one another, may restrict the manner in which we provide services to our clients, divert resources from other important initiatives, increase the risk of non-compliance and impose significant compliance and other costs that are likely to increase over time, and increase the risk of fines, lawsuits or other potential liability, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Our failure to adhere to or successfully implement processes in response to legal or regulatory requirements, including changing legal or regulatory requirements that may be developed or revised due to Brexit, and changing customer expectations in this area, could result in substantial legal liability and impairment to our reputation or business. Our ability to successfully manage ongoing organizational changes could impact our business results, where the level of costs and/or disruption may be significant and change over time and the benefits may be less than we originally expect. We have in the past few years undergone several significant business and organizational changes, including the Merger, the Gras Savoye acquisition and multi-year operational improvement programs, among others. There are also a number of other initiatives planned or ongoing to transform and update our systems and processes and gain efficiencies. In addition, our strategy continues to evolve, and such evolution may result in further organizational changes as we may decide, based on our perceived business needs, to make investments that may be greater than we currently anticipate. In connection with all these changes, we may manage a number of large-scale and complex projects. Such projects may include multiple and connected phases, many of which may be dependent on factors that are outside of our control. While we plan to undertake these types of large, complex projects based on our determination that each is necessary or desirable for the execution of the Company’s business strategy, we cannot guarantee that the collective effect of all of these projects will not adversely impact our business or results of operations or that the benefits will be as we originally expect. Effectively managing these organizational changes (including ensuring that they are implemented on schedule, within budget and without interruption to the existing business or that transitions to new systems do not create significant control vulnerabilities during the period of transition) is critical to retaining talent, servicing clients and our business success overall. Many of the risks described herein increase during periods of significant organizational change. The failure to effectively manage such risks could adversely impact our resources or business or financial results. Our inability to successfully recover should we experience a disaster or other business continuity problem could cause material financial loss, loss of human capital, regulatory actions, reputational harm or legal liability. Should we experience a disaster or other business continuity problem, such as an earthquake, hurricane, terrorist attack, pandemic, security breach, power loss, telecommunications failure or other natural or man-made disaster, our continued success will depend, in part, on the availability of our personnel, our office facilities, access to data, and the proper functioning of our computer, telecommunication and other related systems and operations. In such an event, we could experience near-term operational challenges with regard to particular areas of our operations. A disaster on a significant scale or affecting certain of our key operating areas within or across regions, or our inability to successfully recover should we experience a disaster or other business continuity problem, could materially interrupt our business operations and cause material financial loss, loss of human capital, regulatory actions, reputational harm, damaged client relationships or legal liability, particularly if any of these problems occur during peak times. Interruption to or loss of our information processing capabilities or failure to effectively maintain and upgrade our information processing hardware or systems could cause material financial loss, regulatory actions, reputational harm or legal liability. Our business depends significantly on effective information systems. Our capacity to service our clients relies on effective storage, retrieval, processing and management of information. Our information systems also rely on the commitment of significant financial and other resources to maintain and enhance existing systems, develop and create new systems and products in order to keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology or evolving industry and regulatory standards and to be at the forefront of a range of technology options relevant to our business. In addition, many of the software applications, including enterprise cloud storage and cloud computing application services, that we use in our business are licensed from, and supported, upgraded and maintained by, third-party vendors. We are significantly increasing our use of such cloud services and expect this to continue over time. These third-party applications store confidential and proprietary 19 data of both the Company and our clients. A suspension or termination of certain of these licenses or the related support, upgrades and maintenance could cause temporary system delays or interruptions that could adversely impact our business. If the data we rely on to run our business were found to be inaccurate or unreliable or if we fail to maintain effective and efficient systems (including through a telecommunications failure, failure to replace or update redundant or obsolete computer hardware, applications or software systems, or the loss of skilled people with the knowledge needed to operate older systems, or if we experience cost overruns, delays, or other disruptions), this could result in material financial loss, regulatory action, reputational harm or legal liability. The United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union on January 31, 2020, and the risk that other countries may follow, could adversely affect us. In 2019, approximately 21% of our revenue was generated in the U.K., although only about 12% of revenue was denominated in Pounds sterling as much of the insurance business is transacted in U.S. dollars. Approximately 20% of our expenses were denominated in Pounds sterling. It remains difficult to predict with any level of certainty the impact that Brexit will have on the economy; economic, regulatory and political stability; and market conditions in Europe, including in the U.K., or on the Pound sterling, Euro or other European currencies, but any such impacts and others we cannot currently anticipate could materially adversely affect us and our operations. Among other things, we could experience: lower growth in the region due to indecision by businesses holding off on generating new projects or due to adverse market conditions; and reduced reported revenue and earnings because foreign currencies may translate into fewer U.S. dollars due to the fact that we translate revenue denominated in non-U.S. currencies, such as Pounds sterling, into U.S. dollars for our financial statements. In addition, there can be no assurance that our hedging strategies will be effective. The British government and the E.U. continue to negotiate the terms of the U.K.'s future relationship with the E.U. While many separation issues have been resolved, significant uncertainty remains. It is also possible that the U.K. exits the E.U. in a potentially disruptive manner, with no agreed-upon future relationship. The Company is heavily invested in the U.K. through our businesses and activities. If Brexit negatively impacts the U.K., then it could have a material adverse impact on us. In addition, Brexit may result in greater restrictions on business conducted between the U.K. and E.U. countries and increased regulatory complexities. There is also uncertainty as to how the U.K.'s access to the E.U. Single Market and the wider trading, legal, regulatory, tax, social and labor environments, especially in the U.K. and E.U., will be impacted, including the resulting impacts on our business and that of our clients. Any such changes may adversely affect our operations and financial results. For example, any changes to the passporting or other regulations relating to doing business in various E.U. countries by relying on a regulatory permission in the U.K. (or doing business in the U.K. by relying on a regulatory permission in an E.U. country) could increase our costs of doing business, or our ability to do so. At this point, we do not expect the current passporting regime to continue beyond the current transition period or any extension to its current expiration on December 31, 2020. Any such change, or other change in regulations could increase our costs of doing business, or in some cases, affect our ability to do business, and adversely impact our operations and financial results. The risk remains that the U.K. will not have agreed to a comprehensive trade agreement with the E.U. or other countries by the time the transition period expires or that any such trade agreement makes no, or inadequate, provision for passporting or other matters relevant to our business operations. We are currently in the process of establishing appropriate arrangements for the continued servicing of client business in the countries expected to be most affected. These arrangements include the transaction of certain businesses and/or the movement of certain businesses outside of the U.K. However, various significant risks remain, including the following, among others: • • • • • • the risk that our proposed business solutions, such as business transfers, will not be completed in time or could cost more than expected, or that they will not be approved by regulators in the U.K. or E.U.; the risk that changes to our information technology required to move businesses or operations will not be completed in time; the risk that we may not timely complete any required changes to client contract terms and regulatory requirements, including with respect to data protection and privacy standards; the risk of a loss of key talent, or an inability to hire sufficient and qualified talent; the risk that the efforts and resources allocated to Brexit, and associated changes to our operations, cause disruptions to our existing businesses, whether inside or outside the U.K., or both; the risk that the U.K. will have in place no, or a limited number of, trade agreements with the E.U., its member states and/or any non-E.U. states leading to potentially adverse trading conditions with other territories; and 20 • the risk that the way in which the U.K. exits the E.U. is altered from current expectations, resulting in the need to quickly and materially change our plans, and the risks described above with respect to any associated changes in such plans. There is also a risk that other countries may decide to leave the E.U. We cannot predict the impact that any additional countries leaving the E.U. will have on us, but any such impacts could materially adversely affect us. Allegations of conflicts of interest, including in connection with accepting market derived income (‘MDI’), may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation or reputation. We could suffer significant financial or reputational harm if we fail to properly identify and manage potential conflicts of interest. Conflicts of interest exist or could exist any time the Company or any of its employees have or may have an interest in a transaction or engagement that is inconsistent with our clients’ interests. This could occur, for example, when the Company is providing services to multiple parties in connection with a transaction. In addition, as we provide more solutions-based services, there is greater potential for conflicts with advisory services. Managing conflicts of interest is an important issue for the Company, but can be a challenge for a large and complex company such as ours. Due to the broad scope of our businesses and our client base, we regularly address potential conflicts of interest, including, without limitation, situations where our services to a particular client or our own investments or other interests conflict, or are perceived to conflict, with the interests of another client. If these are not carefully managed, this could then lead to failure or perceived failure to protect the client’s interests, with attendant regulatory and reputational risks that could materially adversely affect us and our operations. There is no guarantee that all potential conflicts of interest will be identified, and undetected conflicts may result in damage to our professional reputation and result in legal liability which may have a material adverse effect on our business. Identifying conflicts of interest may also prove particularly difficult as we continue to bring systems and information together and integrate newly acquired businesses. In addition, we may not be able to adequately address such conflicts of interest. In addition, insurance intermediaries have traditionally been remunerated by base commissions paid by insurance carriers in respect of placements we make for clients, or by fees paid by clients. Intermediaries also obtain other revenue from insurance carriers. This revenue, when derived from carriers in their capacity as insurance markets (as opposed to as corporate clients of the intermediaries where they may be purchasing insurance or reinsurance or other non- market related services), is commonly known as market derived income or ‘MDI’. MDI is another example of an area in which allegations of conflicts of interest may arise. MDI takes a variety of forms, including volume- or profit-based contingent commissions, facilities administration charges, business development agreements, and fees for providing certain data to carriers. MDI creates various risks. Intermediaries in many markets have a duty to act in the best interests of their clients and payments from carriers can incentivize intermediaries to put carriers’ or their own interests ahead of their clients. Accordingly, MDI may be subject to scrutiny by various regulators under conflict of interest, anti-trust, unfair competition, conduct and anti-bribery laws and regulations. While accepting MDI is a lawful and acceptable business practice, and while we have established systems and controls to manage these risks, we cannot predict whether our position will result in regulatory or other scrutiny and our controls may not be effective. In addition, the Company offers affiliated investment funds, with plans to launch additional funds over time. Given that our Investment business may recommend affiliated investment funds or affirmatively invest such clients’ assets in such funds under delegated authority, there may be a perceived conflict of interest. While the Company has processes, procedures and controls in place intended to mitigate potential conflicts, such perception could cause regulatory inquiries, or could impact client demand and the business’ financial performance, and our controls may not be effective. In addition, underperformance by our affiliated investment funds could lead to lawsuits by clients that were invested in such funds. The failure or perceived failure to adequately address conflicts of interest could affect the willingness of clients to deal with us, or give rise to litigation or enforcement actions. Conflicts of interest may also arise in the future that could cause material harm to us. Damage to our reputation, including due to the failure of third parties on whom we rely to perform services or public opinions of third parties with whom we associate, could adversely affect our businesses. Maintaining a positive reputation is critical to our ability to attract and maintain relationships with clients and colleagues. Damage to our reputation could therefore cause significant harm to our business and prospects. Harm to our reputation can arise from numerous sources, including among others, employee misconduct, litigation or regulatory action, failure to deliver minimum standards of service and quality, compliance failures, allegations of conflicts of interest and unethical behavior. Such harm could also arise from negative public opinion or political conditions arising from our association with third parties in any number of activities or circumstances. Negative perceptions or publicity, whether or not true, may result in harm to our prospects. In addition, the failure to deliver satisfactory service and quality performance, on time and within budget, in one line of business could cause clients to terminate the services we provide to those clients in many other lines of business. This risk has increased as the Company has become larger and more complex and as we take on increasingly complicated projects for our clients (such as complex outsourcing engagements and 21 technology solutions development/implementation projects that require a significant amount of dedicated personnel resources and expenses). In addition, as part of providing services to clients and managing our business, we rely on a number of third-party service providers. Our ability to perform effectively depends in part on the ability of these service providers to meet their obligations, as well as on our effective oversight of their performance. The quality of our services could suffer or we could be required to incur unanticipated costs if our third-party service providers do not perform as expected or their services are disrupted. This could have a material adverse effect on our reputation as well as our business and results of operations. The loss of key colleagues could damage or result in the loss of client relationships and could result in such colleagues competing against us. Our success depends on our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel, including key managers and colleagues. In addition, our success largely depends upon our colleagues’ abilities to generate business and provide quality services. In particular, our colleagues’ business relationships with our clients are a critical element of obtaining and maintaining client engagements. Labor markets have continued to tighten globally, and we have experienced intense competition and increased costs for certain types of colleagues, especially as new entrants, in insurance and reinsurance businesses (among others), expend significant resources in hiring. Also, in the past, we have lost colleagues who manage substantial client relationships or possess substantial experience or expertise; if we lose additional colleagues such as those, it could result in such colleagues competing against us. The failure to successfully attract and retain qualified personnel could materially adversely affect our ability to secure and complete engagements or could disrupt our business, which would materially adversely affect our results of operations and prospects. In conducting our businesses around the world, we are subject to political, economic, legal, regulatory, cultural, market, operational and other risks that are inherent in operating in many countries. In conducting our businesses and maintaining and supporting our global operations, we are subject to political, economic, legal, regulatory, market, operational and other risks. Our businesses and operations continue to expand into new regions throughout the world, including emerging markets. The possible effects of political, economic and financial disruptions throughout the world could have an adverse impact on our businesses and financial results. These risks include: • • • • • • • • the general economic and political conditions in foreign countries (including political and social unrest in certain regions); the imposition of controls or limitations on the conversion of foreign currencies or remittance of dividends and other payments by foreign subsidiaries; the imposition of sanctions by both the U.S. and foreign governments; the imposition of withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments from subsidiaries; the imposition or increase of investment and other restrictions by foreign governments; fluctuations in currency exchange rates or our tax rates; difficulties in controlling operations and monitoring employees in geographically dispersed and culturally diverse locations; and the practical challenges and costs of complying, or monitoring compliance, with a wide variety of foreign laws (some of which are evolving or are not as well-developed as the laws of the U.S. or U.K. or which may conflict with U.S. or other sources of law), and regulations applicable to insurance brokers and other business operations abroad (in more than 140 countries, including many in Africa), including laws, rules and regulations relating to the conduct of business, trade sanction laws administered by the U.S. Office of Foreign Assets Control, the E.U., the U.K. and the United Nations (‘U.N.’), and the requirements of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act as well as other anti-bribery and corruption rules and requirements in all of the countries in which we operate. Sanctions imposed by governments, or changes to such sanction regulations, could have a material adverse impact on our operations or financial results. As described above, our businesses are subject to the risk of sanctions imposed by the U.S., the E.U. and other governments. In 2019, there was an increase in U.S. designations in locations such as China, Russia and Venezuela. In recent years, there has also been an increased risk of counter-sanctions in some locations, such as Russia. Nevertheless, it is not yet clear whether and how these sanctions or potential sanctions may impact our business. As a result, we cannot predict the impacts of any changes in the U.S., E.U., U.K. or other sanctions, and whether such changes could have a material adverse impact on our operations or financial results. 22 Our business will be negatively affected if we are not able to anticipate and keep pace with rapid changes in government laws or regulations, or if government laws or regulations decrease the need for our services or increase our costs. A material portion of our revenue is affected by statutory or regulatory changes. An example of a statutory or regulatory change that could materially impact us is any change to the U.S. Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (‘PPACA’), and the Healthcare and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, (‘HCERA’), which we refer to collectively as ‘Healthcare Reform’. While the U.S. Congress has not passed legislation replacing or fundamentally amending Healthcare Reform (other than changes to the individual mandate), such legislation, or another version of Healthcare Reform, could be implemented in the future. In addition, some of U.S. political candidates and representatives have expressed a desire to amend all or a portion of Healthcare Reform or otherwise establish alternatives to employer-sponsored health insurance or replace it with government-sponsored health insurance, often referred to as ‘Medicare for All’. Furthermore, various aspects of Healthcare Reform have been challenged in the judicial system with some success. The status of some of those challenges are in flux, but could materially change U.S. healthcare. If we are unable to adapt our services to potential new laws and regulations, or judicial modifications, with respect to Healthcare Reform or otherwise, our ability to provide effective services in these areas may be substantially impacted. In addition, more restrictive rules or interpretations of the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services marketing rules, or judicial decisions that restrict or otherwise change existing provisions of U.S. healthcare regulation, could have a material adverse impact on our Benefits Delivery and Administration business, including our newly acquired TRANZACT business, which focuses on direct-to-consumer Medicare policy sales. As we implement and expand our direct-to-consumer sales and marketing solutions through our Benefits Delivery and Administration business, we are subject to various federal and state laws and regulations that prescribe when and how we may market to consumers (including, without limitation, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act and other telemarketing laws and the Medicare Communications and Marketing Guidelines issued by the Center for Medicare Services of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Service). Changes to these laws could negatively affect our ability to market directly to consumers or increase our costs or liabilities. Many other areas in which we provide services are the subject of government regulation, which is constantly evolving. For example, our activities in connection with insurance brokerage services are subject to regulation and supervision by national, state or other authorities. Insurance laws in the markets in which we operate are often complex and generally grant broad discretion to supervisory authorities in adopting regulations and supervising regulated activities. That supervision generally includes the licensing of insurance brokers and agents and the regulation of the handling and investment of client funds held in a fiduciary capacity. Our continuing ability to provide insurance brokerage in the markets in which we currently operate is dependent upon our compliance with the rules and regulations promulgated from time to time by the regulatory authorities in each of these locations. Changes in government and accounting regulations in the U.S. and the U.K., two of our principal geographic markets, affecting the value, use or delivery of benefits and human capital programs, may materially adversely affect the demand for, or the profitability of, our various services. In addition, we have significant operations throughout the world, which further subject us to applicable laws and regulations of countries outside the U.S. and the U.K. Changes in legislation or regulations and actions by regulators in particular countries, including changes in administration and enforcement policies, could require operational improvements or modifications, which may result in higher costs or hinder our ability to operate our business in those countries. Our compliance systems and controls cannot guarantee that we comply with all applicable federal and state or foreign laws and regulations, and actions by regulatory authorities or changes in applicable laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate could have an adverse effect on our business. Our activities are subject to extensive regulation under the laws of the U.S., the U.K., the E.U. and its member states, and the other jurisdictions around the world in which we operate. In addition, we own an interest in a number of associates and companies where we do not exercise management control. Over the last few years, regulators across the world are increasingly seeking to regulate brokers who operate in their jurisdictions. The foreign and U.S. laws and regulations applicable to our operations are complex, continually evolving and may increase the costs of regulatory compliance, limit or restrict the products or services we sell or subject our business to the possibility of regulatory actions or proceedings. These laws and regulations include insurance and financial industry regulations, antitrust and competition laws, economic and trade sanctions laws relating to countries in which certain subsidiaries do business or may do business (‘Sanctioned Jurisdictions’) such as Crimea, Cuba, Iran, Russia, Sudan, Syria and Venezuela, anti-corruption laws such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act 2010 and similar local laws prohibiting corrupt payments to governmental officials and the Foreign Account Tax Compliance provisions of the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act in the U.S., as well as laws and regulations related to data privacy, cyber security and telemarketing. Because of changes in regulation and company practice, our non-U.S. subsidiaries are providing more services with connections to various countries, including some Sanctioned Jurisdictions, that our U.S. subsidiaries are unable to perform. In most jurisdictions, governmental and regulatory authorities have the ability to interpret and amend these laws and regulations and impose penalties for non- compliance, including sanctions, civil remedies, monetary fines, injunctions, revocation of licenses or approvals, suspension of individuals, limitations on business activities or redress to clients. While we believe that we have 23 substantially increased our focus on the geographic breadth of regulations to which we are subject, maintain good relationships with our key regulators and our current systems and controls are adequate, we cannot assure that such systems and controls will prevent any violations of any applicable laws and regulations. While we strive to remain fully-compliant with all applicable laws and regulations, we cannot guarantee that we will fully comply at all times with all laws and regulations, especially in countries with developing or evolving legal systems or with evolving or extra-territorial regulations. In particular, given the challenges of integrating operations, many of which are decentralized, we cannot assure that acquired or decentralized entities’ business systems and controls have prevented or will prevent any and all violations of applicable laws or regulations. Our business performance and growth plans could be negatively affected if we are not able to effectively apply technology, data and analytics to drive value for our clients through technology-based solutions or gain internal efficiencies through the effective application of technology, analytics and related tools. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to develop and implement technology, data and analytic solutions that anticipate, lead or keep pace with rapid and continuing changes in technology both for internal operations and for maintaining industry standards and meeting client preferences. We may not be successful in anticipating or responding to these developments in a timely and cost-effective manner or in attracting and maintaining personnel with the necessary skills in this area. Additionally, our ideas may not lead to the desired internal efficiencies or be accepted in the marketplace. In addition, we may not be able to implement technology-based solutions as quickly as desired if, for example, greater resources are required than originally expected or resources are otherwise needed elsewhere. The effort to gain technological and data expertise and develop new technologies or analytic techniques in our business requires us to incur significant cost and attract qualified technical talent who are in high demand. Our competitors are seeking to develop competing or new technologies, and their success in this space may impact our ability to differentiate our services to our clients through the use of unique technological solutions. In certain cases, we may decide, based on perceived business needs, to make investments that may be greater than we currently anticipate. If we cannot offer new technologies or data and analytic services or solutions as quickly or effectively as our competitors, or if our competitors develop more cost- effective technologies or analytic tools, it could have a material adverse effect on our ability to obtain and complete client engagements. Our business may be harmed by any negative developments that may occur in the insurance industry or if we fail to maintain good relationships with insurance carriers. Many of our businesses are heavily dependent on the insurance industry. Any negative developments that occur in the insurance industry may have a material adverse effect on our business and our results of operations. In addition, if we fail to maintain good relationships with insurance carriers, it may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. The private health insurance industry in the U.S. has experienced a substantial amount of consolidation over the past several years, resulting in a decrease in the number of insurance carriers. In the future, it may become necessary for us to offer insurance plans from a reduced number of insurance carriers or to derive a greater portion of our revenue from a more concentrated number of carriers as our business and the health insurance industry continue to evolve. The termination, amendment or consolidation of our relationships with our insurance carriers could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. Changes and developments in the health insurance system in the United States could harm our business. In 2010, the Federal government enacted significant reforms to healthcare legislation through Healthcare Reform. Many of our lines of business depend upon the private sector of the U.S. insurance system, its role in financing health care delivery, and insurance carriers’ use of, and payment of commissions to, agents, brokers and other organizations to market and sell individual and family health insurance plans. Healthcare Reform contains provisions that have changed and will continue to change the industry in which we operate in substantial ways. Any changes to the roles of the private and public sectors in the health insurance system could also substantially change the industry. The current administration, and certain key members of Congress, have expressed a desire to replace or amend all or a portion of Healthcare Reform. In addition, various aspects of Healthcare Reform have been challenged in the judicial system with some success. Any partial or complete repeal or amendment, judicial modifications or implementation difficulties, or uncertainty regarding such events, could increase our costs of compliance, prevent or delay future adoption or revisions to our exchange platform, and adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, some U.S. political candidates and representatives have otherwise expressed a desire to establish alternatives to employer-sponsored health insurance or replace it with government-sponsored health insurance, often referred to as ‘Medicare for All’. Given the uncertainties relating to the potential repeal and replacement of Healthcare Reform or other alternative proposals related to health insurance plans, the impact is difficult to determine, but it could have material negative effects on us, including: • increasing our competition; 24 • • • • • reducing or eliminating the need for health insurance agents and brokers or demand for the health insurance that we sell; decreasing the number of types of health insurance plans that we sell, as well as the number of insurance carriers offering such plans; causing insurance carriers to change the benefits and/or premiums for the plans they sell; causing insurance carriers to reduce the amount they pay for our services or change our relationship with them in other ways; or materially restricting our call center operations. Any of these effects could materially harm our business and results of operations. For example, the manner in which the Federal government and the states implement health insurance exchanges and the process for receiving subsidies and cost-sharing credits could substantially increase our competition and member turnover and substantially reduce the number of individuals who purchase insurance through us. Various aspects of Healthcare Reform could cause insurance carriers to limit the types of health insurance plans we are able to sell and the geographies in which we are able to sell them. In addition, the U.S. Congress may seek to find spending cuts, and such cuts may include Medicare. If cuts are made to Medicare, there may be substantial changes in the types of health insurance plans we are able to sell, especially through our recently-acquired TRANZACT business, which focuses on direct-to-consumer Medicare policy sales. Changes in the law could also cause insurance carriers to exit the business of selling insurance plans in a particular jurisdiction, to eliminate certain categories of products or to attempt to move members into new plans for which we receive lower commissions. If insurance carriers decide to limit our ability to sell their plans or determine not to sell individual health insurance plans altogether, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially harmed. Limited protection of our intellectual property could harm our business and our ability to compete effectively, and we face the risk that our services or products may infringe upon the intellectual property rights of others. We cannot guarantee that trade secret, trademark and copyright law protections are adequate to deter misappropriation of our intellectual property (including our software, which may become an increasingly important part of our business). Existing laws of some countries in which we provide services or products may offer only limited protection of our intellectual property rights. Also, we may be unable to detect the unauthorized use of our intellectual property and take the necessary steps to enforce our rights, which may have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We cannot be sure that our services and products, or the products of others that we offer to our clients, do not infringe on the intellectual property rights of third parties, and we may have infringement claims asserted against us or our clients. These claims may harm our reputation, result in financial liability, consume financial resources to pursue or defend, and prevent us from offering some services or products. In addition, these claims, whether with or without merit, could be expensive, take significant time and divert management’s focus and resources from business operations. Successful challenges against us could require us to modify or discontinue our use of technology or business processes where such use is found to infringe or violate the rights of others, or require us to purchase licenses from third parties, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. 25 Financial and Tax Risks We have material pension liabilities that can fluctuate significantly and adversely affect our financial position or net income or result in other financial impacts. We have material pension liabilities, some of which represent unfunded and underfunded pension and postretirement liabilities. Movements in the interest rate environment, investment returns, inflation or changes in other assumptions that are used to estimate our benefit obligations and other factors could have a material effect on the level of liabilities in these plans at any given time. Most pension plans have minimum funding requirements that may require material amounts of periodic additional funding and accounting requirements that may result in increased pension expense. For example, in 2018 we were required to recognize a £31 million ($40 million) pension settlement expense related to the accelerated recognition of certain accumulated losses in one of our U.K. pension schemes following the transfer out of assets of certain plan participants. Depending on the above factors, among others, we could be required to recognize further pension expense in the future. Increased pension expense could adversely affect our earnings or cause earnings volatility. In addition, the need to make additional cash contributions may reduce our financial flexibility and increase liquidity risk by reducing the cash available to meet our other obligations, including the payment obligations under our credit facilities and other long-term debt, or other needs of our business. Our outstanding debt could adversely affect our cash flows and financial flexibility and we may not be able to obtain financing on favorable terms or at all. Willis Towers Watson had total consolidated debt outstanding of approximately $5.6 billion as of December 31, 2019, and our interest expense was $234 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Although management believes that our cash flows will be sufficient to service this debt, there may be circumstances in which required payments of principal and/or interest on this debt could adversely affect our cash flows and this level of indebtedness may: • • • require us to dedicate a significant portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing the availability of cash flow to fund capital expenditures, to pursue other acquisitions or investments, to pay dividends and for general corporate purposes; limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes or challenges relating to our business and industry; and put us at a competitive disadvantage against competitors who have less indebtedness or are in a more favorable position to access additional capital resources. The terms of our current financings also include certain limitations. For example, the agreements relating to the debt arrangements and credit facilities contain numerous operating and financial covenants, including requirements to maintain minimum ratios of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated cash interest expense and maximum levels of consolidated funded indebtedness in relation to consolidated EBITDA, in each case subject to certain adjustments. The operating restrictions and financial covenants in our credit facilities do, and any future financing agreements may, limit our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities. A failure to comply with the restrictions under our credit facilities and outstanding notes could result in a default or a cross-default under the financing obligations or could require us to obtain waivers from our lenders for failure to comply with these restrictions. The occurrence of a default that is not cured, or the inability to secure a necessary consent or waiver, could cause our obligations with respect to our debt to be accelerated and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. The maintenance and growth of our business depends on our access to capital, which will depend in large part on cash flow generated by our business and the availability of equity and debt financing. Also, we could be at risk to rising interest rates in the future to the extent that we borrow at floating rates under our existing borrowing agreements or refinance existing debt at higher rates. There can be no assurance that our operations will generate sufficient positive cash flow to finance all of our capital needs or that we will be able to obtain equity or debt financing on favorable terms or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on us. A downgrade to our corporate credit rating and the credit ratings of our outstanding debt may adversely affect our borrowing costs and financial flexibility and, under certain circumstances, may require us to offer to buy back some of our outstanding debt. A downgrade in our corporate credit rating or the credit ratings of our debt would increase our borrowing costs including those under our credit facilities and reduce our financial flexibility. If we need to raise capital in the future, any credit rating downgrade could negatively affect our financing costs or access to financing sources. 26 In addition, under the indenture for our 3.600% senior notes due 2024, our 4.625% senior notes due 2023, our 6.125% senior notes due 2043, our 3.500% senior notes due 2021, our 4.400% senior notes due 2026, our 2.125% senior notes due 2022, our 4.500% senior notes due 2028, our 5.050% senior notes due 2048, our 2.950% senior notes due 2029, and our 3.875% senior notes due 2049, if we experience a ratings decline together with a change of control event, we would be required to offer to purchase these notes from holders unless we had previously redeemed those notes. We may not have sufficient funds available or access to funding to repurchase tendered notes in that event, which could result in a default under the notes. Any future debt that we incur may contain covenants regarding repurchases in the event of a change of control triggering event. If a U.S. person is treated as owning at least 10% of our shares, such a holder may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences. As a result of U.S. Tax Reform, many of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are now classified as ‘controlled foreign corporations’ (‘CFCs’) for U.S. federal income tax purposes due to the expanded application of certain ownership attribution rules within a multinational corporate group. If a U.S. person is treated as owning (directly, indirectly or constructively) at least 10% of the value or voting power of our shares, such a person may be treated as a U.S. shareholder with respect to one or more of our CFC subsidiaries. In addition, if our shares are treated as owned more than 50% by U.S. shareholders, we would be treated as a CFC. A U.S. shareholder of a CFC may be required to annually report and include in its U.S. taxable income, as ordinary income, its pro-rata share of Subpart F income, global intangible low-taxed income, and investments in U.S. property by CFCs, whether or not we make any distributions to such U.S. shareholder. An individual U.S. shareholder generally would not be allowed certain tax deductions or foreign tax credits that would be allowed to a corporate U.S. shareholder with respect to a CFC. A failure by a U.S. shareholder to comply with its reporting obligations may subject the U.S. shareholder to significant monetary penalties and may extend the statute of limitations with respect to the U.S. shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax return for the year for which such reporting was due. We cannot provide any assurances that we will assist investors in determining whether we or any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are CFCs or whether any investor is a U.S. shareholder with respect to any such CFCs. We also cannot guarantee that we will furnish to U.S. shareholders any or all of the information that may be necessary for them to comply with the aforementioned obligations. U.S. investors should consult their own advisors regarding the potential application of these rules to their investments in us. Legislative or regulatory action in the U.S. or abroad could materially adversely affect our ability to maintain a competitive worldwide effective corporate tax rate. We cannot give any assurance as to what our effective tax rate will be in the future, because of, among other things, uncertainty regarding the tax policies of the jurisdictions where we operate. Our actual effective tax rate may vary from expectations and that variance may be material. Additionally, the tax laws of Ireland and other jurisdictions could change in the future, and such changes could cause a material change in our effective tax rate. On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax reform legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the ‘U.S. Tax Reform’), which generally became effective on January 1, 2018. The U.S. Tax Reform included numerous changes to existing tax law, including a permanent reduction in the federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%. Among other things, U.S. Tax Reform could cause us to lose the benefit of certain tax credits and deductions, limit our ability to deduct interest incurred in the U.S. and potentially increase our income taxes due to the base erosion and anti-abuse tax. The U.S. Treasury Department has issued a number of proposed regulations clarifying some of the provisions of the U.S. Tax Reform, many of which are still ongoing. We will continue to evaluate the overall impact of U.S. Tax Reform and related regulations on our operations and tax position over the next twelve months. Our expectations of the impact of U.S. Tax Reform are also subject to change, possibly materially, due to, among other things, changes in interpretation or assumptions, and/or updated regulatory guidance. The U.S. Tax Reform could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. Further legislative action may be taken by the U.S. Congress which, if ultimately enacted, could limit the availability of tax benefits or deductions that we currently claim, override tax treaties upon which we rely, or otherwise affect the taxes that the U.S. imposes on our worldwide operations. Regulations or administrative guidance from the U.S. Treasury Department that are currently proposed or newly issued in the future could have similar consequences. Such changes could materially adversely affect our effective tax rate and/or require us to take further action, at potentially significant additional expense, to seek to preserve our effective tax rate. In addition, if proposals were enacted that have the effect of limiting our ability as an Irish company to take advantage of tax treaties with the U.S., we could incur additional tax expense and/or otherwise experience business detriment. In addition, the U.S. Congress, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (‘OECD’), the World Trade Organization and other government agencies in non-U.S. jurisdictions where we and our affiliates do business have had an extended focus on issues related to the taxation of multinational corporations. One example is in the area of base erosion and profit shifting, where payments are made between affiliates from a jurisdiction with high tax rates to a jurisdiction with lower tax rates. In October 2015, the OECD released final reports addressing fifteen specific actions as part of a comprehensive plan to create an agreed set of 27 international rules for fighting base erosion and profit shifting. Although the timing and methods of implementation vary, several jurisdictions have enacted legislation that is aligned with, and in some cases exceeds the scope of, the OECD’s recommendations. As a result, the tax laws in the U.S., Ireland, and other countries in which we and our affiliates do business could change on a prospective or retroactive basis, and any such changes could adversely affect us and our affiliates. Our significant non-U.S. operations, particularly our London market operations, expose us to exchange rate fluctuations and various other risks that could impact our business. A significant portion of our operations is conducted outside of the U.S. Accordingly, we are subject to legal, economic and market risks associated with operating in foreign countries, including devaluations and fluctuations in currency exchange rates; imposition of limitations on conversion of foreign currencies into Pounds sterling or U.S. dollars or remittance of dividends and other payments by foreign subsidiaries; hyperinflation in certain foreign countries; imposition or increase of investment and other restrictions by foreign governments; and the requirement of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws. Additionally and as noted above, the unknown impacts of Brexit may expose us to additional exchange rate fluctuations in the Pounds sterling. We report our operating results and financial condition in U.S. dollars. Our U.S. operations earn revenue and incur expenses primarily in U.S. dollars. In our London market operations however, we earn revenue in a number of different currencies, but expenses are almost entirely incurred in Pounds sterling. Outside of the U.S. and our London market operations, we predominantly generate revenue and expenses in local currencies. Because of devaluations and fluctuations in currency exchange rates or the imposition of limitations on conversion of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars, we are subject to currency translation exposure on the profits of our operations, in addition to economic exposure. Furthermore, the mismatch between Pounds sterling revenue and expenses, together with any net Pounds sterling balance sheet position we hold in our U.S. dollar-denominated London market operations, creates an exchange exposure. While we do utilize hedging strategies to attempt to reduce the impact of foreign currency fluctuations, there can be no assurance that our hedging strategies will be effective. Changes in accounting principles or in our accounting estimates and assumptions could negatively affect our financial position and results of operations. We prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Any change to accounting principles, particularly to U.S. GAAP, could have a material adverse effect on us or our results of operations. U.S. GAAP accounting principles require us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. We are also required to make certain judgments that affect the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during each reporting period. We periodically evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those relating to revenue recognition, valuation of billed and unbilled receivables from clients, discretionary compensation, incurred-but-not-reported liabilities, restructuring, pensions, goodwill and other intangible assets, contingencies, share-based payments and income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and various assumptions that we believe to be reasonable based on specific circumstances. Actual results could differ from these estimates, and changes in accounting standards could have an adverse impact on our future financial position and results of operations. In addition, we have a substantial amount of goodwill on our consolidated balance sheet as a result of acquisitions we have completed, and we significantly increased goodwill as a result of the Merger. We review goodwill for impairment annually or whenever events or circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. Application of the impairment test requires judgment, including the identification of reporting units, assignment of assets, liabilities and goodwill to reporting units and the determination of the fair value of each reporting unit. A significant deterioration in a key estimate or assumption or a less significant deterioration to a combination of assumptions, or the sale of a part of a reporting unit, could result in an impairment charge in the future, which could have a significant adverse impact on our reported earnings. Our quarterly revenue and cash flow could fluctuate, including as a result of factors outside of our control, while our expenses may remain relatively fixed or be higher than expected. Quarterly variations in our revenue, cash flow and results of operations have occurred in the past and could occur as a result of a number of factors, such as: the significance of client engagements commenced and completed during a quarter; seasonality of certain types of services; the number of business days in a quarter; colleague hiring and utilization rates; our clients’ ability to terminate engagements without penalty; the size and scope of assignments; our ability to enhance our billing, collection and working capital management efforts and general economic conditions. 28 We derive significant revenue from commissions for brokerage services, but do not determine the insurance premiums on which our commissions are generally based. Commission levels generally follow the same trend as premium levels, as they are a percentage of the premiums paid by the insureds. Fluctuations in the premiums charged by the insurance carriers can therefore have a direct and potentially material impact on our results of operations. Due to the cyclical nature of the insurance market and the impact of other market conditions on insurance premiums, commission levels may vary widely between accounting periods. A period of low or declining premium rates, generally known as a ‘soft’ or ‘softening’ market, generally leads to downward pressure on commission revenue and can have a material adverse impact on our commission revenue and operating margin. We could be negatively impacted by soft market conditions across certain sectors and geographic regions. In addition, insurance carriers may seek to reduce their expenses by reducing the commission rates payable to insurance agents or brokers such as us. The reduction of these commission rates, along with general volatility and/or declines in premiums, may significantly undermine our profitability. A sizeable portion of our total operating expenses is relatively fixed or may even be higher than expected, encompassing the majority of administrative, occupancy, communications and other expenses, depreciation and amortization, and salaries and employee benefits excluding fiscal year-end incentive bonuses. Therefore, a variation in the number of client assignments and collection of accounts receivable, or in the timing of the initiation or the completion of client assignments, or our inability to forecast demand, can cause significant variations in quarterly operating results and could result in losses and volatility in our stock price. It is unclear how increased regulatory oversight and changes in the method for determining the London Interbank Offered Rate (‘LIBOR’) may affect the value of the financial obligations to be held or issued by us that are linked to LIBOR, or how such changes could affect our results of operations or financial condition. In the recent past, concerns have been publicized regarding the calculation of LIBOR, the London interbank offered rate, which present risks for the financial instruments that use LIBOR as a reference rate. LIBOR is the basic rate of interest used in lending between banks on the London interbank market and is widely used as a reference for setting the interest rate on loans globally. Accordingly, uncertainty as to the nature of such changes may affect the market for or pricing of any LIBOR-linked securities, loans, derivatives and other financial obligations or extensions of credit held by or due to us or on our overall financial condition or results of operations. In addition, any further changes or reforms to the determination or supervision of LIBOR may result in a sudden or prolonged increase or decrease in reported LIBOR, which could have an impact on the market for or pricing of any LIBOR-linked securities, loans, derivatives and other financial obligations or extensions of credit held by or due to us, including our revolving credit facility, or on our overall financial condition or results of operations. For example, on July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit LIBOR rates after 2021. Currently, there is not an agreement on what rate or rates may become accepted alternatives to LIBOR; however, the Alternative Reference Rate Committee in the U.S., comprised of a group of large banks and other financial institutions, selected the Secured Overnight Finance Rate (‘SOFR’), as an alternative to LIBOR. In May 2018, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York began to publish the alternative rate. SOFR is a broad measure of the cost of borrowing cash overnight collateralized by Treasury securities. Furthermore, as of April 23, 2018, the Bank of England has commenced publication of a reformed Sterling Overnight Index Average (‘SONIA’), comprised of a broader set of overnight Sterling money market transactions. The SONIA has been recommended as the alternative to Sterling LIBOR by the U.K. Working Group on Sterling Risk-Free Reference Rates. At this time, it is not possible to predict whether and how these alternative reference rates will become accepted alternatives to LIBOR or any other reforms to LIBOR that may be enacted. The laws of Ireland differ from the laws in effect in the United States and may afford less protection to holders of our securities. It may not be possible to enforce court judgments obtained in the U.S. against us in Ireland, based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal or state securities laws. In addition, there is some uncertainty as to whether the courts of Ireland would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or our directors or officers based on the civil liabilities provisions of the U.S. federal or state securities laws or hear actions against us or those persons based on those laws. We have been advised that the U.S. currently does not have a treaty with Ireland providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any U.S. federal or state court based on civil liability, whether or not based solely on U.S. federal or state securities laws, would not automatically be enforceable in Ireland. As an Irish company, we are governed by the Irish Companies Act, which differs in some material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and shareholders, including, among others, differences relating to interested director and officer transactions and shareholder lawsuits. Likewise, the duties of directors and officers of an Irish company generally are owed to the company only. Shareholders of Irish companies generally do not have a personal right of action against directors or officers of the company and may exercise such rights of action on behalf of the company only in limited circumstances. Accordingly, holders of our securities may have more difficulty protecting their interests than would holders of securities of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction of the United States. 29 We are a holding company and, therefore, may not be able to receive dividends or other distributions in needed amounts from our subsidiaries. The Company is organized as a holding company, a legal entity separate and distinct from our operating subsidiaries. As a holding company without significant operations of our own, we are dependent upon dividends and other payments from our operating subsidiaries to meet our obligations for paying principal and interest on outstanding debt obligations, for paying dividends to shareholders, for repurchasing shares of common stock and for corporate expenses. Legal and regulatory restrictions, foreign exchange controls, as well as operating requirements of our subsidiaries, may limit our ability to obtain cash from these subsidiaries. For example, Willis Limited, our U.K. brokerage subsidiary regulated by the FCA, is currently required to maintain $140 million in unencumbered and available financial resources, of which at least $79 million must be in cash, for regulatory purposes. In the event our operating subsidiaries are unable to pay dividends and other payments to the Company, we may not be able to service debt, pay obligations or pay dividends on, or repurchase shares of, common stock. In the event we are unable to generate cash from our operating subsidiaries for any of the reasons discussed above, our overall liquidity could deteriorate. ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. ITEM 2. PROPERTIES As of December 31, 2019, we operated offices in many countries throughout the world and believe that our properties are generally suitable and adequate for the purposes for which they are used. The principal properties are located in the United States and the United Kingdom. In addition, we have other offices in various locations, including among others, Europe, Asia, Australia and Latin America. Operations of each of our segments are carried out in owned or leased offices under operating leases that typically do not exceed 10 years in length except for certain properties in key locations. We do not anticipate difficulty in meeting our space needs at lease expiration. The fixed assets owned by us represented approximately 3% of total assets as of December 31, 2019 and consisted primarily of furniture and equipment, leasehold improvements, computer software, internally developed software and land and buildings. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS From time to time, we are party to various lawsuits, arbitrations or mediations that arise in the ordinary course of business. The disclosure called for by Item 3 regarding our legal proceedings is incorporated by reference herein from Note 15 — Commitments and Contingencies, within Item 8 in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not applicable. 30 PART II. ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Share Data Our ordinary shares began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol ‘WLTW’ on January 5, 2016. As of February 21, 2020, there were approximately 1,211 shareholders of record of our shares. Dividends We normally pay dividends on a quarterly basis to shareholders of record on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31. On February 26, 2020, the board of directors approved a regular quarterly cash dividend of $0.68 per common share. The dividend is payable on or about April 15, 2020 to shareholders of record at the close of business on March 31, 2020. There are no governmental laws, decrees or regulations in Ireland that restrict the remittance of dividends or other payments to non-resident holders of the Company’s shares. In circumstances where one of Ireland’s many exemptions from dividend withholding tax (‘DWT’) does not apply, dividends paid by the Company will be subject to Irish DWT (currently 20 percent). Residents of the United States should be exempt from Irish DWT provided relevant documentation supporting the exemption has been put in place. While the U.S.-Ireland Double Tax Treaty contains provisions reducing the rate of Irish DWT in prescribed circumstances, it should generally be unnecessary for U.S. residents to rely on the provisions of this treaty due to the wide scope of exemptions from Irish DWT available under Irish domestic law. Irish income tax may also arise in respect of dividends paid by the Company. However, U.S. residents entitled to an exemption from Irish DWT generally have no Irish income tax liability on dividends. With respect to non-corporate U.S. shareholders, certain dividends from a qualified foreign corporation may be subject to reduced rates of taxation. A foreign corporation is treated as a qualified foreign corporation with respect to dividends received from that corporation on shares that are readily tradeable on an established securities market in the United States, such as our shares. Non-corporate U.S. shareholders that do not meet a minimum holding period requirement for our shares during which they are not protected from the risk of loss or that elect to treat the dividend income as investment income pursuant to section 163(d)(4) of the Code will not be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation regardless of our status as a qualified foreign corporation. In addition, the rate reduction will not apply to dividends if the recipient of a dividend is obligated to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. This disallowance applies even if the minimum holding period has been met. U.S. shareholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of these rules given their particular circumstances. Total Shareholder Return The graphs below depict cumulative total shareholder returns for (i) Legacy Willis and Legacy Towers Watson for the period from January 1, 2015 through January 4, 2016, the day prior to the commencement of trading of Willis Towers Watson’s ordinary shares, and (ii) Willis Towers Watson for the period from January 5, 2016 through December 31, 2019. 31 Each graph also depicts the total return for the S&P 500 and for a peer group for Willis Towers Watson comprised of Accenture plc, Aon plc, Arthur J. Gallagher & Co., Brown & Brown Inc., Cognizant Technology Solutions Corporation, Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc. and Robert Half International Inc. The comparisons chart the performance of $100 invested on the initial dates indicated (January 1, 2015 and January 5, 2016, respectively), assuming full dividend reinvestment. 32 Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds During the year ended December 31, 2019, no shares were issued by the Company without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers The Company is authorized to repurchase shares, by way of redemption, and will consider whether to do so from time to time, based on many factors, including market conditions. Since April 20, 2016, when the Willis Towers Watson board reconfirmed, reapproved and reauthorized the remaining $529 million portion of the Legacy Willis program to repurchase the Company’s ordinary shares on the open market or by way of redemption or otherwise, the following additional authorizations have occurred: • • November 10, 2016 — the Company announced that the board of directors approved an additional authorization of $1.0 billion. February 23, 2018 — the Company announced that the board of directors approved an additional authorization of $400 million. There are no expiration dates for these repurchase plans or programs. The following table presents specified information about the Company’s repurchases of ordinary shares in the fourth quarter and the Company’s repurchase authority. Period October 1, 2019 through October 31, 2019 November 1, 2019 through November 30, 2019 December 1, 2019 through December 31, 2019 Total number of shares purchased Average price paid per share Total number of shares purchased as part of publicly announced plans or programs 15,517 $ — $ — $ 15,517 $ 193.99 — — 193.99 15,517 — — 15,517 Maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased under the plans or programs 1,233,271 1,233,271 1,233,271 The maximum number of shares that may be purchased under the existing stock repurchase program is 1,233,271. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company repurchased its ordinary shares for an aggregate cost (excluding broker costs) of $150 million. At December 31, 2019, approximately $249 million remained on the open-ended repurchase authorization granted by the board. An estimate of the maximum number of shares under the existing authority was determined using the closing price of our ordinary shares on December 31, 2019 of $201.94. 33 On February 26, 2020, the board of directors approved a $251 million increase to the existing share repurchase program, increasing the total remaining authorization to $500 million. Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans For information on our securities authorized for issuance under our existing equity compensation plans, see ‘Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans’ in our proxy statement filed with the SEC. 34 ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA The selected consolidated financial data presented below should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and the related notes and Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations within this Annual Report on Form 10-K. During 2019 and 2018, we adopted ASC 842, Leases (‘ASC 842’) and ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (‘ASC 606’), respectively. Financial information presented for years prior to the respective adoptions has not been adjusted in accordance with the provisions of those new standards. The selected historical consolidated financial data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 and as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Willis Towers Watson, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Financial data set forth below as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016 has been derived from audited consolidated financial statements of Willis Towers Watson, which are not included in this Annual Report. Financial data set forth below as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 has been derived from audited consolidated financial statements of Legacy Willis, which are not included in this Annual Report, and is presented with adjustment for the reverse stock split on January 4, 2016. The Merger affects the comparability of this data for the year ended December 31, 2015. 2019 Years ended December 31, 2017 (in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share data) 2016 2018 2015 Statement of Comprehensive Income Data Revenue Income from operations Income from operations before income taxes Net income Net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson Earnings per share — basic Earnings per share — diluted Average number of shares outstanding — basic — diluted Balance Sheet Data (end of year) Goodwill Other intangible assets, net Total assets (i) Total equity Long-term debt Current debt Additional paid-in capital Total Willis Towers Watson shareholders’ equity Other Financial Data Capital expenditures (excluding capitalized software and capital leases) Cash dividends declared per share $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 9,039 $ 8,513 $ 8,202 $ 7,887 $ 3,829 1,329 1,322 1,073 1,044 $ 8.05 $ 8.02 $ 130 130 809 851 715 695 $ 5.29 $ 5.27 $ 131 132 516 492 592 568 $ 4.21 $ 4.18 $ 135 136 348 342 438 420 $ 3.07 $ 3.04 $ 137 138 11,194 $ 10,465 $ 10,519 $ 10,413 $ 3,478 35,426 10,369 5,301 316 10,687 10,249 3,318 32,385 9,971 4,389 186 10,615 9,852 3,882 32,458 10,249 4,450 85 10,538 10,126 4,368 30,253 10,183 3,357 508 10,596 10,065 313 354 384 373 5.49 5.41 68 69 3,737 1,115 18,839 2,360 2,278 988 1,672 2,229 246 $ 2.60 $ 268 $ 2.40 $ 300 $ 2.12 $ 218 $ 1.92 $ 146 3.28 (i) We collect premiums from insureds and, after deducting our commissions, remit the premiums to the respective insurers; the Company also collects claims or refunds from insurers which it then remits to insureds. Uncollected premiums from insureds and uncollected claims or refunds from insurers (‘fiduciary receivables’) are recorded as fiduciary assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Unremitted insurance premiums, claims or refunds (‘fiduciary funds’) are recorded within fiduciary liabilities. 35 ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS This discussion includes forward-looking statements. See ‘Disclaimer Regarding Forward-looking Statements’ for certain cautionary information regarding forward-looking statements and ‘Risk Factors’ in Item 1A for a list of factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those predicted in those statements. This discussion includes references to non-GAAP financial measures as defined in the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (‘SEC’). We present such non-GAAP financial measures, specifically, adjusted, constant currency and organic non-GAAP financial measures, as we believe such information is of interest to the investment community because it provides additional meaningful methods of evaluating certain aspects of the Company’s operating performance from period to period on a basis that may not be otherwise apparent under U.S. GAAP, and these provide a measure against which our businesses may be assessed in the future. Our methods of calculating these measures may differ from those used by other companies and therefore comparability may be limited. These financial measures should be viewed in addition to, not in lieu of, the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019. See ‘Non-GAAP Financial Measures’ below for further discussion of our adjusted, constant currency and organic non-GAAP financial measures. Executive Overview Business Overview Willis Towers Watson is a global advisory, broking and solutions company that helps clients around the world turn risk into a path for growth. With roots dating to 1828, Willis Towers Watson has more than 45,000 employees and services clients in more than 140 countries. We design and deliver solutions that manage risk, optimize benefits, cultivate talent, and expand the power of capital to protect and strengthen institutions and individuals. We believe our unique perspective allows us to see the critical intersections between talent, assets and ideas - the dynamic formula that drives business performance. We offer clients a broad range of services to help them to identify and control their risks, and to enhance business performance by improving their ability to attract, retain and engage a talented workforce. Our risk control services range from strategic risk consulting (including providing actuarial analysis), to a variety of due diligence services, to the provision of practical on-site risk control services (such as health and safety or property loss control consulting), as well as analytical and advisory services (such as hazard modeling and reinsurance optimization studies). We assist clients in planning how to manage incidents or crises when they occur. These services include contingency planning, security audits and product tampering plans. We help our clients enhance their business performance by delivering consulting services, technology and solutions that help organizations anticipate, identify and capitalize on emerging opportunities in human capital management as well as investment advice to help our clients develop disciplined and efficient strategies to meet their investment goals. As an insurance broker, we act as an intermediary between our clients and insurance carriers by advising our clients on their risk management requirements, helping them to determine the best means of managing risk and negotiating and placing insurance with insurance carriers through our global distribution network. We operate a private Medicare exchange in the U.S. Through this exchange and those for active employees, we help our clients move to a more sustainable economic model by capping and controlling the costs associated with healthcare benefits. We are not an insurance company, and therefore we do not underwrite insurable risks for our own account. We derive the majority of our revenue from either commissions or fees for broking or consulting services. No single client represented a significant concentration of our consolidated revenue for any of the periods presented. Our shares are traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. 36 Market Conditions Due to the cyclical nature of the insurance market and the impact of other market conditions on insurance premiums, commission revenue may vary widely between accounting periods. A period of low or declining premium rates, generally known as a ‘soft’ or ‘softening’ market, generally leads to downward pressure on commission revenue and can have a material adverse impact on our revenue and operating margin. A ‘hard’ or ‘firming’ market, during which premium rates rise, generally has a favorable impact on our revenue and operating margin. Rates, however, vary by geography, industry and client segment. As a result, and due to the global and diverse nature of our business, we view rates in the aggregate. Overall, we are currently seeing a modest but definite improvement with pricing in the market. Market conditions in the broking industry in which we operate are generally defined by factors such as the strength of the economies in the various geographic regions in which we serve around the world, insurance rate movements, and insurance and reinsurance buying patterns of our clients. The terms of Brexit and its impact remain uncertain, and the Company is currently in the process of establishing appropriate arrangements for the continued servicing of client business in the countries expected to be most affected. For a further discussion of the risks of Brexit to the Company, see Part I, Item 1A Risk Factors within this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Typically, our business benefits from regulatory change, political risk or economic uncertainty. Insurance broking generally tracks the economy, but demand for both insurance broking and consulting services usually remains steady during times of uncertainty. We have some businesses, such as our health and benefits and administration businesses, which can be counter cyclical during the early period of a significant economic change. Although approximately 21% of our revenue is generated in the U.K. on an annual basis, only about 12% of revenue is denominated in Pounds sterling as much of the insurance business is transacted in U.S. dollars. Approximately 20% of our expenses is denominated in Pounds sterling, thus we generally benefit from a weakening Pound sterling in our income from operations. However, we have a Company hedging strategy for this aspect of our business, which is designed to mitigate significant fluctuations in currency. The markets for our consulting, technology and solutions, and marketplace services are affected by economic, regulatory and legislative changes, technological developments, and increased competition from established and new competitors. We believe that the primary factors in selecting a human resources or risk management consulting firm include reputation, the ability to provide measurable increases to shareholder value and return on investment, global scale, quality of service and the ability to tailor services to clients’ unique needs. In that regard, we are focused on developing and implementing technology, data and analytic solutions for both internal operations and for maintaining industry standards and meeting client preferences. We have made such investments from time to time and may decide, based on perceived business needs, to make investments in the future that may be greater than we currently anticipate. With regard to the market for exchanges, we believe that clients base their decisions on a variety of factors that include the ability of the provider to deliver measurable cost savings for clients, a strong reputation for efficient execution and an innovative service delivery model and platform. Part of the employer- sponsored insurance market has matured and become more fragmented while other segments remain in the entry phase. As these market segments continue to evolve, we may experience growth in intervals, with periods of accelerated expansion balanced by periods of modest growth. In recent years, growth in the market for exchanges has slowed, and we expect this trend may continue during 2020. See Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for discussions of risks that may affect our ability to compete. 37 Financial Statement Overview The tables below set forth our summarized consolidated statements of comprehensive income and data as a percentage of revenue for the periods indicated. For management’s discussion of our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 in comparison with the year ended December 31, 2017, please see our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 27, 2019. Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income ($ in millions, except per share data) Revenue Costs of providing services Salaries and benefits Other operating expenses Depreciation Amortization Transaction and integration expenses Total costs of providing services Income from operations Interest expense Other income, net Provision for income taxes Income attributable to non-controlling interests NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS WATSON Diluted earnings per share Consolidated Revenue Years ended December 31, 2019 2018 $ 9,039 100% $ 8,513 100% 5,249 1,719 240 489 13 7,710 1,329 (234) 227 (249) (29) 1,044 8.02 58% 19% 3% 5% —% 15% (3)% 3% (3)% —% 12% $ $ 5,123 1,637 208 534 202 7,704 809 (208) 250 (136) (20) 695 5.27 60% 19% 2% 6% 2% 10% (2)% 3% (2)% —% 8% $ $ We derive the majority of our revenue from commissions from our brokerage services and fees for consulting and administration services. No single client represented a significant concentration of our consolidated revenue for any of our three most recent fiscal years. The following table details our top five markets based on percentage of consolidated revenue (in U.S. dollars) from the countries where work was performed for the year ended December 31, 2019. These figures do not represent the currency of the related revenue, which is presented in the next table. Geographic Region United States United Kingdom France Germany Canada % of Revenue The table below details the percentage of our revenue and expenses by transactional currency for the year ended December 31, 2019. Transactional Currency U.S. dollars Pounds sterling Euro Other currencies Revenue Expenses (i) 57% 12% 15% 16% 48% 21% 4% 3% 3% 50% 20% 13% 17% (i) These percentages exclude certain expenses for significant items which will not be settled in cash, or which we believe to be items that are not core to our current or future operations. These items include amortization of intangible assets and transaction and integration expenses. 38 The following table sets forth the total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 and the components of the change in total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to the prior year: Revenue $ Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 ($ in millions) 9,039 $ (i) Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding. As Reported Change Currency Impact Components of Revenue Change (i) Constant Currency Change Acquisitions/ Divestitures 8,513 6% (2)% 9% 3% Organic Change 5% Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $9.0 billion, compared to $8.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $526 million, or 6% on an as reported basis. Adjusting for the impact of foreign currency and acquisitions and disposals, our organic revenue growth was 5% for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in organic revenue was driven by strong performances in all segments. The revenue from acquisitions related primarily to TRANZACT, which generated revenue of $245 million. Our revenue can be materially impacted by changes in currency conversions, which can fluctuate significantly over the course of a calendar year. For the year ended December 31, 2019, currency translation decreased our consolidated revenue by $192 million. The primary currencies driving this change were the Euro and Pound sterling. Definitions of Constant Currency Change and Organic Change are included in the section entitled ‘Non-GAAP Financial Measures’ elsewhere within this Form 10-K. Segment Revenue We manage our business across four reportable operating segments: Human Capital and Benefits; Corporate Risk and Broking; Investment, Risk and Reinsurance; and Benefits Delivery and Administration. Segment revenue excludes amounts that were directly incurred on behalf of our clients and reimbursed by them (reimbursed expenses); however, these amounts are included in consolidated revenue. The Company experiences seasonal fluctuations in its revenue. Revenue is typically higher during the Company’s first and fourth quarters due primarily to the timing of broking-related activities. Human Capital and Benefits (‘HCB’) The HCB segment provides an array of advice, broking, solutions and software for our clients. HCB is the largest segment of the Company, generating approximately 37% of our segment revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019. HCB is focused on addressing our clients’ people and risk needs to help them take on the challenges of operating in a global marketplace. This segment is further strengthened with teams of international consultants who provide support through each of our business units to the global headquarters of multinational clients and their foreign subsidiaries. The HCB segment provides services through four business units: • • • • Retirement — The Retirement business provides actuarial support, plan design, and administrative services for traditional pension and retirement savings plans. We help our clients assess the costs and risks of retirement plans on cash flow, earnings and the balance sheet, the effects of changing workforce demographics on their retirement plans and retiree benefit adequacy and security. Health and Benefits — The Health & Benefits business provides plan management consulting, broking and administration across the full spectrum of health and group benefit programs, including medical, dental, disability, life and other coverage. Talent & Rewards — Our Talent & Rewards business provides advice, data, software and products to address clients’ total rewards and talent issues. Technology and Administration Solutions — Our Technology and Administration Solutions business provides benefits outsourcing services to clients outside of the U.S. 39 The following table sets forth HCB segment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the components of the change in revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 from the year ended December 31, 2018. Segment revenue $ Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 ($ in millions) 3,298 $ (i) Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding. As Reported Change Currency Impact Components of Revenue Change (i) Constant Currency Change Acquisitions/ Divestitures 3,233 2% (2)% 4% —% Organic Change 4% HCB segment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $3.3 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively. On an organic basis, and after factoring in the first-year adoption impact of ASC 606 in the prior year, Health and Benefits delivered revenue growth, driven by increased consulting and brokerage services, growth in specialty products in North America, and expansion of our client portfolio outside North America for both local and global appointments. Talent and Rewards generated solid revenue growth, resulting from increased demand in Data Services and advisory work across all geographies. Technology and Administration Solutions revenue also increased in connection with client wins and greater project demand in Great Britain and Western Europe. Retirement revenue was flat compared to the prior year as increased de-risking work was balanced by a decline in project work along with the negative impact of being an ‘off-year’ in the triennial valuation cycles in both Canada and Great Britain. For a further discussion of the impact of the adoption of ASC 606 on our results for the year ended December 31, 2018, see our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 27, 2019. Corporate Risk and Broking (‘CRB’) The CRB segment provides a broad range of risk advice, insurance broking and consulting services to clients worldwide ranging from small businesses to multinational corporations. This segment delivers integrated global solutions tailored to client needs and underpinned by data and analytics. CRB generated approximately 33% of our segment revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019, and places more than $20 billion of premiums into the insurance markets annually. CRB has three global offerings: • • • Property and Casualty — Property and Casualty provides property and liability insurance brokerage services across a wide range of industries including construction, real estate, healthcare and natural resources. Financial Lines — Financial Lines specializes in brokerage services for financial, political and credit risks. Transport — Transport provides specialist expertise to the transportation, aerospace, marine and inspace industries. The following table sets forth CRB segment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the components of the change in revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 from the year ended December 31, 2018. Segment revenue $ Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 ($ in millions) 2,946 $ (i) Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding. As Reported Change Currency Impact Components of Revenue Change (i) Constant Currency Change Acquisitions/ Divestitures 2,852 3% (3)% 6% —% Organic Change 6% CRB segment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was approximately $2.9 billion. The segment had solid growth across all geographies. On an organic basis, North America continued to lead the segment with new business generation. International, Western Europe and Great Britain drove further growth for the segment, primarily with strong management of the renewal book portfolio alongside new business wins. 40 Investment, Risk and Reinsurance (‘IRR’) The IRR segment uses a sophisticated approach to risk, which helps clients free up capital and manage investment complexity. This segment works closely with investors, reinsurers and insurers to manage the equation between risk and return. Blending advanced analytics with deep institutional knowledge, IRR identifies new opportunities to maximize performance. This segment provides investment consulting and discretionary management services and insurance specific services and solutions through reserves opinions, software, ratemaking, risk underwriting and reinsurance broking. This segment is our third largest segment and generated approximately 18% of segment revenue for the Company for the year ended December 31, 2019. With approximately 77% of the revenue for this segment split between North America and the U.K., IRR includes the following businesses and offerings: • • • • • • • Willis Re — Willis Re provides reinsurance industry clients with an understanding of how risk affects capital and financial performance and advises on the best ways to manage related outcomes. Insurance Consulting and Technology — Insurance Consulting and Technology is a global business that provides advice and technology solutions to the insurance industry. Services include software and technology, risk and capital management, products and product pricing, financial and regulatory reporting, financial and capital modeling, M&A, outsourcing and business management. Investments — Investments provides advice and discretionary management solutions to improve investment outcomes for asset owners using a broad and sophisticated framework for managing risk. Wholesale Insurance Broking — Wholesale Insurance Broking provides specialist broking services primarily to retail and wholesale brokers. Innovisk — Innovisk (formerly Underwriting and Capital Management) brings together our set of managing general agent underwriting activities for the purposes of accelerating their future development using data and technology. Willis Re Securities — Willis Re Securities (formerly Willis Towers Watson Securities) provides capital markets services to companies involved in the insurance and reinsurance industries. Max Matthiessen — Max Matthiessen is a leading advisor and broker for insurance, benefits, human resources and savings in the Nordic region. The business specializes in providing human capital and benefits administration together with providing market leading savings and insurance solutions. The following table sets forth IRR segment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the components of the change in revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 from the year ended December 31, 2018. Segment revenue $ Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 ($ in millions) 1,637 $ (i) Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding. As Reported Change Currency Impact Components of Revenue Change (i) Constant Currency Change Acquisitions/ Divestitures 1,556 5% (3)% 8% 1% Organic Change 7% IRR segment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was approximately $1.6 billion. On an organic basis, all lines of business posted revenue growth. Reinsurance, Innovisk, Wholesale and Investments growth was driven by net new business growth and favorable renewal factors while Insurance Consulting and Technology revenue grew from strong technology sales. Max Matthiessen revenue increased as a result of overall growth in net commissions. Benefit Delivery and Administration (‘BDA’) The BDA segment provides primary medical and ancillary benefit exchange and outsourcing services to active employees and retirees across both the group and individual markets. A significant portion of the revenue in this segment is recurring in nature, driven by either the commissions from the policies we sell, or from long-term service contracts with our clients that typically range from three to five years. Revenue across this segment may be seasonal, driven by the magnitude and timing of client enrollment activities, which often occur during the fourth quarter, with increased membership levels typically effective January 1, after calendar year-end benefits elections. BDA includes the operations of TRANZACT, which experiences seasonally higher revenue during the fourth quarter due 41 primarily to the timing of the Federal Medicare Open Enrollment window. Following the acquisition on July 30, 2019, TRANZACT generated revenue of $245 million, which is included in the BDA segment revenue from its date of acquisition through the year ended December 31, 2019. BDA generated approximately 12% of our segment revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019. BDA provides services via three related offerings to customers primarily in the U.S.: • • • Benefits Outsourcing — This service line is focused on serving active employee groups for clients across the U.S. We use our proprietary technology to provide a broad suite of health and welfare and pension administration outsourcing services, including tools to enable benefit modeling, decision support, enrollment and benefit choice. Individual Marketplace — This service line offers decision support processes and tools to connect consumers with insurance carriers in private individual and Medicare markets. Individual Marketplace serves both employer-based and direct-to-consumer populations through its end-to-end consumer acquisition and engagement platforms, which tightly integrate call routing technology, an efficient quoting and enrollment engine, a customer relations management system and deep links with insurance carriers. Benefits Accounts — This service line delivers consumer-driven healthcare and reimbursement accounts, including health savings accounts, health reimbursement arrangements and other consumer-directed accounts to our benefits outsourcing, individual marketplace and employer clients. The following table sets forth BDA segment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the components of the change in revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 from the year ended December 31, 2018. Segment revenue $ Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 ($ in millions) 1,035 $ (i) Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding. As Reported Change Currency Impact Components of Revenue Change (i) Constant Currency Change Acquisitions/ Divestitures 758 37% —% 37% 32% Organic Change 4% BDA segment revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $1.0 billion and $758 million, respectively. BDA’s organic growth was primarily led by the continued expansion of its client base and increased demand for project work in the mid-market and large-market spaces. Costs of Providing Services Total costs of providing services was approximately $7.7 billion for both the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, representing a current year increase of $6 million. See the following discussion for further details. Salaries and Benefits Salaries and benefits for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $5.2 billion, compared to $5.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $126 million. This increase was primarily a result of higher base salary adjustments, severance costs and incentive accruals. Salaries and benefits, as a percentage of revenue, represented 58% and 60% for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Other Operating Expenses Other operating expenses include occupancy, legal, marketing, licenses, royalties, supplies, technology, printing and telephone costs, as well as insurance, including premiums on excess insurance and losses on professional liability claims, travel by colleagues, publications, professional subscriptions and development, recruitment, other professional fees and irrecoverable value added and sales taxes. Other operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $1.7 billion, compared to $1.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $82 million, or 5%. This increase was primarily due to the addition of TRANZACT expenses and higher professional services expenses, partially offset by lower insurance and occupancy costs. 42 Depreciation Depreciation represents the expense incurred over the useful lives of our tangible fixed assets and internally-developed software. Depreciation for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $240 million, compared to $208 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $32 million, or 15%. The year- over-year increase was primarily due to a higher depreciable base of assets resulting from additional assets placed in service during 2018. Amortization Amortization includes amortization of acquired intangible assets, including acquired internally developed software. Amortization for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $489 million, compared to $534 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $45 million, or 8%. Our intangible amortization is more heavily weighted to the initial years of the useful lives of the related intangibles, and therefore amortization related to intangible assets purchased prior to our acquisition of TRANZACT will continue to decrease over time. Our amortization will increase going forward as a result of the TRANZACT acquisition. Transaction and integration expenses Transaction and integration expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 was composed of $13 million of transaction costs, primarily related to the acquisition of TRANZACT, compared to $202 million of integration costs for the year ended December 31, 2018. There were no integration costs incurred during 2019 due to the completion of all integration activities in 2018. Income from Operations Income from operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $1.3 billion, compared to $809 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $520 million. This increase resulted from higher revenue of $526 million, which includes $245 million of TRANZACT revenue, partially offset by higher operating expenses of $6 million, primarily driven by higher salary and benefits costs and the addition of TRANZACT operating expenses during the current year. The increase in the current year’s operating expenses was partially offset by the absence of integration expenses of $202 million incurred in the prior year. Interest Expense Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 was $234 million and $208 million, respectively. Interest expense is primarily related to interest on our senior notes and term loan. Interest expense increased by $26 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, which was due primarily to additional levels of indebtedness in connection with the TRANZACT acquisition and higher interest expense associated with our senior notes offerings during the third quarter of 2019. Other Income, Net Other income, net for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $227 million, compared to $250 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, a decrease of $23 million. The decrease in 2019 as compared to the prior year primarily related to decreased pension income of $46 million for the full year 2019, in comparison with the prior year, partially offset by favorable investment income activity of $16 million for the current year and a lower loss on disposal activity of $7 million. Provision for Income Taxes Provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $249 million, compared with $136 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were 18.8% and 16.0%, respectively. The tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2018 was lower primarily due to the release of a valuation allowance on certain state deferred tax assets in connection with a U.S. internal restructuring and the global mix of income. These effective tax rates are calculated using extended values from our consolidated statements of comprehensive income and are therefore more precise tax rates than can be calculated from rounded values. Net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson Net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $1.0 billion, compared to $695 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $349 million, or 50%. This increase was primarily due to organic revenue growth across all segments and the addition of TRANZACT’s operating results, partially offset by increased salary and benefits costs and higher tax expense. 43 Liquidity and Capital Resources Executive Summary Our principal sources of liquidity are funds generated by operating activities, available cash and cash equivalents and amounts available under our revolving credit facilities or new debt offerings. Based on our current balance sheet and cash flows, current market conditions and information available to us at this time, we believe that Willis Towers Watson has access to sufficient liquidity, which includes our undrawn revolving credit facilities, to meet our cash needs for the next twelve months, including investing in the business for growth, scheduled debt repayments and dividend payments. Additionally, we used term loan financing to complete our acquisition of TRANZACT (see Item 8., Note 11 — Debt within this filing on Form 10-K for further information regarding the term loan). The Company recognizes deferred tax balances related to the undistributed earnings of subsidiaries when it expects that it will recover those undistributed earnings in a taxable manner, such as through receipt of dividends or sale of the investments. At December 31, 2018, as a result of an international restructuring, we were considering repatriating an additional $2.1 billion, which was previously deemed indefinitely reinvested. As a result, we recorded an estimate for foreign withholding and state income tax expense of approximately $11 million at December 31, 2018. During the second quarter of 2019 we repatriated a portion of this as previously-taxed income and return of capital. Subsequent to the repatriation, U.S. Treasury Regulations were issued that would impact the U.S. taxability of the balance of the earnings associated with the international restructuring. As such, the Company changed its assertion with respect to any additional earnings from this restructuring for the foreseeable future and released approximately $8 million previously accrued for foreign withholding and state income tax expense. Of the original $2.1 billion under consideration, $1.4 billion remains permanently reinvested at December 31, 2019. We continue to have certain subsidiaries whose earnings have not been deemed permanently reinvested, for which we have been accruing estimates of the tax effects of such repatriation. Excluding these certain subsidiaries, we continue to assert that the historical cumulative earnings for the remainder of our subsidiaries have been reinvested indefinitely, and therefore do not provide deferred taxes on these amounts. If future events, including material changes in estimates of cash, working capital, long-term investment requirements or additional guidance relating to U.S. Tax Reform, necessitate that these earnings be distributed, an additional provision for income and foreign withholding taxes, net of credits, may be necessary. Other potential sources of cash may be through the settlement of intercompany loans or return of capital distributions in a tax-efficient manner. Events that could change the historical cash flow dynamics discussed above include significant changes in operating results, potential future acquisitions or divestitures, material changes in geographic sources of cash, unexpected adverse impacts from litigation or regulatory matters, or future pension funding during periods of severe downturn in the capital markets. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we completed an offering of $450 million aggregate principal amount of 2.950% senior notes due 2029 and $550 million aggregate principal amount of 3.875% senior notes due 2049. Net proceeds of approximately $988 million were used to prepay a portion of the amount outstanding under our one-year term loan commitment and to repay borrowings under our $1.25 billion revolving credit facility. Assets and liabilities associated with non-U.S. entities have been translated into U.S. dollars as of December 31, 2019 at U.S. dollar rates that fluctuate compared to historical periods. As a result, cash flows derived from changes in the consolidated balance sheets include the impact of the change in foreign exchange translation rates. Cash and Cash Equivalents Our cash and cash equivalents at both December 31, 2019 and 2018 totaled $887 million and $1.0 billion, respectively. Additionally, at December 31, 2019, $1.2 billion was available to draw against our $1.25 billion revolving credit facility as compared to $1.1 billion, which was available to draw against the facility at December 31, 2018. Included within cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2019 and 2018 are amounts held for regulatory capital adequacy requirements, including $114 million and $90 million, respectively, held within our regulated U.K. entities at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 44 Summarized Consolidated Cash Flows The following table presents the summarized consolidated cash flow information for the years ended: Net cash from/(used in): Operating activities Investing activities Financing activities (DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR (i) CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, END OF YEAR (i) Years ended December 31, 2019 2018 (in millions) $ $ 1,081 $ (1,614) 397 (136) (2) 1,033 895 $ 1,288 (341) (903) 44 (41) 1,030 1,033 (i) As a result of the acquired TRANZACT collateralized facility (see Item 8., Note 11 — Debt within this filing on Form 10-K), cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the end of the period included $8 million of restricted cash at December 31, 2019, which is included within prepaid and other current assets on our consolidated balance sheet. There were no restricted cash amounts held at December 31, 2018 and 2017. Cash Flows From Operating Activities Cash flows from operating activities were $1.1 billion for 2019, compared to cash flows from operating activities of $1.3 billion for 2018. The $1.1 billion net cash from operating activities for 2019 included net income of $1.1 billion, adjusted for $798 million of non-cash adjustments, mostly offset by unfavorable changes in operating assets and liabilities of $790 million. The $798 million of non-cash adjustments primarily includes depreciation, amortization and non- cash lease expense. The $207 million decrease in cash from operations in 2019 compared to 2018 primarily resulted from unfavorable working capital changes, particularly in accounts receivable, and the negative cash flows of TRANZACT. The $1.3 billion net cash from operating activities for 2018 included net income of $715 million, adjusted for $570 million of non-cash adjustments, and changes in operating assets and liabilities of $3 million. The $570 million non-cash adjustments primarily included depreciation, amortization, and the benefit from deferred income taxes. Cash Flows Used In Investing Activities Cash flows used in investing activities for 2019 and 2018 were $1.6 billion and $341 million, respectively, with 2019 being primarily driven by the acquisition of TRANZACT during the third quarter of 2019, as well as capital expenditures and capitalized software additions in both years. Cash Flows From/(Used In) Financing Activities Cash flows from financing activities for 2019 were $397 million. The most significant financing activities included net debt-related proceeds of $958 million, which were partially offset by dividend payments of $329 million and share repurchases of $150 million. Cash flows used in financing activities for 2018 were $903 million. The most significant financing activities included share repurchases of $602 million and dividend payments of $306 million, which were partially offset by net borrowings of $66 million. 45 Indebtedness Total debt, total equity, and the capitalization ratio at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 were as follows: Long-term debt Current debt Total debt Total Willis Towers Watson shareholders’ equity December 31, 2019 2018 $ $ $ (in millions) 5,301 316 5,617 $ $ 10,249 $ 4,389 186 4,575 9,852 Capitalization ratio 35.4% 31.7% At December 31, 2019, our mandatory debt repayments over the next twelve months include $295 million outstanding on our one-year unsecured term loan, and $24 million outstanding on our collateralized facility assumed as part of our acquisition of TRANZACT. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, we were in compliance with all financial covenants. Fiduciary Funds As an intermediary, we hold funds, generally in a fiduciary capacity, for the account of third parties, typically as the result of premiums received from clients that are in transit to insurers and claims due to clients that are in transit from insurers. We report premiums, which are held on account of, or due from, clients as assets with a corresponding liability due to the insurers. Claims held by, or due to, us which are due to clients are also shown as both Fiduciary assets and Fiduciary liabilities on our balance sheets. Fiduciary funds are generally required to be kept in regulated bank accounts subject to guidelines which emphasize capital preservation and liquidity; such funds are not available to service the Company’s debt or for other corporate purposes. Notwithstanding the legal relationships with clients and insurers, the Company is entitled to retain investment income earned on fiduciary funds in accordance with industry custom and practice and, in some cases, as supported by agreements with insureds. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, we had fiduciary funds of $3.4 billion and $3.3 billion, respectively. Share Repurchase Program The Company is authorized to repurchase shares, by way of redemption, and will consider whether to do so from time to time, based on many factors, including market conditions. There are no expiration dates for our repurchase plans or programs. On February 23, 2018, the board of directors approved an increase to the existing share repurchase program of $400 million to a total authorization of $1.0 billion. See Part II, Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding the Company’s share repurchase program. At December 31, 2019, approximately $249 million remained on the current repurchase authority. The maximum number of shares that could be repurchased based on the closing price of our ordinary shares on December 31, 2019 of $201.94 was 1,233,271. The following table presents specified information about the Company’s repurchases of ordinary shares for the year ended December 31, 2019: Shares repurchased Average price per share Aggregate repurchase cost (excluding broker costs) Year ended December 31, 2019 787,744 $190.42 $150 million On February 26, 2020, the board of directors approved a $251 million increase to the existing share repurchase program, increasing the total remaining authorization to $500 million. 46 Capital Commitments The Company has no material commitments for capital expenditures. Our capital expenditures for fixed assets and software for internal use were $246 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Expected capital expenditures for fixed assets and software for internal use are approximately $250 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. We expect cash from operations to adequately provide for these cash needs. Dividends Total cash dividends of $329 million were paid during the year ended December 31, 2019. In February 2020, the board of directors approved a quarterly cash dividend of $0.68 per share ($2.72 per share annualized rate), which will be paid on or about April 15, 2020 to shareholders of record as of March 31, 2020. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations Off-Balance Sheet Transactions Apart from commitments, guarantees and contingencies, as disclosed herein and Note 15 — Commitments and Contingencies located within Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference, as of December 31, 2019, the Company had no off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future material effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Contractual Obligations The Company’s material contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019 are as follows: Debt and related interest obligations Senior notes Revolving $1.25 billion credit facility Term loan due 2020 Collateralized facility Interest on senior notes Total debt and related interest obligations Operating and finance leases U.K. pension contractual obligations Acquisition liabilities Other contractual obligations Total contractual obligations Total 2020 Payments due by 2021-2022 (in millions) 2023-2024 After 2024 $ $ 5,281 $ — 295 79 2,362 8,017 1,357 310 54 40 9,778 $ — $ — 295 24 215 534 198 73 12 27 844 $ 1,556 $ — — 39 351 1,946 340 134 32 — 2,452 $ 900 $ — — 16 285 1,201 288 90 10 — 1,589 $ 2,825 — — — 1,511 4,336 531 13 — 13 4,893 Debt Obligations and Facilities — The Company’s material debt and related interest obligations at December 31, 2019 are shown in the above table. The Company’s mandatory debt repayments over the next twelve months include $295 million outstanding on its one-year unsecured term loan, and $24 million outstanding on its collateralized facility assumed as part of the acquisition of TRANZACT. The Company also has the right, at its option, to prepay indebtedness under the credit facility without further penalty and to redeem the senior notes by paying a ‘make-whole’ premium as provided under the applicable debt instrument. Leases — We lease office space and furniture, primarily under operating lease agreements, with terms typically ranging from three to ten years. See further discussion in Item 8, Note 14 — Leases in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Pension Contributions — The Company has agreed with the Trustees of certain plans in the U.K. to contribute deficit funding and minimum ongoing accrual of benefits funding and has presented those obligations in the table above. These obligations exclude employee contributions and any potential funding level contributions, which are dependent on future funding level assessments. There are no contractual obligations for our U.S. pension plans. Our total expected contributions to all qualified pension plans, including amounts presented above, for the year ending December 31, 2020 are projected to be $167 million. Additionally, the Company expects to pay $43 million in benefits directly to participants for the year ended 2020. Acquisition Liabilities and Other Contractual Obligations — Acquisition liabilities include contingent consideration estimates, which may change based on actual results that may differ from management’s current expectations. Other contractual obligations include put 47 option obligations and investment fund capital call obligations, the timing of which are included at the earliest point they may fall due. Information regarding these liabilities and their impact on the financial statements is set forth in Item 8, Note 15 — Commitments and Contingencies in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Claims, Lawsuits and Other Proceedings, including Stanford Financial Group Litigation — Information regarding claims, lawsuits and other proceedings, including the Stanford Financial Group litigation, and their impact on the consolidated financial statements is set forth in Item 8, Note 15 — Commitments and Contingencies in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Uncertain Tax Positions — The table above does not include liabilities for uncertain tax positions under ASC 740, Income Taxes of $49 million, which excludes interest and penalties. The settlement period cannot be reasonably estimated since it depends on the timing and possible outcomes of tax examinations with various tax authorities. Non-GAAP Financial Measures In order to assist readers of our consolidated financial statements in understanding the core operating results that Willis Towers Watson’s management uses to evaluate the business and for financial planning purposes, we present the following non-GAAP measures and their most directly comparable U.S. GAAP measure: Most Directly Comparable U.S. GAAP Measure As reported change As reported change Income from operations/margin Net income/margin Net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson Diluted earnings per share Income from operations before income taxes Provision for income taxes/U.S. GAAP tax rate Net cash from operating activities Non-GAAP Measure Constant currency change Organic change Adjusted operating income/margin Adjusted EBITDA/margin Adjusted net income Adjusted diluted earnings per share Adjusted income before taxes Adjusted income taxes/tax rate Free cash flow The Company believes that these measures are relevant and provide useful information widely used by analysts, investors and other interested parties in our industry to provide a baseline for evaluating and comparing our operating performance, and in the case of free cash flow, our liquidity results. Within the measures referred to as ‘adjusted’, we adjust for significant items which will not be settled in cash, or which we believe to be items that are not core to our current or future operations. These items include the following: • • • • • Transaction and integration expenses - Management believes it is appropriate to adjust for transaction and integration expenses when they relate to a specific significant program with a defined set of activities and costs that are not expected to continue beyond a defined period of time, or significant acquisition-related transaction expenses. We believe the adjustment is necessary to present how the Company is performing, both now and in the future when the incurrence of these costs will have concluded. Gains and losses on disposals of operations - Adjustment to remove the gain or loss resulting from disposed operations. Pension settlement and curtailment gains and losses - Adjustment to remove significant pension settlement and curtailment gains and losses to better present how the Company is performing. Provisions for significant litigation - We will include provisions for litigation matters which we believe are not representative of our core business operations. Tax effects of internal reorganizations - Relates to the U.S. income tax expense resulting from the completion of internal reorganizations of the ownership of certain businesses that reduced the investments held by our U.S.-controlled subsidiaries. These non-GAAP measures are not defined in the same manner by all companies and may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. Non-GAAP measures should be considered in addition to, and not as a substitute for, the information contained within our consolidated financial statements. 48 Constant Currency Change and Organic Change We evaluate our revenue on an as reported (U.S. GAAP), constant currency and organic basis. We believe presenting constant currency and organic information provides valuable supplemental information regarding our comparable results, consistent with how we evaluate our performance internally. • • Constant Currency Change - Represents the year-over-year change in revenue excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. To calculate this impact, the prior year local currency results are first translated using the current year monthly average exchange rates. The change is calculated by comparing the prior year revenue, translated at the current year monthly average exchange rates, to the current year as reported revenue, for the same period. We believe constant currency measures provide useful information to investors because they provide transparency to performance by excluding the effects that foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations have on period-over-period comparability given volatility in foreign currency exchange markets. Organic Change - Excludes the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates as described above and the period-over-period impact of acquisitions and divestitures on current-year revenue. We believe that excluding transaction-related items from our U.S. GAAP financial measures provides useful supplemental information to our investors, and it is important in illustrating what our core operating results would have been had we not included these transaction-related items, since the nature, size and number of these transaction-related items can vary from period to period. The constant currency and organic change results, and a reconciliation from the reported results for consolidated revenue, are included in the ‘Consolidated Revenue’ section within this Form 10-K. These measures are also reported by segment in the ‘Segment Revenue’ section within this Form 10-K. A reconciliation of the reported change to the constant currency and organic change for the year ended December 31, 2019 from the year ended December 31, 2018 is as follows: Years ended December 31, 2018 2019 As Reported Change $ ($ in millions) 9,039 $ 8,513 6% Currency Impact (2)% Components of Revenue Change (i) Constant Currency Change Acquisitions/ Divestitures 9% 3% Organic Change 5% Revenue (i) Components of revenue change may not add due to rounding. Adjusting for the impacts of foreign currency and acquisitions and disposals in the calculation of our organic activity, our revenue grew by 5% for the year ended December 31, 2019. This organic increase in revenue was driven by strong performances in all segments. Adjusted Operating Income/Margin We consider adjusted operating income/margin to be important financial measures, which are used to internally evaluate and assess our core operations and to benchmark our operating results against our competitors. Adjusted operating income is defined as income from operations adjusted for amortization, transaction and integration expenses and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-period assessment of operating results. Adjusted operating income margin is calculated by dividing adjusted operating income by revenue. 49 Reconciliations of income from operations to adjusted operating income for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows: Income from operations Adjusted for certain items: Amortization Transaction and integration expenses Adjusted operating income Income from operations margin Adjusted operating income margin $ $ Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 (in millions) 1,329 $ 489 13 1,831 $ 14.7% 20.3% 809 534 202 1,545 9.5% 18.1% Adjusted operating income increased for the year ended December 31, 2019 to $1.8 billion, from $1.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily due to organic revenue growth across all segments. Additionally, on a year-to-date basis, salaries and benefits expense as a percentage of revenue decreased from 60% to 58%. Adjusted EBITDA/Margin We consider adjusted EBITDA/margin to be important financial measures, which are used to internally evaluate and assess our core operations, to benchmark our operating results against our competitors and to evaluate and measure our performance-based compensation plans. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income adjusted for provision for income taxes, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, transaction and integration expenses, (gain)/loss on disposal of operations and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-period assessment of operating results. Adjusted EBITDA margin is calculated by dividing adjusted EBITDA by revenue. Reconciliations of net income to adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows: NET INCOME Provision for income taxes Interest expense Depreciation Amortization Transaction and integration expenses Pension settlement and curtailment gains and losses Loss on disposal of operations Adjusted EBITDA Net income margin Adjusted EBITDA margin $ $ Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 (in millions) 1,073 249 234 240 489 13 — 2 2,300 $ $ 11.9% 25.4% 715 136 208 208 534 202 24 9 2,036 8.4% 23.9% Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $2.3 billion, compared to $2.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was primarily due to organic revenue growth across all segments and the addition of TRANZACT’s operating results, partially offset by higher base salary adjustments, severance costs and incentive accruals and decreased pension income. Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share Adjusted net income is defined as net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson adjusted for amortization, transaction and integration expenses, (gain)/loss on disposal of operations and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-period assessment of operating results, the related tax effect of those adjustments and the tax effects of internal reorganizations. This measure is used solely for the purpose of calculating adjusted diluted earnings per share. 50 Adjusted diluted earnings per share is defined as adjusted net income divided by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock, diluted. Adjusted diluted earnings per share is used to internally evaluate and assess our core operations and to benchmark our operating results against our competitors. Reconciliations of net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson to adjusted diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows: NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS WATSON Adjusted for certain items: Amortization Transaction and integration expenses Pension settlement and curtailment gains and losses Loss on disposal of operations Tax effect on certain items listed above (i) Tax effects of internal reorganizations Adjusted net income Weighted-average shares of common stock — diluted Diluted earnings per share Adjusted for certain items (ii): Amortization Transaction and integration expenses Pension settlement and curtailment gains and losses Loss on disposal of operations Tax effect on certain items listed above (i) Tax effects of internal reorganizations Adjusted diluted earnings per share (i) The tax effect was calculated using an effective tax rate for each item. (ii) Per share values and totals may differ due to rounding. Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 ($ and weighted-average shares in millions) $ $ $ $ 1,044 $ 489 13 — 2 (121) — 1,427 $ 130 8.02 $ 3.75 0.10 — 0.02 (0.93) — 10.96 $ 695 534 202 24 9 (184) 4 1,284 132 5.27 4.04 1.53 0.18 0.07 (1.39) 0.03 9.73 Our adjusted diluted earnings per share increased for the year ended December 31, 2019 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018 primarily due to organic revenue growth across all segments and the addition of TRANZACT’s operating results, partially offset by higher base salary adjustments, severance costs and incentive accruals and decreased pension income. Adjusted Income Before Taxes and Adjusted Income Taxes/Tax Rate Adjusted income before taxes is defined as income from operations before income taxes adjusted for amortization, transaction and integration expenses, (gain)/loss on disposal of operations and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-period assessment of operating results. Adjusted income before taxes is used solely for the purpose of calculating the adjusted income tax rate. Adjusted income taxes/tax rate is defined as the provision for income taxes adjusted for taxes on certain items of amortization, transaction and integration expenses, (gain)/loss on disposal of operations, the tax effects of internal reorganizations and non-recurring items that, in management’s judgment, significantly affect the period-over-period assessment of operating results, divided by adjusted income before taxes. Adjusted income taxes is used solely for the purpose of calculating the adjusted income tax rate. Management believes that the adjusted income tax rate presents a rate that is more closely aligned to the rate that we would incur if not for the reduction of pre-tax income for the adjusted items and the tax effects of our internal reorganizations, which are not core to our current and future operations. 51 Reconciliations of income from operations before income taxes to adjusted income before taxes and provision for/(benefit from) income taxes to adjusted income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows: INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES Adjusted for certain items: Amortization Transaction and integration expenses Pension settlement and curtailment gains and losses Loss on disposal of operations Adjusted income before taxes Provision for income taxes Tax effect on certain items listed above (i) Tax effects of internal reorganizations Adjusted income taxes U.S. GAAP tax rate Adjusted income tax rate (i) The tax effect was calculated using an effective tax rate for each item. $ $ $ $ Years Ended December 31, 2019 2018 ($ in millions) 1,322 $ 489 13 — 2 1,826 249 121 — 370 18.8% 20.3% $ $ $ 851 534 202 24 9 1,620 136 184 (4) 316 16.0% 19.5% Our U.S. GAAP tax rates were 18.8% and 16.0% for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Our adjusted income tax rates were 20.3% and 19.5% for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The U.S. GAAP tax rate and the adjusted income tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2018 were lower primarily due to the release of a valuation allowance on certain state deferred tax assets in connection with a U.S. internal restructuring and the global mix of income in 2018. Free Cash Flow Free cash flow is defined as cash flows from operating activities less cash used to purchase fixed assets and software for internal use. Free cash flow is a liquidity measure and is not meant to represent residual cash flow available for discretionary expenditures. Management believes that free cash flow presents the core operating performance and cash generating capabilities of our business operations. Reconciliations of cash flows from operating activities to free cash flow for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows: Cash flows from operating activities Less: Additions to fixed assets and software for internal use Free cash flow Years ended December 31, 2019 2018 (in millions) 1,081 $ (246) 835 $ 1,288 (268) 1,020 $ $ The decrease in free cash flows in 2019 as compared to 2018 primarily resulted from unfavorable working capital changes, particularly in accounts receivable, and the negative cash flows of TRANZACT. Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates These consolidated financial statements conform to U.S. GAAP, which requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Our estimates, judgments and assumptions are continually evaluated based on available information and experience. Because of the use of estimates inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates. The areas that we believe include critical accounting policies are revenue recognition, costs to fulfill broking contracts, valuation of billed and unbilled receivables from clients, discretionary 52 compensation, income taxes, commitments, contingencies and accrued liabilities, pension assumptions, and goodwill and intangible assets. The critical accounting policies discussed below involve making difficult, subjective or complex accounting estimates that could have a material effect on our financial condition and results of operations. These critical accounting policies require us to make assumptions about matters that are highly uncertain at the time of the estimate or assumption. Different estimates that we could have used, or changes in estimates that are reasonably likely to occur, may have a material effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Revenue Recognition (effective January 1, 2018) We use significant estimates related to revenue recognition most commonly during our estimation of the transaction prices or where we recognize revenue over time on a proportional performance basis. A brief description of these policies and estimates is included below: Estimation of transaction prices — This process occurs most frequently in certain broking transactions. In situations in which our fees are not fixed but are variable, we must estimate the likely commission per policy, taking into account the likelihood of cancellation before the end of the policy. For Medicare broking, Affinity arrangements and proportional treaty reinsurance broking, the commissions to which we will be entitled can vary based on the underlying individual insurance policies that are placed. For Medicare broking and proportional treaty reinsurance in particular, we base the estimates of transaction prices on supportable evidence from an analysis of past transactions, and only include amounts that are probable of being received or not refunded (referred to as applying ‘constraint’ under ASC 606). In our direct-to-consumer Medicare broking arrangements, the estimate of the total renewal commissions that will be received over the lifetime of the policy requires significant judgment, and will vary based on product type, estimated commission rates, the expected lives of the respective policies and other factors. The Company has applied an actuarial model to account for these uncertainties, which is updated periodically based on actual experience. Each of these processes result in us estimating a transaction price that may be significantly lower than the ultimate amount of commissions we may collect. The transaction price is then adjusted over time as we receive confirmation of our remuneration through receipt of commissions, or as other information becomes available. Proportional performance basis over time recognition — Where we recognize revenue on a proportional performance basis, primarily in our consulting and outsourced administration arrangements, the amount we recognize is affected by a number of factors that can change the estimated amount of work required to complete the project, such as the staffing on the engagement and/or the level of client participation. Our periodic engagement evaluations require us to make judgments and estimates regarding the overall profitability and stages of project completion that, in turn, affect how we recognize revenue. We recognize a loss on an engagement when estimated revenue to be received for that engagement is less than the total estimated costs associated with the engagement. Losses are recognized in the period in which the loss becomes probable and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. Costs to Fulfill Broking Contracts (effective January 1, 2018) For our broking business, the Company must estimate the fulfillment costs incurred during the pre-placement of the broking contracts. These judgments include: • • • • which activities in the pre-placement process should be eligible for capitalization; the amount of time and effort expended on those pre-placement activities; the amount of payroll and related costs eligible for capitalization; and, the monthly or quarterly timing of underlying insurance and reinsurance policy inception dates. Valuation of Billed and Unbilled Receivables from Clients We maintain allowances for doubtful accounts to reflect estimated losses resulting from a client’s failure to pay for the services after the services have been rendered, which are recorded in other operating expenses. We also maintain allowances related to our unbilled receivables for such items as expected realization or client disputes, the related provision for which is recorded as a reduction to revenue. Our allowance policy is based on the aging of the billed and unbilled client receivables and has been developed based on our write-off history. Facts and circumstances such as the average length of time the receivables are past due, general market conditions, current economic trends and our clients’ ability to pay may cause fluctuations in our valuation of billed and unbilled receivables. Discretionary Compensation Our compensation program includes a discretionary bonus that is determined by management and has historically been paid once per fiscal year after our annual operating results are finalized. 53 An estimated annual bonus amount is initially developed at the beginning of each fiscal year in conjunction with our budgeting process. Estimated annual operating performance is reviewed quarterly and the discretionary annual bonus amount is then adjusted, if necessary, by management to reflect changes in the forecast of pre-bonus profitability for the year. Income Taxes The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the estimated future tax consequences of events attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating and capital loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of changes in tax rates is recognized in the statement of comprehensive income in the period in which the change is enacted. Deferred tax assets are reduced through the establishment of a valuation allowance at such time as, based on available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company adjusts valuation allowances to measure deferred tax assets at the amounts considered realizable in future periods when the Company’s facts and assumptions change. In making such determinations, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operating results. We place more reliance on evidence that is objectively verifiable. Commitments, Contingencies and Accrued Liabilities We have established provisions against various actual and potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings relating principally to alleged errors and omissions in connection with the placement of insurance and reinsurance and the provision of consulting services in the ordinary course of business. Such provisions cover claims that have been reported but not paid and also claims that have been incurred but not reported. These provisions are established based on actuarial estimates together with individual case reviews and are believed to be adequate in the light of current information and legal advice. In certain cases, where a range of loss exists, we accrue the minimum amount in the range if no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount. See Note 15 — Commitments and Contingencies in Item 8 within this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Pension Assumptions We maintain defined benefit pension plans for employees in several countries, with the most significant defined benefit plans offered in the U.S. and U.K. Our disclosures in Note 13 — Retirement Benefits contain additional information about our other less significant but material retirement plans. Within our critical accounting policy discussion, we have excluded analysis for plans outside of those noted in the description below, as any variance of recorded information based on management’s estimates would be immaterial. Descriptions of our U.S. and U.K. plans, which comprise 90% of our projected benefit obligations and 93% of our plan assets, are below: United States Legacy Willis – This plan was frozen in 2009. Approximately one-quarter of the Legacy Willis employees in the United States have a frozen accrued benefit under this plan. Willis Towers Watson Plan – Substantially all U.S. employees are eligible to participate in this plan. Benefits are provided under a stable value pension plan design. The original stable value design came into effect on January 1, 2012. Existing plan participants prior to July 1, 2017 earn benefits without having to make employee contributions, and all newly eligible employees after that date are required to contribute 2% of pay on an after-tax basis to participate in the plan. United Kingdom Legacy Willis – This plan covers approximately one-third of the Legacy Willis employees in the United Kingdom. The plan is now closed to new entrants. New employees in the United Kingdom are offered the opportunity to join a defined contribution plan. Legacy Towers Watson – Benefit accruals earned under the Legacy Watson Wyatt defined benefit plan (predominantly pension benefits) ceased on February 28, 2015, although benefits earned prior to January 1, 2008 retain a link to salary until the employee leaves the Company. Benefit accruals earned under the legacy Towers Perrin defined benefit plan (predominantly lump sum benefits) were frozen on March 31, 2008. All participants now accrue defined contribution benefits. 54 Legacy Miller – The plan provides retirement benefits based on members’ salaries at the point at which they ceased to accrue benefits under the scheme. The determination of the Company’s obligations and annual expense under the plans is based on a number of assumptions that, given the longevity of the plans, are long-term in focus. A change in one or a combination of these assumptions could have a material impact on our projected benefit obligation. However, certain of these changes, such as changes in the discount rates and other actuarial assumptions, are not recognized immediately in net income, but are instead recorded in other comprehensive income. The accumulated gains and losses not yet recognized in net income are amortized into net income as a component of the net periodic benefit cost/(income) over the average remaining service period or average remaining life expectancy, as appropriate, of the plan’s participants to the extent that the net gains or losses as of the beginning of the year exceed 10% of the greater of the market-related value of plan assets or the projected benefit obligation. Willis Towers Watson considers several factors prior to the start of each fiscal year when determining the appropriate annual assumptions, including economic forecasts, relevant benchmarks, historical trends, portfolio composition and peer company comparisons. These assumptions, used to determine our pension liabilities and pension expense, are reviewed annually by senior management and changed when appropriate. A discount rate will be changed annually if underlying rates have moved, whereas an expected long-term return on assets will be changed less frequently as longer-term trends in asset returns emerge or long-term target asset allocations are revised. To calculate the discount rate, we use the granular approach to determining service cost and interest cost. The expected rate of return assumptions for all plans are supported by an analysis of the weighted-average yield expected to be achieved with the anticipated makeup of investments. Other material assumptions include rates of participant mortality, and the expected long-term rates of compensation and pension increases. Funding is based on actuarially determined contributions and is limited to amounts that are currently deductible for tax purposes, or as agreed to with the plan trustees for the U.K. plans. Since funding calculations are based on different measurements than those used for accounting purposes, pension contributions are not equal to net periodic benefit cost. We recorded a combined $147 million net periodic benefit income for our U.S. and U.K. plans for the year ended December 31, 2019. For the U.S. and U.K. plans, the following table presents our estimated net periodic benefit income for 2020 and the impact to both plans of a 0.25% increase and decrease to both the expected return on assets (‘EROA’) and the discount rate assumptions; and the projected benefit obligations as of December 31, 2019 and the impact of a 0.25% increase and decrease to the discount rates: Totals - current estimates Impact of 0.25% change to EROA Impact of 0.25% change to discount rate Increase Decrease Increase Decrease Estimated 2020 (income): U.S. Plans U.K. Plans Projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2019: U.S. Plans U.K. Plans $ $ $ $ (52) $ (157) $ 4,768 4,259 (10) $ (13) $ N/A N/A 10 $ 13 $ N/A $ N/A $ (9) $ (1) $ (145) $ (189) $ 9 1 153 203 Economic factors and conditions often affect multiple assumptions simultaneously and the effects of changes in key assumptions are not necessarily linear. Goodwill and Intangible Assets — Impairment Review In applying the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations, amounts assigned to identifiable assets and liabilities acquired were based on estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition, with the remainder recorded as goodwill. Intangible assets are initially valued at fair value using generally accepted valuation methods appropriate for the type of intangible asset. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment if indicators of impairment arise. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment annually as of October 1, and whenever indicators of impairment arise. The fair value of the intangible assets is compared with their carrying value and an impairment loss would be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually as of October 1, and whenever indicators of impairment arise. Goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level, and the Company had nine reporting units as of October 1, 2019. During fiscal year 2019, the Company performed Step 1 of the two-step impairment test for all reporting units. Each of the reporting units' estimated fair values were in excess of their carrying values. To perform the test, we used valuation techniques to estimate the 55 fair value of a reporting unit that are under the income and/or market approaches of valuation methods. Under the discounted cash flow method, an income approach, the business enterprise value is determined by discounting to present value the terminal value which is calculated using debt-free after-tax cash flows for a finite period of years. Key estimates in this approach were internal financial projection estimates prepared by management, assessment of business risk, and expected rates of return on capital. The guideline company method, a market approach, develops valuation multiples by comparing our reporting units to similar publicly-traded companies. Key estimates and determination of valuation multiples rely on the selection of similar companies, obtaining forecast revenue and EBITDA estimates for the similar companies and selection of valuation multiples as they apply to the reporting unit characteristics. Under the similar transactions method, a market approach, actual transaction prices and operating data from companies deemed reasonably similar to the reporting units are used to develop valuation multiples as an indication of how much a knowledgeable investor in the marketplace would be willing to pay for the business units. If the Company was required to perform Step 2 for any of the reporting units used in Step 1, we would determine the implied fair value of all of the assets and liabilities of that reporting unit (including any recognized or unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Then the implied fair value of goodwill would be compared to the carrying amount of that goodwill to determine if goodwill is impaired. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we did not record any impairment losses of goodwill or intangibles. 56 ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK Financial Risk Management We are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. In order to manage the risk arising from these exposures, we enter into a variety of foreign currency derivatives. We do not hold financial or derivative instruments for trading purposes. A discussion of our accounting policies for financial and derivative instruments is included in Note 2 — Basis of Presentation, Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Note 10 — Derivative Financial Instruments within Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Foreign Exchange Risk Because of the large number of countries and currencies we operate in, movements in currency exchange rates may affect our results. We report our operating results and financial condition in U.S. dollars. Our U.S. operations earn revenue and incur expenses primarily in U.S. dollars. Outside the U.S., we predominantly generate revenue and expenses in the local currency with the exception of our London market operations which earn revenue in several currencies but incur expenses predominantly in Pounds sterling. The table below gives an approximate analysis of revenue and expenses by currency in 2019. Revenue Expenses (i) U.S. dollars 57% 50% Pounds sterling 12% 20% Euro 15% 13% Other currencies 16% 17% (i) These percentages exclude certain expenses for significant items which will not be settled in cash, or which we believe to be items that are not core to our current or future operations. These items include amortization of intangible assets and transaction and integration expenses. Our principal exposures to foreign exchange risk arise from: • • • our London market operations; intercompany lending between subsidiaries; and translation. London market operations The Company’s primary foreign exchange risks in its London market operations arise from changes in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and Pound sterling as its London market operations earn the majority of its revenue in U.S. dollars but incur expenses predominantly in Pounds sterling, and may also hold significant foreign currency asset or liability positions on its consolidated balance sheet. In addition, the London market operations earn significant revenue in Euro and Japanese yen. The foreign exchange risks in our London market operations are hedged to the extent that: • • forecast Pounds sterling expenses exceed Pounds sterling revenue, in which case the Company limits its exposure to this exchange rate risk by the use of forward contracts matched to a portion of the forecast Pounds sterling outflows arising in the ordinary course of business. In addition, we are also exposed to foreign exchange risk on any net Pounds sterling asset or liability position in our London market operations; the U.K. operations also earn significant revenue in Euro and Japanese yen. The Company limits its exposure to changes in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and these currencies by the use of foreign exchange contracts matched to a proportion of forecast cash inflows in these specific currencies and periods; and • Miller Insurance Services LLP, which is a Pound sterling functional entity, earns significant non-functional currency revenue, in which case the Company limits its exposure to exchange rate changes by the use of foreign exchange contracts matched to a proportion of forecast cash inflows in specific currencies and periods. Intercompany lending between subsidiaries The Company engages in intercompany borrowing and lending between subsidiaries, primarily through our in-house banking operations which give rise to foreign exchange exposures. The Company mitigates these risks through the use of short-term foreign 57 currency forward and swap transactions that offset the underlying exposure created when the borrower and lender have different functional currencies. These derivatives are not generally designated as hedging instruments and at December 31, 2019, we had notional amounts of $931 million (denominated primarily in U.S. dollars, Pound sterling, Euro and Australian dollars), and had net fair value assets of $21 million. Maturities are typically within three months. Translation risk Outside our U.S. and London market operations, we predominantly earn revenue and incur expenses in the local currency. When we translate the results and net assets of these operations into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes, movements in exchange rates will affect reported results and net assets. For example, if the U.S. dollar strengthens against the Euro, the reported results of our Eurozone operations in U.S. dollar terms will be lower. The table below provides information about our foreign currency forward exchange contracts, which are sensitive to exchange rate risk. The table summarizes the U.S. dollar equivalent amounts of each currency bought and sold forward and the weighted-average contractual exchange rates. All forward exchange contracts mature within two years. December 31, 2019 Foreign currency sold U.S. dollars sold for Pounds sterling Euros sold for U.S. dollars Japanese yen sold for U.S. dollars Euros sold for Pounds sterling Total Fair value (i) Settlement date before December 31, 2020 2021 Average contractual exchange rate Contract amount (millions) Average contractual exchange rate Contract amount (millions) $ $ $ 243 72 16 12 343 4 $1.33 = £1 $ €1 = $1.16 ¥105.82 = $1 €1 = £1.12 $ $ $1.30 = £1 €1 = $1.15 ¥104.94 = $1 €1 = £1.12 114 30 7 5 156 4 (i) Represents the difference between the contract amount and the cash flow in U.S. dollars which would have been receivable had the foreign currency forward exchange contracts been entered into on December 31, 2019 at the forward exchange rates prevailing at that date. Income earned within foreign subsidiaries outside of the U.K. is generally offset by expenses in the same local currency, however the Company does have exposure to foreign exchange movements on the net income of these entities. Interest Rate Risk The Company has access to $1.25 billion under a revolving credit facility expiring March 7, 2022. As of December 31, 2019, no amount was drawn on this facility. We are also subject to market risk from exposure to changes in interest rates based on our investing activities where our primary interest rate risk arises from changes in short-term interest rates in U.S. dollars, Pounds sterling and Euros. 58 The table below provides information about our financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. The Company’s previously-held interest rate swap derivatives matured during 2018, and it has not entered into additional interest rate hedging contracts during 2019. Fixed rate debt Principal Fixed rate payable Floating rate debt Principal Variable rate payable (ii) Expected to mature before December 31, 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 Thereafter Total ($ in millions) Fair Value (i) — — 950 $ 4.684% 606 $ 2.125% 250 $ 4.625% 650 $ 3.600% 2,825 $ 4.348% 5,281 $ 4.074% 5,634 319 $ 3.047% 22 $ 5.450% 17 $ 5.450% 13 $ 5.530% 3 5.600% $ — — 374 $ 3.404% 379 $ $ (i) Represents the net present value of the expected cash flows discounted at current market rates of interest or quoted market rates as appropriate. (ii) Represents the estimated interest rate payable. Interest Income on Fiduciary Funds As a result of our operating activities, we receive cash for premiums and claims which we deposit in short-term investments denominated in U.S. dollars and other currencies. We earn interest on these funds, which is included in our consolidated financial statements as interest income. These funds are regulated in terms of access and the instruments in which they may be invested, most of which are short-term in maturity. At December 31, 2019, we held $2.0 billion of fiduciary funds invested in interest-bearing accounts. If short-term interest rates increased or decreased by 25 basis points, interest earned on these invested fiduciary funds, and therefore our interest income recognized, would increase or decrease by approximately $5 million on an annualized basis. LIBOR-Related Debt Instruments In July 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority, the authority that regulates LIBOR, announced its intention to stop compelling banks to submit rates for the calculation of LIBOR after 2021. The Alternative Reference Rates Committee (‘ARRC’), a group of private-market participants convened by the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York to help ensure a successful transition from U.S. dollar LIBOR (‘USD-LIBOR’) to a more robust reference rate, has proposed that the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (‘SOFR’) represents the best alternative to USD-LIBOR for use in derivatives and other financial contracts that are currently indexed to USD-LIBOR. ARRC has proposed a transition plan with specific steps and timelines designed to encourage the adoption of SOFR and guide the transition to SOFR from USD-LIBOR. Organizations are currently working on industry-wide and company- specific transition plans related to derivatives and cash markets exposed to USD-LIBOR. Similar efforts are underway to identify suitable replacement reference rates for LIBOR in other major currencies. As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s primary exposure is its $1.25 billion revolving credit facility maturing in 2022 and its collateralized facility assumed as part of its acquisition of TRANZACT, which are both priced using rates tied to LIBOR. We anticipate renegotiating the revolving credit facility prior to the potential LIBOR quotation termination date and will renegotiate, or repay, the collateralized facility prior to the end of 2021. In addition, the Company and its subsidiaries have entered into various intercompany notes indexed to LIBOR. The Company expects to amend or replace the LIBOR-based intercompany notes as necessary to reflect new market benchmarks for the relevant loan currencies prior to the 2021 deadline. We are currently evaluating the LIBOR-related risks that may be inherent elsewhere in our business and are monitoring for further proposals and guidance from the ARRC and other alternative-rate initiatives, with the expectation that we will be prepared for the termination and replacement of the LIBOR benchmarks. Credit Risk and Concentrations of Credit Risk Credit risk represents the loss that would be recognized at the reporting date if counterparties failed to perform as contracted. The Company currently does not anticipate non-performance by its counterparties. The Company generally does not require collateral or other security to support financial instruments with credit risk. Concentrations of credit risk that arise from financial instruments exist for groups of customers or counterparties when they have similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions. Financial instruments on the balance sheet that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of 59 credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, fiduciary funds, accounts receivable and derivatives which are recorded at fair value. The Company maintains a policy of providing for the diversification of cash and cash equivalent investments and places such investments in an extensive number of financial institutions to limit the amount of credit risk exposure. These financial institutions are monitored on an ongoing basis for credit quality predominantly using information provided by credit agencies. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to receivables are limited due to the large number of clients and markets in which the Company does business, as well as the dispersion across many geographic areas. Management does not believe that significant risk exists in connection with the Company’s concentrations of credit as of December 31, 2019. 60 ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA WILLIS TOWERS WATSON INDEX TO FORM 10-K For the year ended December 31, 2019 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 61 Page 62 64 65 66 67 68 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company Opinion on the Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and subsidiaries (the ‘Company’) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows, for the three years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the ‘financial statements’). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the three years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (‘US GAAP’). We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (‘PCAOB’), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 26, 2020, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Change in Accounting Principle As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for revenue from contracts with customers in the year ended December 31, 2018 due to adoption of Accounting Standard Update (‘ASU’) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. Basis for Opinion These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. Critical Audit Matters The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate. Errors and Omissions Reserve — Refer to Notes 2, 15 and 16 to the financial statements Critical Audit Matter Description The Company has established provisions against various actual and potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings relating principally to alleged errors and omissions (‘E&O’) which arise in connection with the placement of insurance and reinsurance and provision of broking, consulting and outsourcing services in the ordinary course of business. Such provisions cover claims that have been reported but not paid and also claims that have been incurred but not reported (‘IBNR’). These provisions are established based on actuarial estimates together with individual case reviews. Significant management judgment is required to estimate the amounts of such claims. Auditing management’s judgments related to its E&O provision, and in particular the broking, consulting and outsourcing business provision related to the IBNR and the broking business provision related to significant claims reported but not paid, involved especially complex and subjective judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the need to involve our actuarial specialists. How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit We tested the effectiveness of controls over the Company’s estimation of the E&O provision including controls over the underlying historical claims data, the actuarial methodology used, the assumptions selected by management that are used to calculate the broking, consulting and outsourcing business IBNR provisions, and the establishment and quarterly evaluation of provisions for reported claims, including significant claims for the broking business. 62 For the IBNR provisions, we evaluated the appropriateness of the IBNR models, including evaluating changes needed or warranted given changes in the business, and evaluated the consistency of the model with prior years in order to challenge the methodology used to estimate the provisions. With the assistance of our actuarial specialists, we assessed the methodology and models used, including key inputs and assumptions used in, and arithmetical accuracy of, the models used. We also performed retrospective reviews of management’s estimated claims emergence in comparison to actual results and evaluated the provisions set by management in comparison to a range of independent estimates that we developed. We evaluated the E&O matters and the appropriateness of their projected settlement values through inquiries of, and confirmations from, external lawyers handling those matters for the Company. TRANZACT Acquisition – Refer to Notes 2, 3 and 7 to the financial statements Critical Audit Matter Description On July 30, 2019, the Company acquired TRANZACT for consideration of $1.3 billion. The purchase price was allocated to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair values, including a customer relationship intangible asset of $612 million and renewal commissions receivables of $166 million. Management estimated the fair value of the customer relationship intangible asset using a generally accepted valuation method appropriate for the type of intangible asset. Management estimated the fair value of the renewal commissions receivables upon acquisition date by applying a present-value adjustment to the carrying value of the receivables, which were originally determined using an actuarial model to account for variable consideration uncertainties. The Company will account for the renewal commissions receivables prospectively using the cost-recovery method. Significant management judgment is required in making estimates and assumptions in the fair value determination of the customer relationship intangible asset and renewal commissions receivables and the selection of the accounting method for subsequent measurement of the renewal commissions receivables after the acquisition date. We identified the valuations of the customer relationship intangible asset and renewal commissions receivables related to the acquisition of TRANZACT as a critical audit matter because of the significant estimates management made to determine their relative fair values. This required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the need to involve our fair value and actuarial specialists, when performing audit procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of management’s assumptions related to future cash flows, discount rates, attrition rates, and lapse rates. In addition, the selection of the cost-recovery method for measurement of the acquired renewal commissions receivables after acquisition is a critical audit matter because it required management to exercise significant judgment given the lack of prescriptive guidance for subsequent accounting for such assets under US GAAP. This required a high degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort, including the need to involve professionals in our firm with expertise in business combination accounting to evaluate the reasonableness of the use of the cost-recovery method. How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit We tested the effectiveness of controls over valuation, including management’s controls over forecasts of future cash flows, selection of the discount rate, and selection of key assumptions supporting management’s estimates (i.e., attrition rates and lapse rates). We assessed the reasonableness of management’s forecasts of future cash flows used in the customer relationship intangible asset model by utilizing the historical results and certain peer company data. We evaluated whether said estimated future cash flows were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. With the assistance of our fair value specialists, we evaluated the reasonableness of the discount rate used in the customer relationship intangible asset model by testing the source information underlying the determination of the discount rate; testing the mathematical accuracy of the calculation of the discount rate; and developing a range of independent estimates and comparing those to the discount rate selected by management. With the assistance of our fair value specialists, we evaluated the reasonableness of the attrition rate used in the customer relationship intangible asset model by evaluating the attrition rate methodology; testing the mathematical accuracy of the attrition rate assumption; and testing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data supporting the attrition rate assumption by testing a selection of the insurance carriers and products and evaluating the appropriateness of the revenue attrition calculation for each insurance carrier and product. With the assistance of our actuarial specialists, we evaluated the reasonableness of the lapse rates used in the renewal commissions receivables model by evaluating the lapse rate methodology; testing the mathematical accuracy of each lapse rate assumption; and evaluating the rationale for experience adjustments made in developing the lapse rate assumptions. With the assistance of professionals in our firm with expertise in business combination accounting, we evaluated the Company’s conclusion regarding the use of the cost- recovery method. /s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP Philadelphia, PA February 26, 2020 We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017. 63 WILLIS TOWERS WATSON Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (In millions of U.S. dollars, except per share data) 2019 Years ended December 31, 2018 2017 $ 9,039 $ 8,513 $ Revenue Costs of providing services Salaries and benefits Other operating expenses Depreciation Amortization Restructuring costs Transaction and integration expenses Total costs of providing services Income from operations Interest expense Other income, net INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES (Provision for)/benefit from income taxes NET INCOME Income attributable to non-controlling interests NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS WATSON EARNINGS PER SHARE Basic earnings per share Diluted earnings per share NET INCOME Other comprehensive (loss)/income, net of tax: Foreign currency translation Defined pension and post-retirement benefits Derivative instruments Other comprehensive (loss)/income, net of tax, before non-controlling interests Comprehensive income before non-controlling interests Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests Comprehensive income attributable to Willis Towers Watson 5,249 1,719 240 489 — 13 7,710 1,329 (234) 227 1,322 (249) 1,073 (29) 1,044 $ 5,123 1,637 208 534 — 202 7,704 809 (208) 250 851 (136) 715 (20) 695 $ 8.05 $ 8.02 $ 5.29 $ 5.27 $ 1,073 $ 715 $ 78 $ (329) 21 (230) 843 (29) 814 $ (251) $ (199) 2 (448) 267 (20) 247 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 8,202 4,967 1,534 203 581 132 269 7,686 516 (188) 164 492 100 592 (24) 568 4.21 4.18 592 295 14 75 384 976 (37) 939 See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements 64 WILLIS TOWERS WATSON Consolidated Balance Sheets (In millions of U.S. dollars, except share data) December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents Fiduciary assets Accounts receivable, net Prepaid and other current assets Total current assets Fixed assets, net Goodwill Other intangible assets, net Right-of-use assets Pension benefits assets Other non-current assets Total non-current assets TOTAL ASSETS LIABILITIES AND EQUITY Fiduciary liabilities Deferred revenue and accrued expenses Current debt Current lease liabilities Other current liabilities Total current liabilities Long-term debt Liability for pension benefits Deferred tax liabilities Provision for liabilities Long-term lease liabilities Other non-current liabilities Total non-current liabilities TOTAL LIABILITIES COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST EQUITY (i) Additional paid-in capital Retained earnings Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax Treasury shares, at cost, 17,519 in 2019 and 2018 and 40,000 shares, €1 nominal value, in 2019 and 2018 Total Willis Towers Watson shareholders’ equity Non-controlling interests Total equity TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY _________ (i) $ $ $ $ 887 $ 13,004 2,621 525 17,037 1,046 11,194 3,478 968 868 835 18,389 35,426 $ 13,004 $ 1,784 316 164 802 16,070 5,301 1,324 526 537 964 335 8,987 25,057 — 10,687 1,792 (2,227) (3) 10,249 120 10,369 35,426 $ 1,033 12,604 2,379 404 16,420 942 10,465 3,318 — 773 467 15,965 32,385 12,604 1,647 186 — 864 15,301 4,389 1,170 559 540 — 429 7,087 22,388 26 10,615 1,201 (1,961) (3) 9,852 119 9,971 32,385 Equity includes (a) Ordinary shares $0.000304635 nominal value; Authorized 1,510,003,775; Issued 128,689,930 (2019) and 128,921,530 (2018); Outstanding 128,689,930 (2019) and 128,921,530 (2018); (b) Ordinary shares, €1 nominal value; Authorized and Issued 40,000 shares in 2019 and 2018; and (c) Preference shares, $0.000115 nominal value; Authorized 1,000,000,000 and Issued none in 2019 and 2018. See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements 65 WILLIS TOWERS WATSON Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (In millions of U.S. dollars) CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES NET INCOME Adjustments to reconcile net income to total net cash from operating activities: Depreciation Amortization Non-cash lease expense Net periodic benefit of defined benefit pension plans Provision for doubtful receivables from clients Benefit from deferred income taxes Share-based compensation Net loss/(gain) on disposal of operations Non-cash foreign exchange loss Other, net Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from purchase of subsidiaries: Accounts receivable Fiduciary assets Fiduciary liabilities Other assets Other liabilities Provisions Net cash from operating activities CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES Additions to fixed assets and software for internal use Capitalized software costs Acquisitions of operations, net of cash acquired Net proceeds from sale of operations Other, net Net cash used in investing activities CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES Net (payments)/borrowings on revolving credit facility Senior notes issued Proceeds from issuance of other debt Debt issuance costs Repayments of debt Repurchase of shares Proceeds from issuance of shares Payments related to share cancellation Payments of deferred and contingent consideration related to acquisitions Cash paid for employee taxes on withholding shares Dividends paid Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non-controlling interests Net cash from/(used in) financing activities (DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR (i) CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, END OF YEAR (i) 2019 Years ended December 31, 2018 2017 $ 1,073 $ 715 $ 592 240 489 148 (135) 9 (72) 74 2 26 17 (261) (365) 365 (269) (264) 4 1,081 (246) (59) (1,329) 17 3 (1,614) (131) 997 1,100 (13) (995) (150) 45 — (57) (15) (329) (55) 397 (136) (2) 1,033 $ 895 $ 213 534 — (163) 8 (115) 50 9 26 8 68 (839) 839 (22) (20) (23) 1,288 (268) (54) (36) 4 13 (341) (754) 998 — (8) (170) (602) 45 — (50) (30) (306) (26) (903) 44 (41) 1,030 1,033 $ 252 581 — (91) 17 (285) 67 (13) 77 (57) (64) (1,167) 1,167 (128) (51) (35) 862 (300) (75) (13) 57 (4) (335) 642 649 32 (9) (734) (532) 61 (177) (65) (18) (277) (51) (479) 48 112 870 1,030 (i) As a result of the acquired TRANZACT collateralized facility (see Note 11 — Debt), cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the end of the year included $8 million of restricted cash at December 31, 2019, which is included within prepaid and other current assets on our consolidated balance sheet. There were no restricted cash amounts held at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016. See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements 66 WILLIS TOWERS WATSON Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity (In millions of U.S. dollars and number of shares in thousands) Retained earnings Treasury shares AOCL (i) Total WTW shareholders’ equity Non- controlling interests Total equity 10,183 $ (99 ) $ — — 96 — (1,884 ) $ — — — — Redeemable Non- controlling interest (ii) Total $ 51 — — — 8 — $ 592 $ Shares outstanding 136,297 — (3,797 ) (1,415 ) — Additional paid-in capital $ 10,596 — — (177 ) — — — — 1,055 — — — 132,140 — (3,919 ) — $ — — — 701 — — — 62 67 — (10 ) $ 10,538 — — — — — — 45 — — 128,922 — (788 ) — $ 27 5 10,615 — — — $ — — — 556 — — — 45 1,452 $ (3 ) (532 ) (96 ) 568 (285 ) — — — — — — 1,104 317 (602 ) 695 $ (313 ) — — — $ — — 1,201 36 (150 ) 1,044 (339 ) — — — 10,065 $ (3 ) (532 ) (177 ) 568 (285 ) — 371 62 67 — (10 ) $ 10,126 317 (602 ) 695 (313 ) — — 371 — — — — (1,513 ) $ — — — — — (448 ) — (448 ) — 45 — — (1,961 ) $ (36 ) — — — — (230 ) $ 27 5 9,852 — (150 ) 1,044 (339 ) — (230 ) 118 — — — 16 — (15 ) 7 — — (3 ) — 123 — — 18 $ — (24 ) 2 — — — 119 — — 23 — $ (21 ) — (3 ) (532 ) (177 ) 584 (285 ) (15 ) 378 62 67 (3 ) (10 ) $ 10,249 317 (602 ) 713 (313 ) (24 ) (446 ) 45 27 5 9,971 — (150 ) 1,067 (339 ) (21 ) (230 ) $ — — — — — — — (3 ) $ — — — — — — — — — (3 ) $ — — — — — — — (3 ) $ 6 — — (34 ) — 28 — — 2 $ — (2 ) (2 ) $ 384 715 (448 ) — — — 26 — — 6 — $ 1,073 (230 ) (2 ) $ — — — (30 ) — — Balance as of January 1, 2017 Adoption of ASU 2016-16 Shares repurchased Shares canceled Net income Dividends ($2.12 per share) Dividends attributable to non-controlling interests Other comprehensive income Issuance of shares under employee stock compensation plans Share-based compensation and net settlements Acquisition of non-controlling interests Foreign currency translation Balance as of December 31, 2017 Adoption of ASC 606 (see Note 2) Shares repurchased Net income Dividends ($2.40 per share) Dividends attributable to non-controlling interests Other comprehensive (loss)/income Issuance of shares under employee stock compensation plans Share-based compensation and net settlements Foreign currency translation Balance as of December 31, 2018 Adoption of ASU 2018-02 (see Note 2) Shares repurchased Net income Dividends ($2.60 per share) Dividends attributable to non-controlling interests Other comprehensive loss Issuance of shares under employee stock compensation plans Share-based compensation and net settlements Acquisition of non-controlling interests Foreign currency translation Balance as of December 31, 2019 _________ (i) (ii) — — — 128,690 $ 32 (6 ) 1 10,687 $ — — — 1,792 $ — — — (3 ) $ — — — (2,227 ) $ 32 (6 ) 1 10,249 $ — (1 ) — 120 $ 32 (7 ) 1 10,369 $ — 45 — 45 Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax (‘AOCL’). The redeemable non-controlling interest was related to Max Matthiessen Holding AB. The Company purchased the remaining non-controlling interest of Max Matthiessen Holding AB during the year ended December 31, 2019. See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements 67 WILLIS TOWERS WATSON Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (Tabular amounts are in millions of U.S. dollars, except per share data) Note 1 — Nature of Operations Willis Towers Watson plc is a leading global advisory, broking and solutions company that helps clients around the world turn risk into a path for growth. The Company has more than 45,000 employees and services clients in more than 140 countries. We design and deliver solutions that manage risk, optimize benefits, cultivate talent, and expand the power of capital to protect and strengthen institutions and individuals. Our risk management services include strategic risk consulting (including providing actuarial analysis), a variety of due diligence services, the provision of practical on-site risk control services (such as health and safety and property loss control consulting), and analytical and advisory services (such as hazard modeling and reinsurance optimization studies). We also assist our clients with planning for addressing incidents or crises when they occur. These services include contingency planning, security audits and product tampering plans. We help our clients enhance business performance by delivering consulting services, technology and solutions that optimize benefits and cultivate talent. Our services and solutions encompass such areas as employee benefits, total rewards, talent and benefits outsourcing. In addition, we provide investment advice to help our clients develop disciplined and efficient strategies to meet their investment goals and expand the power of capital. As an insurance broker, we act as an intermediary between our clients and insurance carriers by advising on their risk management requirements, helping them to determine the best means of managing risk and negotiating and placing insurance with insurance carriers through our global distribution network. We operate a private Medicare marketplace in the U.S. through which, along with our active employee marketplace, we help our clients move to a more sustainable economic model by capping and controlling the costs associated with healthcare benefits. Additionally, with the acquisition of TRANZACT in July 2019 (see Note 3 – Acquisitions and Divestitures), we also provide direct-to-consumer sales of Medicare coverage. We are not an insurance company, and therefore we do not underwrite insurable risks for our own account. We believe our broad perspective allows us to see the critical intersections between talent, assets and ideas - the dynamic formula that drives business performance. Note 2 — Basis of Presentation, Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements Basis of Presentation The accompanying audited consolidated financial statements of Willis Towers Watson and our subsidiaries are presented in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC for annual reports on Form 10-K and are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of TRANZACT for the period from the date of acquisition through December 31, 2019 (see Note 3 — Acquisitions and Divestitures for further information). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Significant Accounting Policies Principles of Consolidation — The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Willis Towers Watson and those of our majority- owned and controlled subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. We determine whether we have a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity (‘VIE’). Variable interest entities are entities that lack one or more of the characteristics of a voting interest entity and therefore require a different approach in determining which party involved with the VIE should consolidate the entity. With a VIE, either the entity does not have sufficient equity at risk to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, or the equity holders, as a group, do not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact its financial performance, the obligation to absorb expected losses of the entity, or the right to receive the expected residual returns of the entity. The entity that has a controlling financial interest in a VIE is referred to as the primary beneficiary and is required to consolidate the VIE. 68 Voting interest entities are entities that have sufficient equity and provide equity investors voting rights that give them the power to make significant decisions related to the entity’s operations. The usual condition for a controlling financial interest in a voting interest entity is ownership of a majority voting interest. Accordingly, we consolidate our voting interest entity investments in which we hold, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting rights. Use of Estimates — These consolidated financial statements conform to U.S. GAAP, which requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as well as disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Our estimates, judgments and assumptions are continually evaluated based on available information and experience. Because of the use of estimates inherent in the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates are used when accounting for revenue recognition and related costs, the selection of useful lives of fixed and intangible assets, impairment testing, valuation of billed and unbilled receivables from clients, discretionary compensation, income taxes, pension assumptions, incurred but not reported claims, legal reserves and goodwill and intangible assets. Going Concern — Management evaluates at each annual and interim period whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the consolidated financial statements are issued. Management’s evaluation is based on relevant conditions and events that are known and reasonably knowable at the date that the consolidated financial statements are issued. Management has concluded that there are no conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date of these financial statements. Fair Value of Financial Instruments — The carrying values of our cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, accounts receivable, accrued expenses, revolving lines of credit and term loans approximate their fair values because of the short maturity and liquidity of those instruments. We consider the difference between carrying value and fair value to be immaterial for our senior notes. The fair value of our senior notes are considered Level 2 financial instruments as they are corroborated by observable market data. See Note 12 — Fair Value Measurements for additional information about our measurements of fair value. Investments in Associates — Investments are accounted for using the equity method of accounting, included within other non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheets, if the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence, but not control, over the investee. Significant influence is generally deemed to exist if the Company has an equity ownership in the voting stock of the investee between 20 and 50 percent, although other factors, such as representation on the board of directors, the existence of substantive participation rights, and the impact of commercial arrangements, are considered in determining whether the equity method of accounting is appropriate. Under the equity method of accounting, the investment is carried at the cost of acquisition, plus the Company’s equity in undistributed net income since acquisition, less any dividends received since acquisition. The Company periodically reviews its investments in associates for which fair value is less than cost to determine if the decline in value is other than temporary. If the decline in value is judged to be other than temporary, the cost basis of the investment is written down to fair value. The amount of any write- down is included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Cash and Cash Equivalents — Cash and cash equivalents primarily consist of time deposits with original maturities of 90 days or less. In certain of the countries in which we conduct business, we are subject to capital adequacy requirements. Most significantly, Willis Limited, our U.K. brokerage subsidiary regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority, is currently required to maintain $140 million in unencumbered and available financial resources, of which at least $79 million must be in cash, for regulatory purposes. Term deposits and certificates of deposits with original maturities greater than 90 days are considered to be short-term investments. As a result of the acquired TRANZACT collateralized facility (see Note 11 — Debt), we have $8 million of restricted cash at December 31, 2019, which is included within prepaid and other current assets on our consolidated balance sheet. Fiduciary Assets and Liabilities — The Company collects premiums from insureds and, after deducting commissions, remits the premiums to the respective insurers. The Company also collects claims or refunds from insurers on behalf of insureds. Certain of our health and welfare benefits administration outsourcing agreements require us to hold funds on behalf of clients to pay obligations on their behalf. Each of these transactions is reported on our consolidated balance sheet as assets and corresponding liabilities unless such balances are due to or from the same party and a right of offset exists, in which case the balances are recorded net. Fiduciary assets on the consolidated balance sheets are comprised of both fiduciary funds and fiduciary receivables: Fiduciary Funds – Unremitted insurance premiums and claims are recorded within fiduciary assets on the consolidated balance sheets. Fiduciary funds are generally required to be kept in certain regulated bank accounts subject to guidelines which emphasize capital preservation and liquidity. Such funds are not available to service the Company’s debt or for other corporate purposes. Notwithstanding the legal relationships with insureds and insurers, the Company is entitled to retain investment income earned on fiduciary funds in accordance with industry custom and practice and, in some cases, as supported by agreements with insureds. The period for which the Company holds such funds is dependent upon the date the insured remits the payment of the premium to 69 the Company, or the date the Company receives refunds from the insurers, and the date the Company is required to forward such payments to the insurer or insured, respectively. Fiduciary receivables – Uncollected premiums from insureds and uncollected claims or refunds from insurers are recorded as fiduciary assets on the consolidated balance sheets. In certain instances, the Company advances premiums, refunds or claims to insurance underwriters or insureds prior to collection. Such advances are made from fiduciary funds and are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets as fiduciary assets. Fiduciary liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets represent the obligations to remit all fiduciary funds and fiduciary receivables to insurers or insureds. Accounts Receivable — Accounts receivable includes both billed and unbilled receivables and is stated at estimated net realizable values. Provision for billed receivables is recorded, when necessary, in an amount considered by management to be sufficient to meet probable future losses related to uncollectible accounts. Accrued and unbilled receivables are stated at net realizable value which includes an allowance for accrued and unbillable amounts. See Note 4 — Revenue for additional information about our accounts receivable. Income Taxes — The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the estimated future tax consequences of events attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating and capital loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of changes in tax rates is recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income in the period in which the change is enacted. Deferred tax assets are reduced through the establishment of a valuation allowance at such time as, based on available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company adjusts valuation allowances to measure deferred tax assets at the amounts considered realizable in future periods when the Company’s facts and assumptions change. In making such determinations, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and recent financial operating results. We place more reliance on evidence that is objectively verifiable. Positions taken in the Company’s tax returns may be subject to challenge by the taxing authorities upon examination. The Company recognizes the benefits of uncertain tax positions in the financial statements when it is more likely than not that a position will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position assuming the tax authorities have full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts. Recognition also occurs upon either the lapse of the relevant statute of limitations, or when positions are effectively settled. The benefit recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely to be realized on settlement with the tax authority. The Company adjusts its recognition of uncertain tax benefits in the period in which new information is available impacting either the recognition or measurement of its uncertain tax positions. Such adjustments are reflected as increases or decreases to income taxes in the period in which they are determined. The Company recognizes interest and penalties relating to unrecognized tax benefits within income taxes. See Note 7 — Income Taxes for additional information regarding the Company’s income taxes. Foreign Currency — Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency of the entity are recorded at the rates of exchange prevailing at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities in currencies other than the functional currency are translated at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date and the related transaction gains and losses are reported as income or expense in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Certain intercompany loans are determined to be of a long-term investment nature. The Company records transaction gains and losses from re-measuring such loans as other comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Upon consolidation, the results of operations of subsidiaries and associates whose functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar are translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rates and assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates. Translation adjustments are presented as a separate component of other comprehensive income in the financial statements and are included in net income only upon sale or liquidation of the underlying foreign subsidiary or associated company. Derivatives — The Company uses derivative financial instruments to alter the risk profile of an existing underlying exposure. Interest rate swaps have been used in past years to manage interest risk exposures. Forward foreign currency exchange contracts are used to manage currency exposures arising from future income and expenses and to offset balance sheet exposures in currencies other than the functional currency of an entity. We do not hold any derivatives for trading purposes. The fair values of derivative contracts are recorded in other assets and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The effective portions of changes in the fair value of derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting as cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income. Amounts are reclassified from other comprehensive income into earnings when the hedged exposure affects earnings. If the derivative is designated 70 and qualifies as an effective fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item associated with the hedged risk are both recognized in earnings. The amount of hedge ineffectiveness recognized in earnings is based on the extent to which an offset between the fair value of the derivative and hedged item is not achieved. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting, together with any hedge ineffectiveness on those that do qualify, are recorded in other income, net or interest expense as appropriate. The Company evaluates whether its contracts include clauses or conditions which would be required to be separately accounted for at fair value as embedded derivatives. See Note 10 — Derivative Financial Instruments for additional information about the Company’s derivatives. Commitments, Contingencies and Provisions for Liabilities — The Company establishes provisions against various actual and potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings relating principally to alleged errors and omissions in the ordinary course of business. Such provisions cover claims that have been reported but not paid and also unasserted claims and related legal fees. These provisions are established based on actuarial estimates together with individual case reviews and are believed to be adequate in light of current information and legal advice. In certain cases, where a range of loss exists, we accrue the minimum amount in the range if no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount. To the extent such losses can be recovered under the Company’s insurance programs, estimated recoveries are recorded when losses for insured events are recognized and the recoveries are likely to be realized. Significant management judgment is required to estimate the amounts of such unasserted claims and the related insurance recoveries. The Company analyzes its litigation exposure based on available information, including consultation with outside counsel handling the defense of these matters, to assess its potential liability. These contingent liabilities are not discounted. See Note 15 — Commitments and Contingencies and Note 16 — Supplementary Information for Certain Balance Sheet Accounts for additional information about our commitments, contingencies and provisions for liabilities. Share-Based Compensation — The Company has equity-based compensation plans that provide for grants of restricted stock units and stock options to employees and non-employee directors of the Company. Additionally, the Company has cash-settled share-based compensation plans that provide for grants to employees. The Company expenses equity-based compensation, which is included in Salaries and benefits in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, primarily on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The significant assumptions underlying our expense calculations include the fair value of the award on the date of grant, the estimated achievement of any performance targets and estimated forfeiture rates. The awards under equity-based compensation are classified as equity and are included as a component of equity on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, as the ultimate payment of such awards will not be achieved through use of the Company’s cash or other assets. For the cash-settled share-based compensation, the Company recognizes a liability for the fair-value of the awards as of each reporting date. The liability for these awards is included within other non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets since these amounts are not payable until at least 2021. Expense is recognized over the service period, and as the liability is remeasured at the end of each reporting period, changes in fair value are recognized as compensation cost within Salaries and benefits in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. The significant assumptions underlying our expense calculations include the estimated achievement of any performance targets and estimated forfeiture rates. See Note 19 — Share-based Compensation for additional information about the Company’s share-based compensation. Fixed Assets — Fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for improvements are capitalized; repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Depreciation is computed primarily using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of assets. Depreciation on internally-developed software is amortized over the estimated useful life of the asset ranging from 3 to 10 years. Buildings include assets held under finance leases and are depreciated over the lesser of 50 years, the asset lives or the lease terms. Depreciation on leasehold improvements is calculated over the lesser of the useful lives of the assets or the remaining lease terms. Depreciation on furniture and equipment is calculated based on a range of 3 to 10 years. Land is not depreciated. Long-lived assets are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. Recoverability is determined based on the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset or asset group. Long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangible assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. See Note 8 — Fixed Assets for additional information about our fixed assets. Leases (effective from January 1, 2019) — The following policies were effective for the 2019 fiscal year as a result of the adoption, on January 1, 2019, of ASC 842, Leases (‘ASC 842’). The lease policies in effect prior to 2019 are reflected in the next section. 71 As an advisory, broking and solutions company providing services to clients in more than 140 countries, we enter into lease agreements from time to time, primarily for the use of real estate for our office space. We determine if an arrangement is a lease at the inception of the contract, and the nature of our operations is such that it is generally clear whether an arrangement contains a lease and what underlying asset is being leased. The majority of the leases into which we enter are operating leases. Upon entering into leases, we obtain the right to control the use of an identified space for a lease term and recognize these right-of-use (‘ROU’) assets on our consolidated balance sheets with corresponding lease liabilities reflecting our obligation to make the related lease payments. ROU assets are amortized over the term of the lease. Our real estate leases are generally long-term in nature, with terms that typically range from 5 to 15 years. Our most significant lease supports our London market operations with a lease term through 2032. Our real estate leases often contain options to renew the lease, either through exercise of the option or through automatic renewal. Additionally, certain leases have options to cancel the lease with appropriate notice to the landlord prior to the end of the stated lease term. As we enter into new leases after the adoption of ASC 842, we consider these options as we assess lease terms in our recognized ROU assets and lease liabilities. If we are reasonably certain to exercise an option to renew a lease, we include this period in our lease term. To the extent that we have the option to cancel a lease, we recognize our ROU assets and lease liabilities using the term that would result from using this earlier date. If a significant penalty is required to cancel the lease at an earlier date, we assess our lease term as ending at the point when no significant penalty would be due. In addition to payments for previously-agreed base rent, many of our lease agreements are subject to variable and unknown future payments, typically in the form of common area maintenance charges (a non-lease component as defined by ASC 842) or real estate taxes. These variable payments are excluded from our lease liabilities and ROU assets, and instead are recognized as lease expense within other operating expenses on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income as the amounts are incurred. To the extent that we have agreed to fixed charges for common area maintenance or other non-lease components, or our base rent increases by an index or rate (most commonly an inflation rate), these amounts are included in the measurement of our lease liabilities and ROU assets. We have elected the practical expedient under ASC 842 which allows the lease and non-lease components to be combined in our measurement of lease liabilities and ROU assets. From time to time we may enter into subleases if we are unable to cancel or fully occupy a space and are able to find an appropriate subtenant. However, entering subleases is not a primary objective of our business operations and these arrangements represent an immaterial amount of cash flows. We are required to use judgment in the determination of the incremental borrowing rates to calculate the present values of our future lease payments. Since the majority of our debt is publicly-traded, our real estate function is centralized, and our treasury function is centralized and generally prohibits our subsidiaries from borrowing externally, we have determined it appropriate to use the Company’s consolidated unsecured borrowing rate, and adjust for collateralization in accordance with ASC 842. Using the resulting interest rate curves from publicly-traded debt at this collateralized borrowing rate, we select the interest rate at lease inception by reference to the lease term and lease currency. Over 90% of our leases are denominated in U.S. dollars, Pounds sterling or Euros. Our leases generally do not subject us to restrictive covenants and contain no residual value guarantees. See Note 14 — Leases for additional information about our operating leases. Operating Leases (effective before January 1, 2019) — Rentals payable on operating leases were charged on a straight-line basis to other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income over the lease terms prior to the implementation of ASC 842. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets — In applying the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations, amounts assigned to identifiable assets and liabilities acquired were based on estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition, with the remainder recorded as goodwill. Intangible assets are initially valued at fair value using generally accepted valuation methods appropriate for the type of intangible asset. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment if indicators of impairment arise. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment annually as of October 1, and whenever indicators of impairment exist. The fair values of intangible assets are compared with their carrying values, and an impairment loss would be recognized for the amount by which a carrying amount exceeds its fair value. 72 Acquired intangible assets are amortized over the following periods: Client relationships Software Trademark and trade name Other Amortization basis In line with underlying cash flows In line with underlying cash flows or straight-line basis Straight-line basis In line with underlying cash flows or straight-line basis Expected life (years) 5 to 20 4 to 7 14 to 25 10 to 18 Prior to the adoption of ASC 842, favorable and unfavorable acquired lease agreement intangible assets and liabilities were amortized straight-line over the remaining terms of the leases. These amounts have been subsumed into the ROU assets upon adoption of ASC 842. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually as of October 1, and whenever indicators of impairment exist. Goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level, and the Company had nine reporting units as of October 1, 2019. In the first step of the impairment test, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared with its carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the amount of an impairment loss, if any, is calculated in the second step of the impairment test by comparing the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The Company’s goodwill impairment tests for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 have not resulted in any impairment charges. See Note 9 — Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets for additional information about our goodwill and other intangible assets. Pensions — The Company has multiple defined benefit pension and defined contribution plans. The net periodic cost of the Company’s defined benefit plans is measured on an actuarial basis using various methods and actuarial assumptions. The most significant assumptions are the discount rates (calculated using the granular approach to calculating service and interest cost) and the expected long-term rates of return on plan assets. Other material assumptions include rates of participant mortality, the expected long-term rates of compensation and pension increases and rates of employee termination. Gains and losses occur when actual experience differs from actuarial assumptions. If such gains or losses exceed ten percent of the greater of the market-related value of plan assets or the projected benefit obligation, the Company amortizes those gains or losses over the average remaining service period or average remaining life expectancy, as appropriate, of the plan participants. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, the Company records the funded status of its pension plans based on the projected benefit obligation on its consolidated balance sheets. Contributions to the Company’s defined contribution plans are recognized as incurred. Differences between contributions payable in the year and contributions actually paid are shown as either other assets or other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. See Note 13 — Retirement Benefits for additional information about our pensions. Revenue Recognition (effective from January 1, 2018) — The following policies were effective beginning with the 2018 fiscal year as a result of the adoption, on January 1, 2018, of ASC 606, Revenue From Contracts With Customers (‘ASC 606’). The revenue recognition policies in effect prior to 2018 are reflected in the next section. We recognize revenue from a variety of services, with broking, consulting and outsourced administration representing our most significant offerings. All other revenue streams, which can be recognized at either point in time or over time, are individually less significant and are grouped in Other in our revenue disaggregation disclosures in Note 4 — Revenue. These Other revenue streams represent approximately 5% of customer contract revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. Broking — Representing approximately 50% and 48% of customer contract revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, in our broking arrangements, we earn revenue by acting as an intermediary in the placement of effective insurance policies. Generally, we act as an agent and view our client to be the party looking to obtain insurance coverage for various risks, or an employer or sponsoring organization looking to obtain insurance coverage for its employees or members. Also, we act as an agent in reinsurance broking arrangements where our client is the party looking to cede risks to the reinsurance markets. Our primary performance obligation under the majority of these arrangements is to place an effective insurance or reinsurance policy, but there can also be significant post-placement obligations in certain contracts to which we need to allocate revenue. The most common of these is for claims handling or call center support. The revenue recognition method for these, after the relative fair value allocation, is described further as part of the ‘Outsourced Administration’ description below. Due to the nature of the majority of our broking arrangements, no single document constitutes the contract for ASC 606 purposes. Our services may be governed by a mixture of different types of contractual arrangements depending on the jurisdiction or type of coverage, including terms of business agreements, broker-of-record letters, statements of work or local custom and practice. This is then confirmed by the client’s acceptance of the underlying insurance contract. Prior to the policy inception date, the client has not accepted nor formally committed to perform under the arrangement (i.e. pay for the insurance coverage in place). Therefore in the majority of broking arrangements, the contract date is the date the insurance policy incepts. However, in certain instances such as 73 employer-sponsored Medicare broking or Affinity arrangements, where the employer or sponsoring organization is our customer, client acceptance of underlying individual policy placements is not required, and therefore the date at which we have a contract with a customer is not dependent upon placement. As noted, our primary performance obligations typically consist of only the placement of an effective insurance policy which precedes the inception date of the policy. Therefore, most of our fulfillment costs are incurred before we can recognize revenue, and are thus deferred during the pre-placement process. Where we have material post-placement services obligations, we estimate the relative fair value of the post-placement services using either the expected cost- plus-margin or the market assessment approach. Revenue from our broking services consists of commissions or fees negotiated in lieu of commissions. At times, we may receive additional income for performing these services from the insurance and reinsurance carriers’ markets, which is collectively referred to as ‘market derived income’. In situations in which our fees are not fixed but are variable, we must estimate the likely commission per policy, taking into account the likelihood of cancellation before the end of the policy term. For employer-sponsored Medicare broking, Affinity arrangements and proportional treaty reinsurance broking, the commissions to which we will be entitled can vary based on the underlying individual insurance policies that are placed. For employer-sponsored Medicare broking and proportional treaty reinsurance broking in particular, we base the estimates of transaction prices on supportable evidence from an analysis of past transactions, and only include amounts that are probable of being received or not refunded (referred to as applying ‘constraint’ under ASC 606). This is an area requiring significant judgment and results in us estimating a transaction price that may be significantly lower than the ultimate amount of commissions we may collect. The transaction price is then adjusted over time as we receive confirmation of our remuneration through receipt of treaty statements, or as other information becomes available. We recognize revenue for most broking arrangements as of a point in time at the later of the policy inception date or when the policy placement is complete, because this is viewed as the date when control is transferred to the client. For employer-sponsored Medicare broking, we recognize revenue over time, as we stand ready under our agreements to place retiree Medicare coverage. For this type of broking arrangement, we recognize the majority of our placement revenue in the fourth quarter of the calendar year when most of the placement or renewal activity occurs. Beginning on July 30, 2019 with the acquisition of TRANZACT (see Note 3 — Acquisitions and Divestitures), we have a direct-to-consumer Medicare broking offering. The contractual arrangements in this offering differ from our previously existing employer-sponsored Medicare broking offering described above. The governing contracts in our direct-to-consumer Medicare broking offering are the contractual arrangements with insurance carriers, for whom we act as an agent, that provide compensation in return for issued policies. Once an application is submitted to a carrier, our obligation is complete, and we have no ongoing fulfilment obligations. We receive compensation from carriers in the form of commissions, administrative fees and marketing fees in the first year, and depending on the type of policy issued, we may receive renewal commissions for up to 25 years, provided the policies are renewed for such periods of time. Because our obligation is complete upon application submission to the carrier, we recognize revenue at that date, which includes both compensation due to us in the first year as well as an estimate of the total renewal commissions that will be received over the lifetime of the policy. This variable consideration estimate requires significant judgment, and will vary based on product type, estimated commission rates, the expected lives of the respective policies and other factors. The Company has applied an actuarial model to account for these uncertainties, which is updated periodically based on actual experience, and includes an element of ‘constraint’ as defined by ASC 606 such that no significant reversal is expected to occur in the future. Actual results will differ from these estimates. The timing of renewal payments in our direct-to-consumer Medicare broking offering is reflective of regulatory restrictions and insurance carriers’ protection for cancellations and varies based on policy holder decisions that are outside of the control of both the Company and the insurance carriers. As such, the estimate of these renewal commissions receivables has not been discounted to reflect a significant financing component. Consulting — We earn revenue for advisory and consulting work that may be structured as different types of service offerings, including annual recurring projects, projects of a short duration or stand-ready obligations. Collectively, our consulting arrangements represent approximately 32% and 34% of customer contract revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. We have engagement letters with our clients that specify the terms and conditions upon which the engagements are based. These terms and conditions can only be changed upon agreement by both parties. In assessing our performance obligations, our consulting work is typically highly integrated, with the various promised services representing inputs of the combined overall output. We view these arrangements to represent a single performance obligation. To the extent we do not integrate our services, as is the case with unrelated services that may be sourced from different areas of our business, we consider these separate performance obligations. 74 Fee terms can be in the form of fixed-fees (including fixed-fees offset by commissions), time-and-expense fees, commissions, per-participant fees, or fees based on assets under management. Payment is typically due on a monthly basis as we perform under the contract, and we are entitled to be reimbursed for work performed to date in the event of termination. The majority of our revenue from these consulting engagements is recognized over time, either because our clients are simultaneously receiving and consuming the benefits of our services, or because we have an enforceable right to payment for performance rendered to date. Additionally, from time to time, we may be entitled to an additional fee based on achieving certain performance criteria. To the extent that we cannot estimate with reasonable assurance the likelihood that we will achieve the performance target, we will ‘constrain’ this portion of the transaction price and recognize it when or as the uncertainty is resolved. We use different progress measures to determine our revenue depending on the nature of the engagement: • • Annual recurring projects and projects of short duration. These projects are typically straightforward and highly predictable in nature with either time-and-expense or fixed fee terms. Time-and-expense fees are recognized as hours or expenses are incurred using the ‘right to invoice’ practical expedient allowed under ASC 606. For fixed-fee arrangements, to the extent estimates can be made of the remaining work required under the arrangement, revenue is based upon the proportional performance method, using the value of labor hours spent to date compared to the estimated total value of labor hours for the entire engagement. We believe that cost represents a faithful depiction of the transfer of value because the completion of these performance obligations is based upon the professional services of employees of differing experience levels and thereby costs. It is appropriate that satisfaction of these performance obligations considers both the number of hours incurred by each employee and the value of each labor hour worked (as opposed to simply the hours worked). Stand-ready obligations. These projects consist of repetitive monthly or quarterly services performed consistently each period. As none of the activities provided under these services are performed at specified times and quantities, but at the discretion of each customer, our obligation is to stand ready to perform these services on an as-needed basis. These arrangements represent a ‘series’ performance obligation in accordance with ASC 606. Each time increment (i.e., each month or quarter) of standing ready to provide the overall services is distinct and the customer obtains value from each period of service independent of the other periods of service. Where we recognize revenue on a proportional performance basis, the amount we recognize is affected by a number of factors that can change the estimated amount of work required to complete the project such as the staffing on the engagement and/or the level of client participation. Our periodic engagement evaluations require us to make judgments and estimates regarding the overall profitability and stage of project completion that, in turn, affect how we recognize revenue. We recognize a loss on an engagement when estimated revenue to be received for that engagement is less than the total estimated costs associated with the engagement. Losses are recognized in the period in which the loss becomes probable and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. Outsourced Administration — We provide customized benefits outsourcing and co-sourcing solutions services in relation to the administration of defined benefit, defined contribution, and health and welfare plans. These plans are sponsored by our clients to provide benefits to their active or retired employees. Additionally, these services include operating call centers, and may include providing access to, and managing, a variety of consumer-directed savings accounts. The operation of call centers and consumer-directed accounts can be provisioned as part of an ongoing administration or solutions service, or separately as part of a broking arrangement. The products and services available to all clients are the same, but the selections by a client can vary and portray customized products and services based on the customer’s specific needs. Our services often include the use of proprietary systems that are configured for each of our clients’ needs. In total, our outsourced administration services represent approximately 12% of customer contract revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. These contracts typically consist of an implementation phase and an ongoing administration phase: • • Implementation phase. Work performed during the implementation phase is considered a set-up activity because it does not transfer a service to the customer, and therefore costs are deferred during this phase of the arrangement. Since these arrangements are longer term in nature and subject to more changes in scope as the project progresses, our contracts generally provide that if the client terminates a contract, we are entitled to an additional payment for services performed through the termination date designed to recover our up-front costs of implementation. Ongoing administration phase. The ongoing administration phase includes a variety of plan administration services, system hosting and support services. More specifically, these services include data management, calculations, reporting, fulfillment/communications, compliance services, call center support, and in our health and welfare arrangements, annual onboarding and enrollment support. While there are a variety of activities performed, the overall nature of the obligation is to provide an integrated outsourcing solution to the customer. The arrangement represents a stand- ready obligation to perform these activities on an as-needed basis. The customer obtains value from each period of service, and each time increment (i.e., each month, or each benefits cycle in our health and welfare arrangements) is distinct and substantially the same. 75 Accordingly, the ongoing administration services represent a ‘series’ in accordance with ASC 606 and are deemed one performance obligation. We have engagement letters with our clients that specify the terms and conditions upon which the engagements are based. These terms and conditions can only be changed upon agreement by both parties. Fees for these arrangements can be fixed, per-participant-per-month, or in the case of call center services, provided in conjunction with our broking services, with an allocation based on commissions. Our fees are not typically payable until the commencement of the ongoing administration phase. However, in our health and welfare arrangements, we begin transferring services to our customers approximately four months prior to payments being due as part of our annual onboarding and enrollment work. Although our per-participant-per-month and commission-based fees are considered variable, they are typically predictable in nature, and therefore we generally do not ‘constrain’ any portion of our transaction price estimates. Once fees become payable, payment is typically due on a monthly basis as we perform under the contract, and we are entitled to be reimbursed for work performed to date in the event of termination. Revenue is recognized over time as the services are performed because our clients are simultaneously receiving and consuming the benefits of our services. For our health and welfare arrangements where each benefits cycle represents a time increment under the series guidance, revenue is recognized based on proportional performance. We use an input measure (value of labor hours worked) as the measure of progress. Given that the service is stand-ready in nature, it can be difficult to predict the remaining obligation under the benefits cycle. Therefore, the input measure is based on the historical effort expended each month, which is measured as labor cost. This results in slightly more revenue being recognized during periods of annual onboarding since we are performing both our normal monthly services and our annual services during this portion of the benefits cycle. For all other outsourced administration arrangements where a month represents our time increment under the series guidance, we allocate transaction price to the month we are performing our services. Therefore, the amount recognized each month is the variable consideration related to that month plus the fixed monthly or annual fee. The fixed monthly or annual fee is recognized on a straight-line basis. Revenue recognition for these types of arrangements is therefore more consistent throughout the year. Reimbursed expenses — Client reimbursable expenses, including those relating to travel, other out-of-pocket expenses and any third-party costs, are included in revenue, and an equivalent amount of reimbursable expenses is included in other operating expenses as a cost of revenue as incurred. Reimbursed expenses represented approximately 1% of customer contract revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. Taxes collected from customers and remitted to government authorities are recorded net and are excluded from revenue. Revenue Recognition (effective before January 1, 2018) — Revenue included insurance commissions, fees in lieu of commission, fees for consulting services rendered, hosted and delivered software, survey sales, interest and other income. Revenue recognized in excess of billings was recorded as unbilled accounts receivable. Cash collections in excess of revenue recognized were recorded as deferred revenue until the revenue recognition criteria were met. Client reimbursable expenses, including those relating to travel, other out-of-pocket expenses and any third-party costs, were included in revenue, and an equivalent amount of reimbursable expenses was included in other operating expenses as a cost of revenue. Taxes collected from customers and remitted to government authorities were recorded net and were excluded from revenue. Commissions revenue. Brokerage commissions and fees negotiated in lieu of commissions were recognized at the later of the policy inception date or when the policy placement was complete. In situations in which our fees were not fixed and determinable due to the uncertainty of the commission fee per policy, we recognized revenue as the fees were determined. Commissions on additional premiums and adjustments were recognized when approved by or agreed between the parties and collectability was reasonably assured. Consulting revenue. The majority of our consulting revenue consisted of fees earned from providing consulting services. We recognized revenue from these consulting engagements when hours were worked, either on a time-and-expense basis or on a fixed-fee basis, depending on the terms and conditions defined at the inception of an engagement with a client. We had engagement letters with our clients that specified the terms and conditions upon which the engagements were based. These terms and conditions could only be changed upon agreement by both parties. Individual billing rates were principally based on a multiple of salary and compensation costs. 76 Revenue for fixed-fee arrangements was based upon the proportional performance method to the extent estimates could be made of the remaining work required under the arrangement. If we did not have sufficient information to estimate proportional performance, we recognized the fees straight-line over the contract period. We typically had four types of fixed-fee arrangements: annual recurring projects, projects of a short duration, stand-ready obligations and non-recurring system projects. • • • Annual recurring projects and projects of short duration. These projects were typically straightforward and highly predictable in nature. As a result, the project manager and financial staff were able to identify, as the project status was reviewed and bills were prepared monthly, the occasions when cost overruns could lead to the recording of a loss accrual. Stand-ready obligations. Where we were entitled to fees (whether fixed or variable based on assets under management or a per-participant per- month basis) regardless of the hours, we generally recognized this revenue on either a straight-line basis or as the variable fees were calculated. Non-recurring system projects. These projects were longer in duration and subject to more changes in scope as the project progressed. Certain software or outsourced administration contracts generally provided that if the client terminated a contract, we were entitled to an additional payment for services performed through termination designed to recover our up-front cost of implementation. Revenue recognition for fixed-fee engagements was affected by a number of factors that changed the estimated amount of work required to complete the project such as changes in scope, the staffing on the engagement and/or the level of client participation. The periodic engagement evaluations required us to make judgments and estimates regarding the overall profitability and stage of project completion that, in turn, affected how we recognized revenue. We recognized a loss on an engagement when estimated revenue to be received for that engagement was less than the total estimated costs associated with the engagement. Losses were recognized in the period in which the loss became probable and the amount of the loss was reasonably estimable. Hosted software. We develop various software programs and technologies that we provide to clients in connection with consulting services. In most instances, such software is hosted and maintained by us and ownership of the technology and rights to the related code remain with us. We deferred costs for software developed to be utilized in providing services to a client, but for which the client did not have the contractual right to take possession, during the implementation stage. We recognized these deferred costs from the go-live date, signaling the end of the implementation stage, until the end of the initial term of the contract with the client. We determined that the system implementation and customized ongoing administrative services were one combined service. Revenue was recognized over the service period, after the go-live date, on a straight-line basis. As a result, we did not recognize revenue during the implementation phase of an engagement. Delivered software. We deliver software under arrangements with clients who take possession of our software. The maintenance associated with the initial software fees was a fixed percentage which enabled us to determine the stand-alone value of the delivered software separate from the maintenance. We recognized the initial software fees as software was delivered to the client, and we recognized the maintenance fees ratably over the contract period based on each element’s relative fair value. For software arrangements in which initial fees were received in connection with mandatory maintenance for the initial software license to remain active, we determined that the initial maintenance period was substantive. Therefore, we recognized the fees for the initial license and maintenance bundle ratably over the initial contract term, which was generally one year. Each subsequent renewal fee was recognized ratably over the contractually-stated renewal period. Surveys. We collect, analyze and compile data in the form of surveys for our clients who have the option of participating in the survey. The surveys are published online via a web tool that provides simplistic functionality. We determined that the web tool was inconsequential to the overall arrangement. We recorded the survey revenue when the results were delivered online and made available to our clients who had a contractual right to the data. If the data was updated more frequently than annually, we recognized the survey revenue ratably over the contractually-stated period. Interest income — Interest income is recognized as earned. Other income — Other income includes gains on disposal of intangible assets, which primarily arise from settlements through enforcing non-compete agreements in the event of losing accounts through producer defection or the disposal of books of business. 77 Cost to obtain or fulfill contracts (effective from January 1, 2018) — Costs to obtain customers include commissions for brokers under specific agreements that would not be incurred without a contract being signed and executed. The Company has elected to apply the ASC 606 ‘practical expedient’ which allows us to expense these costs as incurred if the amortization period related to the resulting asset would be one year or less. The Company has no significant instances of contracts that would be amortized for a period greater than a year, and therefore has no contract costs capitalized for these arrangements. Costs to fulfill include costs incurred by the Company that are expected to be recovered within the expected contract period. The costs associated with our system implementation activities and consulting contracts are recorded through time entry. For our broking business, the Company must estimate the fulfillment costs incurred during the pre-placement of the broking contracts. These judgments include: • • • • which activities in the pre-placement process should be eligible for capitalization; the amount of time and effort expended on those pre-placement activities; the amount of payroll and related costs eligible for capitalization; and, the monthly or quarterly timing of underlying insurance and reinsurance policy inception dates. We amortize costs to fulfill over the period we receive the related benefits. For broking pre-placement costs, this is typically less than a year. In our system implementation and consulting arrangements, we include the likelihood of contract renewals in our estimate of the amortization period, resulting in most costs being amortized for a greater length of time than the initial contract term. Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not adopted for 2019 In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. In computing the implied fair value of goodwill under Step 2, current U.S. GAAP requires the performance of procedures to determine the fair value at the impairment testing date of assets and liabilities (including unrecognized assets and liabilities) following the procedure that would be required in determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Instead, the amendments under this ASU require the goodwill impairment test to be performed by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An impairment charge would be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The ASU became effective for the Company on January 1, 2020, at which time the Company adopted it. The amendments in this ASU are applied on a prospective basis. There will be no immediate impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements upon adopting this ASU. The most recent Step 1 goodwill impairment test resulted in fair values in excess of carrying values for all reporting units at October 1, 2019. In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which clarifies and amends existing guidance, including removing certain exceptions to the general principles of accounting for income taxes. This ASU becomes effective for the Company on January 1, 2021. Some of the changes must be applied on a retrospective or modified retrospective basis while others must be applied on a prospective basis. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not plan to adopt this ASU early and is assessing the expected impact on our consolidated financial statements. In August 2018, the FASB issued two ASU’s as part of its disclosure framework project. The focus of this project is to improve the effectiveness of disclosures in the notes to the financial statements by facilitating clear communication of the information required by U.S. GAAP that is most important to users of an entity’s financial statements. Both of these ASU’s remove certain disclosure requirements and add or modify other requirements. The first of these ASU’s was ASU No. 2018-13, Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. This ASU became effective for the Company on January 1, 2020, at which time we adopted it. Certain provisions of the ASU were required to be adopted retrospectively, while others were required to be adopted prospectively. This ASU will not have a material impact on the notes to our consolidated financial statements. See below for a discussion of the second ASU that was part of this disclosure framework project. In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which amends the guidance on the impairment of financial instruments. The ASU adds an impairment model (known as the current expected credit loss (‘CECL’) model) that is based on expected losses rather than incurred losses. Under the new guidance, an entity recognizes as an allowance its estimate of lifetime expected credit losses on assets measured at amortized cost, which is intended to result in more timely recognition of such losses. The ASU is also intended to reduce the complexity of U.S. GAAP by decreasing the number of credit impairment models that entities use to account for debt instruments. Further, the ASU makes targeted changes to the impairment model for available-for-sale debt securities. Additional ASUs have since been issued which provide 78 amended and additional guidance for the implementation of ASU No. 2016-13. All related guidance has been codified into, and is now known as, ASC 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (‘ASC 326’). ASC 326 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2020, at which time we adopted it. This ASU will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Adopted for 2019 In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (‘ASU No. 2016-02’), which requires a lessee to recognize in the statement of financial position a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. Additional ASUs have since been issued which provide amended and additional guidance for the implementation of ASU No. 2016-02. All related guidance has been codified into, and is now known as, ASC 842, Leases (‘ASC 842’). ASC 842 became effective, and was adopted by the Company, on January 1, 2019. See above and Note 14 – Leases for a full description of the Company’s impact from adoption, adoption elections made and the newly-required disclosures. In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging: Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities, which provides amendments under six specific objectives to better align risk management activities and financial reporting, and to simplify disclosure, presentation, hedging and the testing and measurement of ineffectiveness. The ASU became effective for, and was adopted by, the Company on January 1, 2019. This ASU did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-02, Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income: Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (‘ASU 2018-02’), which allows for a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) to retained earnings for ‘stranded’ tax effects (those tax effects of items within accumulated other comprehensive income resulting from the historical corporate income tax rate reduction) resulting from U.S. Tax Reform. The amendments within this ASU also require certain disclosures about stranded tax effects. The ASU became effective for, and was adopted by, the Company on January 1, 2019, at which time it recorded a reclassification between AOCL and retained earnings of $36 million. The reclassification of $36 million from AOCL includes the effect of the change in the U.S. federal corporate tax rate, however it does not include other income tax effects of U.S. Tax Reform. The stranded tax effect primarily relates to defined pension and other post-retirement benefits. The Company’s policy is to use the portfolio approach for releasing disproportionate income tax effects from AOCL. 79 As noted above, in August 2018, the FASB issued two ASU’s as part of its disclosure framework project. The second ASU was ASU No. 2018-14, Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans. This ASU will impact certain 10-K disclosures and will be effective for the Company for its 2020 Annual Report on Form 10-K. The changes must be applied on a retrospective basis. As permitted, the Company elected to early-adopt this ASU during the year ended December 31, 2019. This ASU did not have a material impact to the notes to our consolidated financial statements. Note 3 — Acquisitions and Divestitures The following disclosures discuss significant transactions during the three-year period ended December 31, 2019. Acquisitions TRANZACT Acquisition On July 30, 2019, the Company acquired TRANZACT, a U.S.-based provider of comprehensive, direct-to-consumer sales and marketing solutions for leading insurance carriers in the U.S. TRANZACT leverages digital, data and direct marketing solutions to deliver qualified leads, fully-provisioned sales and robust customer management systems to brands seeking to acquire and manage large numbers of consumers. Pursuant to the terms of the acquisition agreement, subject to certain adjustments, the consideration consisted of $1.3 billion paid in cash at closing. Additional contingent consideration in the form of a potential earn-out of up to $17 million is to be paid in cash in 2021 based on the achievement of certain financial targets. The acquisition was initially funded in part with a $1.1 billion one-year term loan (see Note 11 — Debt for a description of the term loan and the partial repayment), with the remainder being funded from the Company’s existing revolving credit facility. TRANZACT operates as part of our Benefits Delivery and Administration segment and enhances the Company’s existing Medicare broking offering, while also adding significant direct-to-consumer marketing experience. A summary of the preliminary fair values of the identifiable assets acquired, and liabilities assumed, of TRANZACT at July 30, 2019 are summarized in the following table. $ Cash and cash equivalents Restricted cash Accounts receivable, net Renewal commissions receivable, current (i) Prepaid and other current assets Renewal commissions receivable, non-current (i) Fixed assets Intangible assets Goodwill Right-of-use assets Other non-current assets Collateralized facility (ii) Other current liabilities Deferred tax liabilities, net Lease liabilities Net assets acquired ______________ (i) Renewal commissions receivables arise from direct-to-consumer Medicare broking sales. Cash collections for these receivables are expected to occur over a period of several years. Due to the 7 2 3 36 22 130 9 646 727 19 2 (91) (55) (109) (19) 1,329 $ provisions of ASC 606, these receivables are not discounted for a significant financing component when initially recognized (see Note 2 – Basis of Presentation, Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements). However, as a result of recognizing the fair value of these receivables in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations, these receivables have now been present-valued at the acquisition date. Prior to this fair value adjustment, the carrying value of these receivables was $231 million. The adjusted values of these acquired renewal commissions receivables will be included in prepaid and other current assets or other non-current assets, as appropriate, on the consolidated balance sheets. The acquired renewal commissions receivables will be accounted for prospectively using the cost recovery method in which future cash receipts will initially be applied against the acquisition date fair value until the value reaches zero. Any cash received in excess of the fair value determined at acquisition will be recorded to earnings when it is received at a future date. (ii) See Note 11 — Debt for a description of the acquired collateralized facility debt. Intangible assets consist primarily of $612 million of customer relationships, with an expected life of 15.4 years. Additional intangibles acquired consist of domain names. Goodwill is calculated as the difference between the aggregate consideration and the acquisition date fair value of the net assets acquired, including the intangible assets acquired, and represents the value of TRANZACT’s assembled workforce and the future 80 economic benefits that we expect to achieve as a result of the acquisition. None of the goodwill recognized on the transaction is tax deductible, however there is tax deductible goodwill that will be carried forward from previous acquisitions by TRANZACT. During the three months ended December 31, 2019, purchase price allocation adjustments were made primarily to adjust the deferred tax liabilities related to the deductibility of goodwill. The purchase price allocation as of the acquisition date related to deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities is not yet complete. Following the acquisition, TRANZACT generated revenue of $245 million, which is included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2019. Alston Gayler Acquisition On December 21, 2018, the Company, through its majority-owned subsidiary, Miller, completed the transaction to acquire Alston Gayler, a U.K.-based insurance and reinsurance broker, for total consideration of $67 million. Cash consideration of $35 million was paid upon completion of the acquisition, with the remaining $32 million deferred consideration to be paid in equal installments on the first, second and third anniversaries of the date of acquisition. The Company has recognized $36 million of intangible assets, primarily arising from client relationships, and $24 million of goodwill. The purchase price allocation for this transaction is complete. Other Acquisitions Other individually less significant acquisitions were completed during the year ended December 31, 2019 for combined cash payments of $15 million and contingent consideration fair valued at $9 million. Divestitures Related Party Transaction - In the third quarter of 2017, the Company divested its Global Wealth Solutions business through a sale to an employee of the business. As part of that transaction, we financed a $50 million note payable from the employee to purchase the business. The note amortizes over 10 years, bears interest at a weighted-average rate of 3% and is guaranteed by $3 million in assets. Following the sale, employees of this business are no longer employees of the Company, and the purchasing employee is no longer considered a related party. 2017 Cumulative Divestiture Impact - Including the divestiture of Global Wealth Solutions, we sold five businesses during the second half of 2017. For the year ended December 31, 2017, the total gain recognized related to business disposals was $13 million, which was recorded in Other income, net on the accompanying consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Results from these disposals prior to the sales represented $54 million of revenue and $13 million of operating income for the year ended December 31, 2017. 81 Note 4 — Revenue Disaggregation of Revenue The Company reports revenue by segment in Note 5 — Segment Information. The following table presents revenue by service offering and segment, as well as a reconciliation to total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 (ASC 606 was adopted and effective for the Company from January 1, 2018 forward). Along with reimbursable expenses and other, total revenue by service offering represents our revenue from customer contracts. Broking Consulting Outsourced administration Other Total revenue by service offering Reimbursable expenses and other (i) Total revenue from customer contracts Interest and other income (ii) Total revenue Year Ended December 31, HCB CRB IRR BDA Corporate (i) Total 2019 2018 2019 2018 2019 2018 2019 2018 2019 2018 2019 2018 $ 278 $ 266 $ 2,692 $ 2,578 $ 975 $ 905 $ 514 $ 272 $ — $ — $ 4,459 $ 4,021 2,269 2,224 466 262 484 235 132 71 5 163 65 9 421 10 205 430 — 185 — 521 — 3,275 3,209 2,900 2,815 1,611 1,520 1,035 61 62 1 — 9 8 12 — 486 — 758 7 11 — 4 15 22 13 — 4 17 17 2,833 1,068 476 8,836 105 2,830 1,035 433 8,319 94 $ 3,336 23 $ 3,359 $ 3,271 $ 2,901 $ 2,815 $ 1,620 $ 1,528 $ 1,047 $ 765 $ 37 $ 34 $ 8,941 $ 8,413 24 46 37 26 36 — — 3 3 98 100 $ 3,295 $ 2,947 $ 2,852 $ 1,646 $ 1,564 $ 1,047 $ 765 $ 40 $ 37 $ 9,039 $ 8,513 _______ (i) Reimbursable expenses and other, as well as Corporate revenue, are excluded from segment revenue, but included in total revenue on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Interest and other income is included in segment revenue and total revenue, however it has been presented separately in the above tables because it does not arise directly from contracts with (ii) customers. Individual revenue streams aggregating to 5% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 have been included within the Other line in the table above. The following table presents revenue by the geography where our work was performed for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. The reconciliation to total revenue on our consolidated statements of comprehensive income and to segment revenue is shown in the table above. North America Great Britain Western Europe International Total revenue by geography HCB CRB Year Ended December 31, BDA IRR Corporate Total 2019 $ 1,901 475 566 333 $ 3,275 2018 2019 2018 2019 2018 2019 2018 2019 2018 2019 2018 $ 1,849 $ 1,112 $ 1,044 $ 449 $ 416 $ 1,033 $ 758 $ 13 $ 16 $ 4,508 $ 4,083 481 562 317 656 661 471 648 631 492 788 216 158 732 218 154 — — 2 — — — — 1 1 — 1 — 1,919 1,444 965 1,861 1,412 963 $ 3,209 $ 2,900 $ 2,815 $ 1,611 $ 1,520 $ 1,035 $ 758 $ 15 $ 17 $ 8,836 $ 8,319 82 Contract Balances The Company reports accounts receivable, net on the consolidated balance sheet, which includes billed and unbilled receivables and current contract assets. In addition to accounts receivable, net, the Company had the following non-current contract assets and deferred revenue balances at December 31, 2019 and 2018: Billed receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $37 million and $40 million Unbilled receivables Current contract assets Accounts receivable, net Non-current accounts receivable, net Non-current contract assets Deferred revenue December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 $ $ $ $ $ 1,831 $ 434 356 2,621 $ 30 $ 105 $ 538 $ 1,702 356 321 2,379 20 3 448 The Company receives payments from customers based on billing schedules or terms as written in our contracts. Those balances denoted as contract assets relate to situations where we have completed some or all performance under the contract, however our right to consideration is conditional. Contract assets result most materially in our Medicare broking and proportional treaty broking businesses. The significant increases in both current and non-current contract assets for the year ended December 31, 2019 relate to our direct-to-consumer Medicare broking business following the acquisition of TRANZACT (see Note 3 — Acquisitions and Divestitures for further information). Billed and unbilled receivables are recorded when the right to consideration becomes unconditional. Deferred revenue relates to payments received in advance of performance under the contract and is recognized as revenue as (or when) we perform under the contract. Accounts receivable are stated at estimated net realizable values. The following table presents the changes in our allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. Balance at beginning of year Additions charged to costs and expenses Deductions/other movements Foreign exchange Balance at end of year December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 December 31, 2017 $ $ 40 $ 9 (10) (2) 37 $ 45 $ 9 (15) 1 40 $ 40 17 (9) (3) 45 During the year ended December 31, 2019, revenue of approximately $373 million was recognized that was reflected as deferred revenue at December 31, 2018. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized revenue of approximately $32 million related to performance obligations satisfied in a prior period. Performance Obligations The Company has contracts for which performance obligations have not been satisfied as of December 31, 2019 or have been partially satisfied as of that date. The following table shows the expected timing for the satisfaction of the remaining performance obligations. This table does not include contract renewals or variable consideration, which was excluded from the transaction prices in accordance with the guidance on constraining estimates of variable consideration. In addition, in accordance with ASC 606, the Company has elected not to disclose the remaining performance obligations when one or both of the following circumstances apply: • • Performance obligations which are part of a contract that has an original expected duration of less than one year, and Performance obligations satisfied in accordance with ASC 606-10-55-18 (‘right to invoice’). Revenue expected to be recognized on contracts as of December 31, 2019 $ 492 $ 367 $ 420 $ 1,279 2020 2021 2022 onward Total 83 Since most of the Company’s contracts are cancellable with less than one year’s notice, and have no substantive penalty for cancellation, the majority of the Company’s remaining performance obligations as of December 31, 2019 have been excluded from the table above. Costs to obtain or fulfill a contract The Company incurs costs to obtain or fulfill contracts which it would not incur if a contract with a customer was not executed. The following table shows the categories of costs that are capitalized and deferred over the expected life of a contract. Costs to fulfill December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 $ $ 148 488 (460) — 1 177 $ $ 126 465 (442) — (1) 148 Balance at beginning of the year New capitalized costs Amortization Impairments Foreign currency translation Balance at end of the year Note 5 — Segment Information Willis Towers Watson has four reportable operating segments or business areas: • • • • Human Capital and Benefits (‘HCB’) Corporate Risk and Broking (‘CRB’) Investment, Risk and Reinsurance (‘IRR’) Benefits Delivery and Administration (‘BDA’) Willis Towers Watson’s chief operating decision maker is its chief executive officer. We determined that the operational data used by the chief operating decision maker is at the segment level. Management bases strategic goals and decisions on these segments and the data presented below is used to assess the adequacy of strategic decisions and the method of achieving these strategies and related financial results. Management evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources to them based on net operating income on a pre-tax basis. The Company experiences seasonal fluctuations of its revenue. Revenue is typically higher during the Company’s first and fourth quarters due primarily to the timing of broking-related activities. Under the segment structure and for internal and segment reporting, Willis Towers Watson segment revenue includes commissions and fees, interest and other income. U.S. GAAP revenue includes amounts that were directly incurred on behalf of our clients and reimbursed by them (reimbursable expenses), which are removed from segment revenue. Segment operating income excludes certain costs, including (i) amortization of intangibles; (ii) restructuring costs; (iii) certain transaction and integration expenses; (iv) certain litigation provisions; and (v) to the extent that the actual expense based upon which allocations are made differs from the forecast/budget amount, a reconciling item will be created between internally-allocated expenses and the actual expenses that we report for U.S. GAAP purposes. 84 The following table presents segment revenue and segment operating income for our reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. HCB CRB IRR BDA Total Segment revenue Years ended December 31 2018 2019 2017 2019 Segment operating income Years ended December 31 2018 2017 $ $ 3,298 $ 2,946 1,637 1,035 8,916 $ 3,233 $ 2,852 1,556 758 8,399 $ 3,176 $ 2,709 1,474 734 8,093 $ 848 $ 578 420 244 2,090 $ 789 $ 528 384 144 1,845 $ 774 483 329 153 1,739 The following table presents reconciliations of the information reported by segment to the Company’s consolidated amounts reported for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. Revenue: Total segment revenue Reimbursable expenses and other Revenue Total segment operating income Amortization Restructuring costs Transaction and integration expenses (i) Provisions for significant litigation Unallocated, net (ii) Income from operations Interest expense Other income, net Income from operations before income taxes 2019 Years ended December 31, 2018 2017 $ $ $ $ 8,916 $ 123 9,039 $ 2,090 $ (489) — (13) — (259) 1,329 (234) 227 1,322 $ 8,399 $ 114 8,513 $ 1,845 $ (534) — (202) — (300) 809 (208) 250 851 $ 8,093 109 8,202 1,739 (581) (132) (269) (11) (230) 516 (188) 164 492 (i) Includes transaction costs related to the TRANZACT acquisition in 2019, and transaction and integration expenses related to the Merger and the acquisition of Gras Savoye for prior years. (ii) Includes certain costs, primarily related to corporate functions which are not directly related to the segments, and certain differences between budgeted expenses determined at the beginning of the year and actual expenses that we report for U.S. GAAP purposes. The Company does not currently provide asset information by reportable segment as it does not routinely evaluate the total asset position by segment. None of the Company’s customers represented a significant amount of its consolidated revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. 85 Below are our revenue and long-lived assets for Ireland, our country of domicile, countries with significant concentrations, and all other foreign countries for each of the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017: Ireland United States United Kingdom Rest of World Total Foreign Countries (i) Long-lived assets do not include deferred tax assets. Note 6 — Restructuring Costs 2019 Revenue 2018 2017 2019 Long-Lived Assets (i) 2018 2017 $ 144 $ 138 $ 107 $ 103 $ 78 $ 127 4,370 1,934 2,591 8,895 9,039 $ 3,970 1,926 2,479 8,375 8,513 $ 3,821 1,815 2,459 8,095 8,202 $ 12,786 2,901 2,527 18,214 18,317 $ 11,068 2,349 2,411 15,828 15,906 $ 9,988 3,173 3,263 16,424 16,551 $ The Company’s restructuring costs included in its consolidated financial statements were related to its Operational Improvement Program. Costs for the program were fully accrued and completed by the end of 2017. No additional costs for the program were incurred during 2019 or 2018. Operational Improvement Program - In April 2014, Legacy Willis announced a multi-year operational improvement program designed to strengthen its client service capabilities and to deliver future cost savings. The main elements of the program included: moving more than 3,500 support roles from higher cost locations to facilities in lower cost locations; net workforce reductions in support positions; lease consolidation in real estate; and information technology systems simplification and rationalization. The Company recognized restructuring costs of $134 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 related to the Operational Improvement Program. The Company spent a cumulative amount of $441 million on restructuring costs for this program. An analysis of total restructuring costs recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income, with costs by segment, and costs attributable to corporate functions, for the year ended December 31, 2017 is as follows: Year ended December 31, 2017 Termination benefits Professional services and other (ii) Total HCB CRB IRR BDA Corporate Total (i) $ $ — $ 3 3 $ 25 $ 63 88 $ 4 $ 6 10 $ — $ — — $ 17 $ 14 31 $ 46 86 132 (i) Presented net of a $2 million reversal of an estimated expense related to the Company’s 2016 Business Restructure Program. (ii) Other includes salary and benefits, premises, and other expenses incurred to support the ongoing management and facilitation of the programs. 86 An analysis of the restructuring costs recognized for the Operational Improvement Program for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the cumulative total costs by segment are as follows: HCB CRB IRR BDA Corporate Total Year ended December 31, 2017 Termination benefits Professional services and other (i) Total Termination benefits Professional services and other (i) Total $ $ $ — $ 3 3 $ 5 8 $ 25 $ 63 82 $ 204 286 $ 4 $ 6 15 $ 12 27 $ — $ — — $ — — $ 19 $ 14 23 $ 97 120 $ (i) Other includes salary and benefits, premises, and other expenses incurred to support the ongoing management and facilitation of the program. The changes in the Company’s liability under the Operational Improvement Program from January 1, 2017 to December 31, 2019, are as follows: Balance at January 1, 2017 Charges incurred Cash payments Balance at December 31, 2017 Cash payments Balance at December 31, 2018 Cash payments Balance at December 31, 2019 Note 7 — Income Taxes Termination Benefits $ $ 7 $ 48 (41) 14 (12) 2 (2) — $ Professional Services and Other Total 18 $ 86 (97) 7 (6) 1 (1) — $ 48 86 123 318 441 25 134 (138) 21 (18) 3 (3) — On December 22, 2017, the U.S. government enacted comprehensive tax legislation, commonly referred to as ‘U.S. Tax Reform’. On the same date, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (‘SAB 118’), which provided guidance on accounting for the tax effects of the U.S. Tax Reform. SAB 118 provided a measurement period that should not extend beyond one year from the U.S. Tax Reform enactment date for companies to complete the accounting under ASC 740, Income Taxes (‘ASC 740’). While the measurement period under SAB 118 is now closed, the Company may in future periods need to further refine its U.S. federal and state tax calculations related to U.S. Tax Reform as the taxing authorities provide additional guidance and clarification. However, as of December 31, 2019, the Company's accounting for U.S. Tax Reform is complete based on its interpretation of the guidance issued as of the balance sheet date. Provision for income taxes An analysis of income from operations before income taxes by taxing jurisdiction is shown below: Ireland U.S. U.K. Rest of World Total 2019 Years ended December 31, 2018 2017 $ $ (11) $ 178 337 818 1,322 $ (16) $ (101) 182 786 851 $ (23) (198) 31 682 492 87 The components of the (provision for)/benefit from income taxes include: Current tax expense: U.S. federal taxes U.S. state and local taxes U.K. corporation tax Other jurisdictions Total current tax expense Deferred tax benefit: U.S. federal taxes U.S. state and local taxes U.K. corporation tax Other jurisdictions Total deferred tax benefit Total (provision for)/benefit from income taxes Effective tax rate reconciliation 2019 Years ended December 31, 2018 2017 $ $ (108) $ (43) (43) (127) (321) 56 14 (15) 17 72 (249) $ (98) $ (25) (16) (112) (251) 79 12 (6) 30 115 (136) $ (65) (7) (14) (99) (185) 268 (6) 9 14 285 100 The reported (provision for)/benefit from income taxes differs from the amounts that would have resulted had the reported income before income taxes been taxed at the U.S. federal statutory rate. The principal reasons for the differences between the amounts provided and those that would have resulted from the application of the U.S. federal statutory tax rate are as follows: INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES U.S. federal statutory income tax rate Income tax expense at U.S. federal tax rate Adjustments to derive effective tax rate: Non-deductible expenses and dividends Non-deductible acquisition costs Disposal of non-deductible goodwill Impact of change in rate on deferred tax balances Effect of foreign exchange and other differences Non-deductible Venezuelan foreign exchange loss Changes in valuation allowances Net tax effect of intra-group items Tax differentials of non-U.S. jurisdictions Tax differentials of U.S. state taxes and local taxes Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (GILTI) Impact of U.S. Tax Reform Other items, net (Provision for)/benefit from income taxes 2019 Years ended December 31, 2018 2017 $ 1,322 $ 21% (278) (34) (2) — — 1 — 6 93 (2) (21) (7) — (5) (249) $ $ $ 851 21% (179) (44) (2) 1 7 1 — 80 99 (2) (77) (15) — (5) (136) $ 492 35% (172) (68) (11) (11) — (3) (2) (13) 97 69 6 — 204 4 100 Included in the changes in valuation allowance for 2018, the Company recorded a deferred income tax benefit for approximately $71 million related to the valuation allowance release of certain state deferred tax assets. In 2017, in connection with our initial analysis of U.S. Tax Reform, the Company recorded a provisional net tax benefit of $204 million, which consisted of a net benefit of $208 million due to the reduction of the federal corporate tax rate and re-measurement of our net U.S. deferred tax liabilities primarily related to acquisition-based intangibles, and a $76 million benefit related to the release of a deferred tax liability we had previously recorded on the accumulated earnings of certain Towers Watson subsidiaries. These net benefit items were offset by provisional expenses of $8 million recognized as a write-off of a deferred tax asset the Company had previously recorded on executive compensation as well as the U.S. federal and state income tax expense of $72 million associated with the one-time transition tax on foreign earnings of our subsidiaries. 88 Willis Towers Watson plc is a non-trading holding company tax resident in Ireland where it is taxed at the statutory rate of 25%. In 2019 and 2018, the provisions for income tax on operations have been reconciled above to the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 21% due to significant operations in the U.S. The 2017 effective tax rate has not been restated to reflect a U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 21%. Deferred income taxes Deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect the effect of temporary differences between the assets and liabilities recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amounts recognized for income tax purposes. We recognize deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that a benefit will be realized. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities included in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2019 and 2018 are comprised of the following: Deferred tax assets: Accrued expenses not currently deductible Net operating losses Capital loss carryforwards Accrued retirement benefits Operating lease liabilities Deferred compensation Stock options Financial derivative transactions Gross deferred tax assets Less: valuation allowance Net deferred tax assets Deferred tax liabilities: Cost of intangible assets, net of related amortization Operating lease right-of-use assets Cost of tangible assets, net of related depreciation Prepaid retirement benefits Financial derivative transactions Accrued revenue not currently taxable Deferred tax liabilities Net deferred tax liabilities December 31, 2019 2018 201 $ 116 33 326 181 86 18 — 961 (76) 885 $ 865 $ 177 53 121 3 120 1,339 $ 454 $ 177 91 30 285 — 82 22 1 688 (81) 607 825 — 37 101 — 144 1,107 500 $ $ $ $ $ The net deferred income tax assets are included in other non-current assets and the net deferred tax liabilities are included in deferred tax liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. Balance sheet classifications: Other non-current assets Deferred tax liabilities Net deferred tax liability December 31, 2019 2018 $ $ 72 $ 526 454 $ 59 559 500 At December 31, 2019, we had U.S. federal and non-U.S. net operating loss carryforwards amounting to $379 million of which $277 million can be indefinitely carried forward under local statutes. The remaining $102 million of net operating loss carryforwards will expire, if unused, in varying amounts from 2020 through 2039. In addition, we had U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards of $631 million, of which $43 million can be indefinitely carried forward, while the remaining $588 million will expire in varying amounts from 2020 to 2039. Management believes, based on the evaluation of positive and negative evidence, including the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of net deferred tax assets of $885 million, 89 net of the valuation allowance. During 2019, the Company decreased its valuation allowance by $5 million, primarily related to non-U.S. deferred tax assets now considered realizable. During 2018, the Company decreased its valuation allowance by $81 million primarily related to the completion of an internal U.S. restructuring. The U.S. restructuring provided a source of positive evidence and enabled the Company to release valuation allowance on certain state deferred tax assets now considered realizable. In addition, the Company reassessed certain state net operating losses and determined these losses and related valuation allowance would never be realized. During 2017, the Company increased its valuation allowance by $28 million primarily due to state net operating losses. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company had valuation allowances of $76 million and $81 million, respectively, to reduce its deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable values. The valuation allowance at December 31, 2019 primarily relates to deferred tax assets for U.K. capital loss carryforwards of $33 million, which have an unlimited carryforward period but can only be utilized against U.K. capital gains and U.S. and non-U.S. net operating losses of $26 million and $14 million, respectively. The valuation allowance at December 31, 2018 primarily related to deferred tax assets for U.K. capital loss carryforwards of $30 million, which have an unlimited carryforward period, and U.S. and non-U.S. net operating losses of $27 million and $20 million, respectively. An analysis of our valuation allowance is shown below. Balance at beginning of year Additions charged to costs and expenses Deductions Balance at end of year 2019 Years ended December 31, 2018 2017 81 $ 7 (12) 76 $ 162 $ 18 (99) 81 $ 134 35 (7) 162 $ $ In 2019, the net change in valuation allowance was a $5 million decrease, primarily related to non-U.S. deferred tax assets now considered realizable. This amount differs from the 2019 rate reconciliation due to changes in foreign currency translation. In 2018, the net change in valuation allowance was an $81 million decrease, of which $80 million was a reduction to tax expense primarily related to an internal U.S. restructuring. In 2017, the amount charged to tax expense in the table above differs from the 2017 rate reconciliation of $13 million because a portion of the valuation allowance increase is related to the U.S. federal corporate tax rate reduction impact on the U.S. state valuation allowance and is included in the impact of U.S. Tax Reform. The Company recognizes deferred tax balances related to the undistributed earnings of subsidiaries when the Company expects that it will recover those undistributed earnings in a taxable manner, such as through receipt of dividends or sale of the investments. At December 31, 2018, as a result of an international restructuring, we determined that we may repatriate $2.1 billion, which was previously deemed indefinitely reinvested. As a result, we recorded an estimate for foreign withholding and state income tax expense of approximately $11 million. During the second quarter of 2019 the Company repatriated a portion of this previously-taxed income and return of capital. Subsequent to the repatriation, U.S. Treasury Regulations were issued that would impact the U.S. taxability of the balance of the earnings associated with the international restructuring. As such, the Company changed its assertion with respect to any additional earnings from this restructuring for the foreseeable future and released approximately $8 million previously accrued for foreign withholding and state income tax expense. Of the original $2.1 billion under consideration, $1.4 billion remains permanently reinvested at December 31, 2019. The cumulative earnings related to amounts reinvested indefinitely as of December 31, 2019 were approximately $8.2 billion, the majority of which are non- U.S. earnings not subject to U.S. tax. It is not practicable to calculate the tax cost of repatriating these unremitted earnings. If future events, including material changes in estimates of cash, working capital, long-term investment requirements or additional guidance relating to U.S. Tax Reform necessitate that these earnings be distributed, an additional provision for income and foreign withholding taxes, net of credits, may be necessary. 90 Uncertain tax positions At December 31, 2019, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits associated with uncertain tax positions, determined in accordance with ASC 740-10, excluding interest and penalties, was $49 million. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the liability for unrecognized tax benefits is as follows: Balance at beginning of year Increases related to tax positions in prior years Decreases related to tax positions in prior years Decreases related to settlements Decreases related to lapse in statute of limitations Increases related to current year tax positions Cumulative translation adjustment and other adjustments Balance at end of year 2019 2018 2017 $ $ 49 $ 2 (1) — (1) — — 49 $ 59 $ 2 (4) (4) (5) 3 (2) 49 $ 56 2 (5) — (2) 9 (1) 59 The liability for unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 can be reduced by $3 million, $2 million and $3 million, respectively, of offsetting deferred tax benefits associated with timing differences, foreign tax credits and the federal tax benefit of state income taxes. If these offsetting deferred tax benefits were recognized, there would be a favorable impact on our effective tax rate. There are no material balances that would result in adjustments to other tax accounts. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are included as a component of income tax expense. At December 31, 2019, we had cumulative accrued interest of $4 million. At December 31, 2018, the cumulative accrued interest was $3 million. Penalties were immaterial in both 2019 and 2018. Tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 includes $1 million of interest expense. Tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 included an immaterial interest benefit. The Company believes that the outcomes which are reasonably possible within the next 12 months may result in a reduction in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits in the range of $2 million to $7 million, excluding interest and penalties. The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in various tax jurisdictions in which it operates. Willis North America Inc. and Subsidiaries’ federal income tax filing for tax year ended December 31, 2017 is currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS). In December 2019 the IRS informed the Company that it will also examine the tax year ended December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2019, the IRS has not issued any requests for information with regards to the 2018 tax year and has not advised the Company of any proposed adjustments related to the 2017 tax year. In August 2019, CD&R TZ Holdings, Inc. was selected for examination by the IRS for calendar year 2017. Subsequently, the IRS determined that it would open an audit of Tranzact Holdings, LLC (for tax year January 1, 2016 to July 21, 2016). As of December 31, 2019, the IRS has not yet issued any requests for information. We have ongoing state income tax examinations in certain states for tax years ranging from calendar years ended December 31, 2014 through December 31, 2018. The statute of limitations in certain states extends back to calendar year 2014. All U.K. tax returns have been filed timely and are in the normal process of being reviewed by HM Revenue & Customs. The Company is not currently subject to any material examinations in other jurisdictions. A summary of the tax years that remain open to tax examination in our major tax jurisdictions are as follows: U.S. — federal U.S. — various states U.K. Ireland France Germany Canada - federal 91 Open Tax Years (fiscal year ending in) 2016 and forward 2014 and forward 2010 and forward 2014 and forward 2010 and forward 2010 and forward 2012 and forward Note 8 — Fixed Assets The following table reflects changes in the net carrying amount of the components of fixed assets for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018: Cost: at January 1, 2018 Additions Disposals Reclassification due to ASC 606 (i) Foreign exchange Cost: at December 31, 2018 Additions Acquisitions Disposals Reclassification due to ASC 842 (ii) Foreign exchange Cost: at December 31, 2019 Depreciation: at January 1, 2018 Depreciation expense (iii) Disposals Reclassification due to ASC 606 (i) Foreign exchange Depreciation: at December 31, 2018 Depreciation expense Disposals Foreign exchange Depreciation: at December 31, 2019 Net book value: At December 31, 2018 At December 31, 2019 Furniture, equipment and software Leasehold improvements Land and buildings Total $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,300 $ 249 (278) (102) (39) 1,130 268 7 (117) — 14 1,302 $ (652) $ (155) 250 19 19 (519) (179) 109 (5) (594) $ 468 $ 70 (35) — (15) 488 68 3 (15) — 6 550 $ (176) $ (54) 27 — 6 (197) (57) 11 (2) (245) $ 94 $ — — — (2) 92 — — — (3) 1 90 $ (49) $ (4) — — 1 (52) (4) — (1) (57) $ 1,862 319 (313) (102) (56) 1,710 336 10 (132) (3) 21 1,942 (877) (213) 277 19 26 (768) (240) 120 (8) (896) 611 $ 291 $ 40 $ 942 708 $ 305 $ 33 $ 1,046 (i) (ii) Pertains to costs related to certain client-related system implementation activities that have been included in other non-current assets upon the adoption of ASC 606. Pertains to certain lease incentives which have been included within right-of-use assets upon the adoption of ASC 842. See Note 2 — Basis of Presentation, Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements for further information. (iii) Depreciation expense included here does not equal the depreciation expense on the statement of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2018 due to the inclusion of $5 million, which has been classified as transaction and integration expenses. Included within land and buildings are the following assets held under finance leases: Finance leases Accumulated depreciation December 31, 2019 2018 $ $ 29 $ (19) 10 $ 31 (16) 15 92 Note 9 — Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets Goodwill The components of goodwill are outlined below for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018: Balance at December 31, 2017 Goodwill, gross Accumulated impairment losses Goodwill, net - December 31, 2017 Goodwill reassigned in segment realignment (i) Goodwill acquired during the period Goodwill disposed of during the period Foreign exchange Balance at December 31, 2018 Goodwill, gross Accumulated impairment losses Goodwill, net - December 31, 2018 Goodwill acquired during the period Goodwill disposed of during the period Foreign exchange Balance at December 31, 2019 Goodwill, gross Accumulated impairment losses Goodwill, net - December 31, 2019 HCB CRB IRR BDA Total $ $ 4,342 $ (130) 4,212 — — — (42) 4,300 (130) 4,170 — — (2) 4,298 (130) 4,168 $ 2,261 $ (362) 1,899 72 9 — (34) 2,308 (362) 1,946 10 (6) (3) 2,309 (362) 1,947 $ 1,851 $ — 1,851 (72) 29 (5) (11) 1,792 — 1,792 — — 3 1,795 — 1,795 $ 2,557 $ — 2,557 — — — — 2,557 — 2,557 727 — — 3,284 — 3,284 $ 11,011 (492) 10,519 — 38 (5) (87) 10,957 (492) 10,465 737 (6) (2) 11,686 (492) 11,194 (i) Represents the reallocation of goodwill related to certain businesses which were realigned among the segments as of January 1, 2018. Other Intangible Assets The following table reflects changes in the net carrying amounts of the components of finite-lived intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2019: Client relationships Software Trademark and trade name Favorable agreements Other Total amortizable intangible assets Balance at December 31, 2018 ASC 842 reclassification (i) Intangible assets acquired (ii) Intangible assets disposed Amortization Foreign exchange Balance at December 31, 2019 $ 1,986 $ 328 920 9 75 — $ — — (9) — 626 $ — — — 34 (9) $ (1) — — — (313) $ (125) (45) — (6) 8 $ — — — — 2,298 202 875 — 103 $ 3,318 $ (9) $ 660 $ (10) $ (489) $ 8 $ 3,478 (i) On January 1, 2019, in accordance with ASC 842, we reclassified our favorable lease agreement assets to right-of-use assets within our consolidated balance sheet. (ii) Includes $612 million and $34 million of client relationship and domain name intangible assets, respectively, associated with our acquisition of TRANZACT. 93 The following table reflects changes in the net carrying amounts of the components of finite-lived intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2018: Client relationships Software Trademark and trade name Favorable agreements Other Total amortizable intangible assets Balance at December 31, 2017 Intangible assets acquired Intangible assets disposed Amortization (i) Foreign exchange Balance at December 31, 2018 $ $ 2,342 $ 473 966 10 91 3,882 $ 39 $ — — — — 39 $ (7) $ — — — — (7) $ (341) $ (140) (44) (2) (9) (536) $ (47) $ (5) (2) 1 (7) (60) $ 1,986 328 920 9 75 3,318 (i) Amortization associated with favorable lease agreements was recorded in Other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. We recorded amortization related to our finite-lived intangible assets of $489 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, we recorded amortization related to our finite-lived intangible assets, exclusive of the amortization of our favorable lease agreements, of $534 million and $581 million, respectively. Our acquired unfavorable lease agreement liabilities were $21 million at December 31, 2018 and were recorded in other non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. On January 1, 2019, in accordance with ASC 842, we reclassified our unfavorable lease liabilities as a reduction to our right-of- use assets within our consolidated balance sheet. The following table reflects the carrying values of finite-lived intangible assets and liabilities at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018: Client relationships Software Trademark and trade name Favorable agreements (i) Other Total finite-lived assets December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization $ $ 4,029 $ 753 1,051 — 134 5,967 $ (1,731) $ (551) (176) — (31) (2,489) $ 3,401 $ 749 1,052 14 102 5,318 $ (1,415) (421) (132) (5) (27) (2,000) Unfavorable agreements (i) Total finite-lived intangible liabilities __________________ (i) On January 1, 2019, in accordance with ASC 842, we reclassified our favorable lease agreement assets and unfavorable lease agreement liabilities to right-of-use assets and as reductions to right- — $ — $ — $ — $ 34 $ 34 $ (13) (13) $ $ of-use assets, respectively, within our consolidated balance sheet. The weighted-average remaining life of amortizable intangible assets and liabilities at December 31, 2019 was 13.7 years. The table below reflects the future estimated amortization expense for amortizable intangible assets for the next five years and thereafter: Years ended December 31, 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 Thereafter Total Amortization 455 378 319 269 236 1,821 3,478 $ $ 94 Note 10 — Derivative Financial Instruments We are exposed to certain foreign currency risks. Where possible, we identify exposures in our business that can be offset internally. Where no natural offset is identified, we may choose to enter into various derivative transactions. These instruments have the effect of reducing our exposure to unfavorable changes in foreign currency rates. The Company’s board of directors reviews and approves policies for managing this risk as summarized below. Additional information regarding our derivative financial instruments can be found in Note 2 — Basis of Presentation, Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements, Note 12 — Fair Value Measurements and Note 18 — Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss. Foreign Currency Risk Certain non-U.S. subsidiaries receive revenue and incur expenses in currencies other than their functional currency, and as a result, the foreign subsidiary’s functional currency revenue and/or expenses will fluctuate as the currency rates change. Additionally, the forecast Pounds sterling expenses of our London brokerage market operations may exceed their Pounds sterling revenue, and they may also hold significant foreign currency asset or liability positions in the consolidated balance sheet. To reduce such variability, we use foreign exchange contracts to hedge against this currency risk. These derivatives were designated as hedging instruments and at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 had total notional amounts of $499 million and $438 million, respectively, and had a net fair value asset of $8 million and a net fair value liability of $15 million, respectively. At December 31, 2019, the Company estimates, based on current exchange rates, there will be $2 million of net derivative gains on forward exchange rates reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into earnings within the next twelve months as the forecast transactions affect earnings. At December 31, 2019, our longest outstanding maturity was 1.7 years. The effects of the material derivative instruments that are designated as hedging instruments on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 are below. Amounts pertaining to the ineffective portion of hedging instruments and those excluded from effectiveness testing were immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. Foreign exchange contracts Location of loss reclassified from Accumulated OCL into income (effective element) Revenue Salaries and benefits Other income, net 2019 Gain/(loss) recognized in OCI (effective element) 2018 2017 15 $ (22) $ Loss reclassified from Accumulated OCL into income (effective element) 2017 2018 2019 $ (5) (4) — (9) $ — — (28) (28) $ $ 39 — — (53) (53) $ $ $ We also enter into foreign currency transactions, primarily to hedge certain intercompany loans and other balance sheet exposures in currencies other than the functional currency of a given entity. These derivatives are not generally designated as hedging instruments and at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, we had notional amounts of $931 million and $909 million, respectively, and had net fair value assets of $21 million and $3 million, respectively. The effects of derivatives that have not been designated as hedging instruments on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 are as follows: Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: Foreign exchange contracts Location of gain recognized in income Other income, net 2019 Gain recognized in income 2018 2017 $ 18 $ — $ 11 95 Note 11 — Debt Current debt consists of the following: Term loan due 2020 Current portion of collateralized facility 7.000% senior notes due 2019 Long-term debt consists of the following: Revolving $1.25 billion credit facility Collateralized facility 5.750% senior notes due 2021 3.500% senior notes due 2021 2.125% senior notes due 2022 (i) 4.625% senior notes due 2023 3.600% senior notes due 2024 4.400% senior notes due 2026 4.500% senior notes due 2028 2.950% senior notes due 2029 6.125% senior notes due 2043 5.050% senior notes due 2048 3.875% senior notes due 2049 (i) Notes issued in Euro (€540 million) Guarantees December 31, 2019 2018 292 $ 24 — 316 $ December 31, 2019 2018 — $ 60 499 448 604 249 646 546 595 446 271 395 542 5,301 $ — — 186 186 130 — 498 448 615 248 645 544 595 — 271 395 — 4,389 $ $ $ $ All direct obligations under the 5.750% senior notes are issued by Willis Towers Watson and guaranteed by Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment UK Holdings Limited, TA I Limited, Trinity Acquisition plc, Willis Group Limited, Willis North America Inc., Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company and Willis Towers Watson U.K. Holdings Limited. All direct obligations under the 3.600%, 4.500%, 2.950%, 5.050% and 3.875% senior notes are issued by Willis North America Inc. and guaranteed by Willis Towers Watson and each of the subsidiaries that guarantees the Company notes, except for Willis North America Inc. itself. All direct obligations under the 4.625%, 6.125%, 3.500%, 4.400%, and 2.125% senior notes are issued by Trinity Acquisition plc and guaranteed by Willis Towers Watson and each of the subsidiaries that guarantees the Company notes, except for Trinity Acquisition plc itself. See Note 23 — Financial Information for Issuers and Other Guarantor Subsidiaries. Revolving Credit Facility $1.25 billion revolving credit facility On March 7, 2017, Trinity Acquisition plc (see Note 23 for further information) entered into a $1.25 billion amended and restated revolving credit facility (the ‘RCF’), that will mature on March 7, 2022. The RCF replaced the previous $800 million revolving credit facility (see below for further information). Amounts outstanding under the RCF shall bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.00% to 1.75%, or alternatively, the base rate plus a margin of 0.00% to 0.75%, based upon the Company’s guaranteed senior unsecured long-term debt rating. Borrowings of $409 million and €45 million against the RCF were used to repay all outstanding borrowings against the previous $800 million revolving credit facility and the 7-year term loan due July 23, 2018. 96 Additionally, on March 28, 2017, $407 million was used to repay the 6.200% senior notes due 2017, including accrued interest. Senior Notes 2.950% senior notes due 2029 and 3.875% senior notes due 2049 On September 10, 2019, the Company, together with its wholly-owned subsidiary, Willis North America Inc. as issuer (see Note 23 — Financial Information for Issuers and Other Guarantor Subsidiaries for further information), completed an offering of $450 million aggregate principal amount of 2.950% senior notes due 2029 (‘2029 senior notes’) and $550 million aggregate principal amount of 3.875% senior notes due 2049 (‘2049 senior notes’). The effective interest rates of the 2029 senior notes and 2049 senior notes are 2.971% and 3.898%, respectively, which include the impact of the discount upon issuance. The 2029 senior notes will mature on September 15, 2029 and the 2049 senior notes will mature on September 15, 2049. Interest has accrued on both the 2029 senior notes and 2049 senior notes from September 10, 2019 and will be paid in cash on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing on March 15, 2020. The net proceeds from this offering, after deducting underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, were approximately $988 million, and were used to prepay a portion of the amount outstanding under the Company’s one-year term loan commitment (described below) and to repay borrowings under the Company’s $1.25 billion revolving credit facility. 4.500% senior notes due 2028 and 5.050% senior notes due 2048 On September 10, 2018, the Company, together with its wholly-owned subsidiary, Willis North America Inc. as issuer (see Note 23 for further information), completed an offering of $600 million of 4.500% senior notes due 2028 (‘2028 senior notes’) and $400 million of 5.050% senior notes due 2048 (‘2048 senior notes’). The effective interest rates of the 2028 senior notes and 2048 senior notes are 4.504% and 5.073%, respectively, which include the impact of the discount upon issuance. The 2028 senior notes will mature on September 15, 2028 and the 2048 senior notes will mature on September 15, 2048. Interest has accrued on both the 2028 senior notes and 2048 senior notes from September 10, 2018 and is paid in cash on March 15 and September 15 of each year. The net proceeds from this offering, after deducting underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, were $989 million, and were used to prepay in full $127 million outstanding under the Company’s term loan due December 2019, and to repay a portion of the amount outstanding under the Company’s RCF. 3.600% senior notes due 2024 On May 16, 2017, Willis North America Inc. (see Note 23 for further information) issued $650 million of 3.600% senior notes due 2024 (‘2024 senior notes’). The effective interest rate of the 2024 senior notes is 3.614%, which includes the impact of the discount upon issuance. The 2024 senior notes will mature on May 15, 2024, and interest has accrued on the 2024 senior notes from May 16, 2017 and is paid in cash on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The net proceeds from this offering, after deducting underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, were $644 million, and were used to pay down amounts outstanding under the RCF and for general corporate purposes. 2.125% senior notes due 2022 On May 26, 2016, Trinity Acquisition plc issued €540 million ($609 million) of 2.125% senior notes due 2022 (‘2022 senior notes’). The effective interest rate of these senior notes is 2.154%, which includes the impact of the discount upon issuance. The 2022 senior notes will mature on May 26, 2022. Interest has accrued on the notes from May 26, 2016 and will be paid in cash on May 26 of each year. The net proceeds from this offering, after deducting underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, were €535 million ($600 million). We used the net proceeds of this offering to repay a portion of the previous 1-year term loan facility, which matured in 2016, and related accrued interest. 3.500% senior notes due 2021 and 4.400% senior notes due 2026 On March 22, 2016, Trinity Acquisition plc issued $450 million of 3.500% senior notes due 2021 (‘2021 senior notes’) and $550 million of 4.400% senior notes due 2026 (‘2026 senior notes’). The effective interest rates of these senior notes are 3.707% and 4.572%, respectively, which include the impact of the discount upon issuance. The 2021 senior notes and the 2026 senior notes will mature on September 15, 2021 and March 15, 2026, respectively. Interest has accrued on the notes from March 22, 2016 and will be paid in cash on March 15 and September 15 of each year. The net proceeds from these offerings, after deducting underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, were $988 million. We used the net proceeds of these offerings to: (i) repay $300 million principal under the prior $800 million revolving credit facility and related accrued interest, which was drawn to repay our previously- issued 4.125% senior notes on March 15, 2016; (ii) repay $400 million principal on another portion of the previous 1-year term loan facility and related accrued interest; and (iii) pay down a portion of the remaining principal amount outstanding under the previous $800 million revolving credit facility (see below for further information) and related accrued interest. 97 4.625% senior notes due 2023 and 6.125% senior notes due 2043 On August 15, 2013, the Company issued $250 million of 4.625% senior notes due 2023 and $275 million of 6.125% senior notes due 2043. The effective interest rates of these senior notes are 4.696% and 6.154%, respectively, which include the impact of the discount upon issuance. The proceeds were used to repurchase other previously-issued senior notes. 5.750% senior notes due 2021 In March 2011, the Company issued $500 million of 5.750% senior notes due 2021. The effective interest rate of these senior notes is 5.871%, which includes the impact of the discount upon issuance. The proceeds were used to repurchase and redeem other previously- issued senior notes. 7.000% senior notes due 2019 In September 2009, Willis North America Inc. issued $300 million of 7.000% senior notes due 2019. The effective interest rate of these senior notes was 7.081%, which included the impact of the discount upon issuance. A portion of the proceeds was used to repurchase and redeem other previously-issued senior notes. In August 2013, $113 million of the 7.000% senior notes due 2019 were repurchased. In September 2019, the Company repaid in full the remaining $187 million outstanding on the 7.000% senior notes due 2019 with borrowings against its revolving credit facility. One-year Term Loan Commitment As part of the acquisition of TRANZACT, the Company secured financing of up to $1.1 billion in the form of a one-year unsecured term loan. Borrowing occurred in conjunction with the closing of the acquisition on July 30, 2019. Amounts outstanding under the term loan bear interest, at the option of the borrowers, at a rate equal to (a) LIBOR plus 0.75% to 1.375% for Eurocurrency Rate Loans or (b) the highest of (i) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%, (ii) the ‘prime rate’ quoted by Bank of America, N.A., and (iii) LIBOR plus 1.00%, plus 0.00% to 0.375%, in each case, based upon the Company’s guaranteed senior-unsecured long-term debt rating. In addition, the Company paid a commitment fee in an amount equal to 0.15% per annum on the undrawn portion of the commitments in respect of the term loan, which we had accrued from May 29, 2019 until the closing date of the acquisition. The term loan is pre-payable in part or in full prior to the maturity date at the Company’s discretion. Covenants and events of default are substantively the same as in our existing revolving credit facility. Collateralized Facility As part of the acquisition of TRANZACT, the Company assumed debt of $91 million related to borrowings by TRANZACT whereby certain renewal commissions receivables were pledged as collateral. The Company is required to remit cash received from these pledged renewal commissions receivables on a quarterly basis to the lenders until the borrowings and related interest are repaid, after the payment of certain fees and other permitted distributions. No borrowings have been made against this collateralized facility since the acquisition. The maturity date of the borrowing is in January 2033, at which time all remaining outstanding principal and unpaid accrued interest will be payable. The collateralization facility may be prepaid in November 2021 or earlier if approval is obtained from at least half of the lenders. Loans under the agreement bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.95%. The collateralization facility contains financial covenants including requirements to keep separate and securely maintain the collateral. As cash is received for these pledged assets, it is classified as restricted cash within prepaid and other current assets on our accompanying consolidated balance sheet. Accumulated cash receipts are applied against the principal and interest on a quarterly basis. At December 31, 2019, the Company had $127 million of renewal commissions receivable pledged as collateral. Additional Information Regarding Fully Repaid Revolving Credit Facility, Term Loan Facilities and Senior Notes $800 million revolving credit facility Drawings under the previous $800 million revolving credit facility bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 1.25% to 2.00%, or alternatively the base rate plus a margin of 0.25% to 1.00% based upon the Company’s guaranteed senior unsecured long-term debt rating; a 1.375% margin applied while the Company’s debt rating remained BBB/Baa3. 98 Term loan due December 2019 On January 4, 2016, we acquired a $340 million term loan in connection with the Merger. On November 20, 2015, Towers Watson Delaware Inc. entered into a 4-year amortizing term loan agreement for up to $340 million with a consortium of banks to help fund the pre-Merger special dividend. On December 28, 2015, Towers Watson Delaware Inc. borrowed the full $340 million. During 2018, we prepaid the remaining $127 million outstanding under the term loan with proceeds from the issuance of the 2028 senior notes and 2048 senior notes discussed above. 7-year term loan facility The 7-year term loan facility, which expired during 2018, bore interest at the same rate applicable to the previous $800 million revolving credit facility and was repayable in quarterly installments of $6 million with a final repayment of $186 million due in the third quarter of 2018. During 2017, we repaid in full and terminated the 7-year term loan with proceeds from borrowings against our $1.25 billion revolving credit facility. Covenants The terms of our current financings also include certain limitations. For example, the agreements relating to the debt arrangements and credit facilities generally contain numerous operating and financial covenants, including requirements to maintain minimum ratios of consolidated EBITDA to consolidated cash interest expense and maximum levels of consolidated funded indebtedness in relation to consolidated EBITDA, in each case subject to certain adjustments. The operating restrictions and financial covenants in our current credit facilities do, and any future financing agreements may, limit our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, we were in compliance with all financial covenants. Debt Maturity The following table summarizes the maturity of our debt, interest on senior notes and excludes any reduction for debt issuance costs: Senior notes Interest on senior notes RCF Term loan due 2020 Collateralized facility (i) Total 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 Thereafter Total $ $ — $ 215 — 295 24 534 $ 950 $ 188 — — 22 1,160 $ 606 $ 163 — — 17 786 $ 250 $ 153 — — 13 416 $ 650 $ 132 — — 3 785 $ 2,825 $ 1,511 — — — 4,336 $ 5,281 2,362 — 295 79 8,017 (i) Consists of the cash obligation outstanding prior to the adjustment to fair value of the facility as part of acquisition accounting for TRANZACT. See Note 3 — Acquisitions and Divestitures for further information. Interest Expense The following table shows an analysis of the interest expense for the years ended December 31: Senior notes Term loans RCF Other (i) Total interest expense 2019 Years ended December 31, 2018 2017 $ $ 206 $ 9 8 11 234 $ 166 $ 4 26 12 208 $ 148 8 17 15 188 (i) Other primarily includes debt issuance costs, interest expense on financing leases and accretion on deferred and contingent consideration. 99 Note 12 — Fair Value Measurements The Company has categorized its assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis into a three-level fair value hierarchy, based on the reliability of the inputs used to determine fair value as follows: • • • Level 1: refers to fair values determined based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets; Level 2: refers to fair values estimated using observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data; and Level 3: includes fair values estimated using unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data. The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating its fair value disclosure for financial instruments: • Available-for-sale securities are classified as Level 1 because we use quoted market prices in determining the fair value of these securities. • Market values for our derivative instruments have been used to determine the fair values of forward foreign exchange contracts based on estimated amounts the Company would receive or have to pay to terminate the agreements, taking into account observable information about the current foreign currency forward rates. Such financial instruments are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. • Contingent consideration payable is classified as Level 3, and we estimate fair value based on the likelihood and timing of achieving the relevant milestones of each arrangement, applying a probability assessment to each of the potential outcomes, which at times includes the use of a Monte Carlo simulation, and discounting the probability-weighted payout. Typically, milestones are based on revenue or earnings growth for the acquired business. The following tables present our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018: Assets: Available-for-sale securities: Mutual funds / exchange traded funds Derivatives: Derivative financial instruments (i) Liabilities: Contingent consideration: Contingent consideration (ii) Derivatives: Derivative financial instruments (i) Balance Sheet Location Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Fair Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis at December 31, 2019 Prepaid and other current assets and other non-current assets Prepaid and other current assets and other non-current assets Other current liabilities and other non-current liabilities Other current liabilities and other non-current liabilities $ $ $ $ 100 20 $ — $ — $ — $ 32 $ — $ — $ — $ 17 $ — $ 3 $ — $ 20 32 17 3 Assets: Available-for-sale securities: Mutual funds / exchange traded funds Derivatives: Derivative financial instruments (i) Liabilities: Contingent consideration: Contingent consideration (ii) Derivatives: Derivative financial instruments (i) Balance Sheet Location Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Fair Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis at December 31, 2018 Prepaid and other current assets and other non-current assets Prepaid and other current assets and other non-current assets Other current liabilities and other non-current liabilities Other current liabilities and other non-current liabilities $ $ $ $ 18 $ — $ — $ — $ 5 $ — $ — $ — $ 51 $ — $ 17 $ — $ 18 5 51 17 (i) See Note 10 — Derivative Financial Instruments for further information on our derivative instruments. (ii) Probability weightings are based on our knowledge of the past and planned performance of the acquired entity to which the contingent consideration applies. The weighted-average discount rates used on our material contingent consideration calculations were 10.16% and 9.92% at December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively. Using different probability weightings and discount rates could result in an increase or decrease of the contingent consideration payable. The following table summarizes the change in fair value of the Level 3 liabilities: Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) Balance at December 31, 2018 Obligations assumed Payments Realized and unrealized gains Foreign exchange Balance at December 31, 2019 $ $ December 31, 2019 51 13 (45) (3) 1 17 There were no significant transfers between Levels 1, 2 or 3 during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. Fair value information about financial instruments not measured at fair value The following tables present our liabilities not measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2019 and 2018: Liabilities: Current debt Long-term debt December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 Carrying Value Fair Value Carrying Value Fair Value $ $ 316 $ 5,301 $ 319 $ 5,694 $ 186 $ 4,389 $ 191 4,458 The carrying values of our revolving credit facility, collateralized facility and term loan approximate their fair values. The fair values above are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company would realize upon disposition nor do they indicate the Company’s intent or ability to dispose of the financial instruments. The fair values of our respective senior notes are considered Level 2 financial instruments as they are corroborated by observable market data. Note 13 — Retirement Benefits Defined Benefit Plans and Post-retirement Welfare Plans Willis Towers Watson sponsors both qualified and non-qualified defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement welfare (‘PRW’) plans throughout the world. The majority of our plan assets and obligations are in the U.S. and the U.K. We have also included disclosures related to defined benefit plans in certain other countries, including Canada, France, Germany and Ireland. 101 Together, these disclosed funded and unfunded plans represent 99% of Willis Towers Watson’s pension and PRW obligations and are disclosed herein. As part of these obligations, in the U.S., the U.K. and Canada, we have non-qualified plans that provide for the additional pension benefits that would be covered under the qualified plan in the respective country were it not for statutory maximums. The non-qualified plans are unfunded. The significant plans within each grouping are described below: United States Legacy Willis – This plan was frozen in 2009. Approximately one-quarter of the Legacy Willis employees in the United States have a frozen accrued benefit under this plan. Willis Towers Watson Plan – Substantially all U.S. employees are eligible to participate in this plan. Benefits are provided under a stable value pension plan design. The original stable value design came into effect on January 1, 2012. Plan participants prior to July 1, 2017 earn benefits without having to make employee contributions, and all newly eligible employees after that date are required to contribute 2% of pay on an after- tax basis to participate in the plan. United Kingdom Legacy Willis – This plan covers approximately one-third of the Legacy Willis employees in the United Kingdom. The plan is now closed to new entrants. Legacy Towers Watson – Benefit accruals earned under the Legacy Watson Wyatt defined benefit plan (predominantly pension benefits) ceased on February 28, 2015, although benefits earned prior to January 1, 2008 retain a link to salary until the employee leaves the Company. Benefit accruals earned under the legacy Towers Perrin defined benefit plan (predominantly lump sum benefits) were frozen on March 31, 2008. Legacy Miller – The plan provides retirement benefits based on members’ salaries at the point at which they ceased to accrue benefits under the scheme. Other Canada (Legacy Willis and Legacy Towers Watson) – Participants accrue qualified and non-qualified benefits based on a career-average benefit formula. Additionally, participants can choose to make voluntary contributions to purchase enhancements to their pension. France (Legacy Gras Savoye) – The mandatory retirement indemnity plan is a termination benefit which provides lump sum benefits at retirement. There is no vesting before the retirement date and the benefit formula is determined through the collective bargaining agreement and the labor code. All employees with permanent employment contracts are eligible. Germany (Legacy Willis and Legacy Towers Watson) – The defined benefit plans are closed to new entrants and include certain legacy employee populations hired before 2011. These benefits are primarily account-based, with some long-service participants continuing to accrue benefits according to grandfathered final-average-pay formulas. Ireland (Legacy Willis) – The defined benefit plans provide pension benefits for approximately one-third of legacy Willis employees in Ireland and are closed to new entrants. The Company is currently in consultation with members regarding the closure of the defined benefit plans to future accruals effective from December 31, 2019 and the future service retirement provision being on a defined contribution basis. Ireland (Legacy Towers Watson) – Benefit accruals earned under the scheme’s defined benefit plan ceased on May 1, 2015. Benefits earned prior to this date retain a link to salary until the employee leaves the Company. Post-retirement Welfare Plan We provide certain healthcare and life insurance benefits for retired participants. The principal plan disclosed herein covers participants in the U.S. who have met certain eligibility requirements. This post-retirement benefit plan was primarily unfunded, with the remaining assets being paid out during the year ended December 31, 2019. Retiree medical benefits provided under our U.S. post-retirement benefit plan was closed to new hires effective January 1, 2011. Life insurance 102 benefits under the plan were frozen with respect to service, eligibility and amounts as of January 1, 2012 for active participants. Amounts Recognized in our Consolidated Financial Statements The following schedules provide information concerning the defined benefit pension plans and PRW plan as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018: U.S. U.K. Other PRW U.S. U.K. Other PRW 2019 2018 Change in Benefit Obligation Benefit obligation, beginning of year Service cost Interest cost Employee contributions Actuarial losses/(gains) Settlements Curtailments Benefits paid Plan amendments Transfers in Foreign currency changes Benefit obligation, end of year Change in Plan Assets Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year Actual return on plan assets Employer contributions Employee contributions Settlements Benefits paid Transfers in Foreign currency adjustment Fair value of plan assets, end of year Funded status at end of year Accumulated Benefit Obligation Components on the Consolidated Balance Sheet Pension benefits assets Current liability for pension benefits Non-current liability for pension benefits $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 4,187 65 157 15 535 (6) — (185) — — — 4,768 $ $ 3,403 557 89 15 (6) (185) — — 3,873 $ (895) $ $ 4,768 — $ (33) $ (862) $ (895) $ $ 3,666 14 93 — 472 (8) — (140) — — 162 4,259 $ $ 4,402 561 77 — (8) (140) — 194 5,086 827 4,259 $ $ $ 835 $ (1) $ (7) $ $ 827 728 20 18 — 88 (3) — (26) — 2 15 842 $ $ $ $ $ 87 1 3 6 5 — — (12) — — — 90 4,476 66 140 14 (313) (11) — (185) — — — 4,187 4,165 18 95 1 (176) (152) — (96) 40 — (229) 3,666 822 21 18 — (7) (26) (20) (28) — 1 (53) 728 $ $ $ $ $ $ 486 85 31 — (3) (26) 2 13 588 $ (254) $ $ 810 22 $ (6) $ (270) $ (254) $ $ 1 — 5 6 — (12) — — — $ (90) $ $ 90 — $ (6) $ (84) $ (90) $ $ 3,654 (157) 88 14 (11) (185) — — 3,403 $ (784) $ $ 4,187 — $ (49) $ (735) $ (784) $ 4,910 $ (69) 85 1 (152) (96) — (277) 4,402 736 3,666 $ $ $ 745 $ (1) $ (8) $ $ 736 562 $ (9) 22 — (26) (28) 1 (36) 486 $ (242) $ $ 698 17 $ (6) $ (253) $ (242) $ 123 1 4 7 (3) — — (14) (31) — — 87 2 — 6 7 — (14) — — 1 (86) 87 — (5) (81) (86) For the year ended December 31, 2019, the most significant driver of the increase in benefit obligations for the plans was the higher actuarial losses experienced by all plans coupled with unfavorable foreign exchange effects for the U.K. and Other plans. The pension plans incurred actuarial losses due to a fall in bond yields that resulted in decreases to the discount rates. The actuarial loss in the PRW plan driven by the discount rate reduction was partially offset by gains due to fewer retirees enrolling in medical coverage than had been assumed. For the year ended December 31, 2018, the benefit obligations reduced primarily from increases in the discount rates for all plans and favorable foreign exchange effects for the U.K. and Other plans. Additionally, for the U.K. and Ireland plans, there were significant lump sum benefits paid from the plans, however the impact of these payments was mitigated in the U.K. by legislation which increased benefits for certain participants. Additionally, in the Netherlands the plan was terminated and liquidated, resulting in a curtailment gain. For the PRW plan, actuarial gains from the increase in the discount rate were partially offset by actuarial losses due to a greater reduction in government reimbursements than had been assumed. 103 Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 consist of: Net actuarial loss Net prior service gain Accumulated other comprehensive loss/(income) U.S. U.K. Other PRW U.S. U.K. Other PRW 2019 2018 $ $ 982 $ 1,133 $ 128 $ 20 $ 769 $ 955 $ — (61) — (27) — (76) 982 $ 1,072 $ 128 $ (7) $ 769 $ 879 $ 98 $ — 98 $ 16 (31) (15) The following table presents the projected benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for our plans that have a projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018: Projected benefit obligation at end of year Fair value of plan assets at end of year 2019 U.K. U.S. $ $ 4,768 $ 3,873 $ Other U.S. 7 $ — $ 784 $ 509 $ 4,187 $ 3,403 $ 2018 U.K. Other 9 $ — $ 672 413 The following table presents the projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for our plans that have an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018. Projected benefit obligation at end of year Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year Fair value of plan assets at end of year 2019 U.K. U.S. 4,768 $ 4,768 $ 3,873 $ $ $ $ Other U.S. 7 $ 7 $ — $ 784 $ 752 $ 509 $ 4,187 $ 4,187 $ 3,403 $ 2018 U.K. 9 $ 9 $ — $ Other 672 642 413 The components of the net periodic benefit income and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive (income)/loss for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 for the defined benefit pension and PRW plans are as follows: U.S. U.K. Other PRW U.S. U.K. Other PRW U.S. U.K. Other PRW 2019 2018 2017 Components of net periodic benefit (income)/cost: Service cost Interest cost Expected return on plan assets Amortization of unrecognized prior service credit Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss Settlement Curtailment gain Net periodic benefit (income)/cost Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive loss/(income): Net actuarial loss/(gain) Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss Prior service cost/(credit) Amortization of unrecognized prior service credit Settlement Curtailment gain Total recognized in other comprehensive loss/(income) Total recognized in net periodic benefit (income)/cost and other comprehensive loss/(income) $ $ 65 157 $ 14 93 $ 20 18 $ 1 3 $ 66 140 $ 18 95 $ 21 18 $ 1 4 $ 66 139 $ 32 93 $ 20 17 (254) (246) (29) — (273) (298) (31) — (16) 19 — — (13) $ 21 — — (134) $ — 2 1 — 12 $ $ (4) — (19) — 1 — — 1 $ 11 1 — (55) $ 45 41 — (118) $ 2 2 (16) (4) $ — — — — — 5 $ (245) (284) (30) — 13 1 — (26) $ (18) 53 37 — (87) $ — 2 1 — 10 $ $ 232 $ 157 $ 32 $ 5 $ 117 $ 191 $ 13 $ (3) $ 74 $ (4) $ (7) $ (19) — (21) — — — — 16 — — (2) — — (1) — 213 152 29 (1) — 4 — — 8 (11) — — (1) — (45) 40 19 (41) — (2) — — (2) 16 — (31) — — — (13) — — (1) — (53) — 18 (37) — (2) — — (1) — 105 164 25 (34) 60 (76) (10) — 4 — — — — — 4 14 — — — — — 14 $ 200 $ 18 $ 41 $ 9 $ 50 $ 46 $ 21 $ (29) $ 34 $ (163) $ — $ 18 During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company terminated its Netherlands-based defined benefit plan, resulting in the recognition of a non-cash curtailment gain of $16 million. 104 During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, as a result of past changes in U.K. legislation and the low interest rate environment, the amount of transfer payments from the Legacy Willis U.K. pension plan exceeded the plan’s service and interest costs. This triggered settlement accounting which required immediate recognition of a portion of the obligations associated with the plan transfers. Consequently, the Company recognized a non-cash expense of $40 million and $36 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Assumptions Used in the Valuations of the Defined Benefit Pension Plans and PRW Plan The determination of the Company’s obligations and annual expense under the plans is based on a number of assumptions that, given the longevity of the plans, are long-term in focus. A change in one or a combination of these assumptions could have a material impact on our projected benefit obligation. However, certain of these changes, such as changes in the discount rate and actuarial assumptions, are not recognized immediately in net income, but are instead recorded in other comprehensive income. The accumulated gains and losses not yet recognized in net income are amortized into net income as a component of the net periodic benefit cost/(income) generally based on the average working life expectancy of each of the plan’s active participants to the extent that the net gains or losses as of the beginning of the year exceed 10% of the greater of the market-related value of plan assets or the projected benefit obligation. The average remaining service period of participants for the PRW plan is approximately 8.9 years. The Company considers several factors prior to the start of each fiscal year when determining the appropriate annual assumptions, including economic forecasts, relevant benchmarks, historical trends, portfolio composition and peer company comparisons. These assumptions, used to determine our pension liabilities and pension expense, are reviewed annually by senior management and changed when appropriate. A discount rate will be changed annually if underlying rates have moved, whereas an expected long-term return on assets will be changed less frequently as longer-term trends in asset returns emerge or long-term target asset allocations are revised. To calculate the discount rate, we use the granular approach to determining service and interest costs. The expected rate of return assumptions for all plans are supported by an analysis of the weighted-average yield expected to be achieved based upon the anticipated makeup of the plans’ investments. Other material assumptions include rates of participant mortality, and the expected long-term rate of compensation and pension increases. The following assumptions were used in the valuations of Willis Towers Watson’s defined benefit pension plans and PRW plan. The assumptions presented for the U.S. plans represent the weighted-average of rates for all U.S. plans. The assumptions presented for the U.K. plans represent the weighted-average of rates for the U.K. plans. The assumptions presented for the Other plans represent the weighted-average of rates for the Canada, France, Germany, Ireland, and Netherlands plans. The Netherlands plan is excluded from the 2019 and 2018 disclosures due to the plan termination during 2018. The assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were as follows: Discount rate - PBO Discount rate - service cost Discount rate - interest cost on service cost Discount rate - interest cost on PBO Expected long-term rate of return on assets Rate of increase in compensation levels Healthcare cost trend Initial rate Ultimate rate Year reaching ultimate rate 2019 Years ended December 31, 2018 2017 U.S. U.K. Other PRW U.S. U.K. Other PRW U.S. U.K. Other PRW 4.2% 4.3% 3.8% 3.9% 7.6% 4.3% 2.8% 2.9% 2.8% 2.6% 5.6% 3.0% 3.6% 3.5% 3.1% 3.2% 7.6% 4.3% 2.6% 2.7% 2.5% 2.3% 6.2% 3.0% 2.8% 3.0% 2.9% 2.5% 6.0% 4.2% 4.2% 3.9% 3.9% 2.0% 2.3% N/A 6.0% 5.0% 2022 2.6% 2.9% 2.7% 2.3% 5.7% 3.5% 3.5% 3.2% 3.1% 2.0% 2.3% N/A 6.5% 5.0% 2022 4.0% 3.9% 3.2% 3.4% 7.6% 4.3% 2.6% 2.6% 2.4% 2.3% 6.3% 3.2% 2.7% 3.0% 4.0% 3.9% 2.8% 2.3% 3.5% 3.3% 6.1% 2.0% 2.3% N/A 7.0% 5.0% 2022 The following tables present the assumptions used in the valuation to determine the projected benefit obligation for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018: Discount rate Rate of increase in compensation levels 3.3% 4.3% 2.0% 3.0% 2.1% 2.3% 3.2% N/A 4.2% 4.3% 2.8% 3.0% 2.8% 2.3% U.S. December 31, 2019 U.K. Other PRW U.S. December 31, 2018 U.K. Other PRW 4.2% N/A 105 The expected return on plan assets was determined on the basis of the weighted-average of the expected future returns of the various asset classes, using the target allocations shown below. The Company’s pension plan asset target allocations as of December 31, 2019 were as follows: Asset Category Equity securities Debt securities Real estate Other Total U.S. U.K. Canada Germany Ireland Willis Willis Towers Watson Willis Towers Watson Miller Towers Watson Towers Watson Willis Towers Watson 30% 33% 11% 26% 100% 23% 33% 6% 38% 100% 18% 64% —% 18% 100% 4% 23% 1% 72% 100% 19% 21% —% 60% 100% 40% 50% 5% 5% 100% 35% 60% —% 5% 100% 30% 29% 3% 38% 100% 40% 30% —% 30% 100% The Legacy Willis plan in Germany is invested in insurance contracts. Consequently, the asset allocations of the plans are managed by the respective insurer. The Legacy Gras Savoye plan in France is unfunded. Our investment strategy is designed to generate returns that will reduce the interest rate risk inherent in each of the plan’s benefit obligations and enable the plans to meet their future obligations. The precise amount for which these obligations will be settled depends on future events, including the life expectancy of the plan participants and salary inflation. The obligations are estimated using actuarial assumptions based on the current economic environment. Each pension plan seeks to achieve total returns sufficient to meet expected future obligations when considered in conjunction with expected future contributions and prudent levels of investment risk and diversification. Each plan’s targeted asset allocation is generally determined through a plan-specific asset-liability modeling study. These comprehensive studies provide an evaluation of the projected status of asset and benefit obligation measures for each plan under a range of both positive and negative factors. The studies include a number of different asset mixes, spanning a range of diversification and potential equity exposures. In evaluating the strategic asset allocation choices, an emphasis is placed on the long-term characteristics of each individual asset class, such as expected return, volatility of returns and correlations with other asset classes within the portfolios. Consideration is also given to the proper long-term level of risk for each plan, the impact of the volatility and magnitude of plan contributions and costs, and the impact that certain actuarial techniques may have on the plan’s recognition of investment experience. We monitor investment performance and portfolio characteristics on a quarterly basis to ensure that managers are meeting expectations with respect to their investment approach. There are also various restrictions and controls placed on managers, including prohibition from investing in our stock. Fair Value of Plan Assets The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of the inputs used to determine fair value: • • • Level 1: refers to fair values determined based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets; Level 2: refers to fair values estimated using observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data; and Level 3: includes fair values estimated using unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data. 106 The fair values of our U.S. plan assets by asset category at December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows: Asset category: Cash (i) Short-term securities Equity securities Government bonds Corporate bonds Pooled / commingled funds Private equity Hedge funds Total assets Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 $ $ 172 $ — — 4 — — — — 176 $ — $ 99 — — — — — — 99 $ — $ — — — — — — — — $ 172 $ 99 — 4 — 2,033 487 1,084 3,879 $ 6 $ — 156 2 — — — — 164 $ — $ 78 — — 354 — — — 432 $ — $ — — — — — — — — $ 6 78 156 2 354 1,467 357 984 3,404 (i) At December 31, 2019, consists primarily of cash on deposit with the managers of the hedge funds due to the timing of purchases of units in the funds. The fair values of our U.K. plan assets by asset category at December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows: Asset category: Cash Government bonds Corporate bonds Other fixed income Pooled / commingled funds Mutual funds Private equity Derivatives Real estate Hedge funds Total assets Liability category: Repurchase agreements Net assets/(liabilities) $ $ $ Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 253 $ 1,865 — — — — — — — — 2,118 $ — $ — 741 350 — — — 246 — — 1,337 $ — $ — — — — — — — — — — $ 253 $ 1,865 741 350 1,828 34 34 246 161 54 5,566 $ 229 $ 1,804 — — — — — — — — 2,033 $ — $ — 297 248 — — — 96 — — 641 $ — $ — — — — — — — — — — $ 229 1,804 297 248 934 16 33 96 184 1,232 5,073 — 2,118 $ 480 857 $ — — $ 480 5,086 $ — 2,033 $ 684 (43) $ — — $ 684 4,389 The fair values of our Other plan assets by asset category at December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follows: Asset category: Cash Pooled / commingled funds Mutual funds Hedge funds Insurance contracts Total assets Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 $ $ 2 $ — — — — 2 $ — $ — — — — — $ — $ — — — 2 2 $ 2 $ 444 106 34 2 588 $ 1 $ — — — — 1 $ — $ — — — — — $ — $ — — — 2 2 $ 1 294 185 4 2 486 Our PRW plan invested only in short-term investments and mutual funds and is not included within this fair value hierarchy table for the year ended December 31, 2018. These assets were fully paid out during the year ended December 31, 2019. 107 We evaluate the need to transfer between levels based upon the nature of the financial instrument and size of the transfer relative to the total net assets of the plans. There were no significant transfers between Levels 1, 2 or 3 in the fiscal years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. In accordance with Subtopic 820-10, Fair Value Measurement and Disclosures, certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share practical expedient have not been classified in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in these tables are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented in the statements of net assets. Following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for investments at fair value: Short-term securities: Valued at the net value of shares held by the Company at year end as reported by the sponsor of the funds. Equity securities and mutual funds: Valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which the individual securities are traded. Exchange-traded mutual funds are included as Level 1 above. Government bonds: Valued at the closing price reported in the active market in which the bond is traded. Corporate bonds: Valued using pricing models maximizing the use of observable inputs for similar securities. This includes basing values on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. Other fixed income: Foreign and municipal bonds are valued using pricing models maximizing the use of observable inputs for similar securities. Pooled / commingled funds and mutual funds: Valued at the net value of shares held by the Company at year end as reported by the manager of the funds. These funds are not exchange-traded and are not reported by level in the tables above. Derivative investments: Valued at the closing level of the relevant index or security and interest accrual through the valuation date. Private equity funds, real estate funds, hedge funds: The fair values for these investments are estimated based on the net asset values derived from the latest audited financial statements or most recent capital account statements provided by the private equity fund’s investment manager or third-party administrator. Insurance contracts: The fair values are determined using model-based techniques that include option-pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques. Repurchase agreements: Valued as the repurchase obligation which includes an interest rate linked to the underlying fixed interest government bond portfolio. These agreements are short-term in nature (less than one year) and were entered into for the purpose of purchasing additional government bonds. The following table reconciles the net plan investments to the total fair value of the plan assets: Net assets held in investments PRW plan assets Net (payable)/receivable for investments purchased Dividend and interest receivable Other adjustments Fair value of plan assets Level 3 investments December 31, 2019 2018 $ $ 9,553 $ — (7) 1 — 9,547 $ 8,279 1 (1) 1 12 8,292 As a result of the inherent limitations related to the valuations of the Level 3 investments, due to the unobservable inputs of the underlying funds, the estimated fair values may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a market for those investments existed. 108 The following table sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the plans’ Level 3 assets for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019: Beginning balance at December 31, 2018 Foreign exchange Ending balance at December 31, 2019 Contributions and Benefit Payments Level 3 Roll Forward 2 — 2 $ $ Funding is based on actuarially-determined contributions and is limited to amounts that are currently deductible for tax purposes. Since funding calculations are based on different measurements than those used for accounting purposes, pension contributions are not equal to net periodic pension costs. The following table sets forth our projected pension contributions to our qualified plans for fiscal year 2020, as well as the pension contributions to our qualified plans in fiscal years 2019 and 2018: U.S. U.K. Other 2020 (Projected) 2019 (Actual) 2018 (Actual) $ $ $ 60 $ 80 $ 23 $ 60 $ 76 $ 22 $ 50 84 14 Expected benefit payments from our defined benefit pension plans to current plan participants, including the effects of their expected future service, as appropriate, are as follows: Fiscal Year 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 Years 2025 – 2029 Defined Contribution Plans U.S. U.K. Benefit Payments Other PRW Total $ $ 234 $ 264 252 260 268 1,375 2,653 $ 116 $ 119 121 129 138 768 1,391 $ 27 $ 24 27 28 30 171 307 $ 10 $ 10 11 11 11 60 113 $ 387 417 411 428 447 2,374 4,464 We have defined contribution plans covering eligible employees in many countries. The most significant plans are in the U.S. and U.K. and are described here. We have a U.S. defined contribution plan (the ‘Plan’) covering all eligible employees of Willis Towers Watson. The Plan allows participants to make pre-tax and Roth after-tax contributions and the Company provides a 100% match on the first 1% of employee contributions and a 50% match on the next 5% of employee contributions. Employees vest in the Company match upon 2 years of service. All investment assets of the plan are held in a trust account administered by independent trustees. The Legacy Towers Watson U.K. pension plan has a money purchase component to which we make core contributions plus additional contributions matching those of the participants up to a maximum rate. Contribution rates depend on the age of the participant and whether or not they arise from salary sacrifice arrangements through which the participant has elected to receive a pension contribution in lieu of additional salary. Effective January 1, 2019, the Company provides a defined contribution plan as part of a master trust, for which we also make core contributions plus additional contributions matching those of the participants up to a maximum rate. The Legacy Willis U.K. pension plan has a money purchase component to which we make core contributions plus additional contributions matching those of the participants up to a maximum rate. Contribution rates may arise from salary sacrifice arrangements through which the participant has elected to receive a pension contribution in lieu of additional salary. 109 We had defined contribution plan expense for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 amounting to $150 million, $150 million and $154 million, respectively. Note 14 — Leases On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASC 842. The adoption of this new guidance had a significant impact to the amounts and classifications of certain lease-related balances within our consolidated financial statements and accompanying note disclosures. The Company adopted the standard using the modified retrospective approach whereby it recognized a transition adjustment at the effective date of ASC 842, January 1, 2019, rather than at the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented. The adoption of ASC 842 resulted in no adjustment to retained earnings and an additional $1.2 billion of lease liabilities and $1.0 billion of right-of-use (‘ROU’) assets being recognized at January 1, 2019. The initial ROU assets are less than the initial lease liabilities because all operating lease-related balances recognized under previous guidance and reflected on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2018, such as deferred rent accruals and lease-related intangibles, were reclassified on January 1, 2019 as either an addition or a reduction to the opening ROU asset balance in accordance with the new guidance. We reflected additional deferred tax assets of $190 million and deferred tax liabilities of $190 million on the gross lease liabilities and gross ROU assets, respectively (prior to the netting of the historic balances). Existing deferred taxes on operating lease-related balances have been reclassified as either an addition or a reduction to the net deferred tax liabilities related to the ROU assets, and these amounts are not included in any of the above values. We assessed the transition practical expedients available under the guidance and, in addition to selecting the modified retrospective transition approach as noted above, we made the following elections: • • • • Practical expedient package – We elected this package, and therefore did not reassess lease classifications for our existing or expired leases, whether any existing or expired contracts contain a lease, or our treatment of any initial direct costs. Hindsight practical expedient – As permitted under the transition rules, the Company did not revisit its estimate of lease terms upon transition to ASC 842. Short-term lease exemption – We elected this exemption, and therefore did not recognize any right-of-use assets or liabilities for short-term leases (generally defined as having a term of 12 months or less) on our consolidated balance sheet. Separation of lease and non-lease components – We elected the practical expedient to not separate the cash flows associated with lease and non-lease components in our property lease accounting and resulting amounts recorded in our consolidated financial statements. The following table presents amounts recorded on our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2019, classified as either operating or finance leases. Operating leases are presented separately on our consolidated balance sheet. For the finance leases, the ROU assets are included in fixed assets, net, and the liabilities are classified within other current liabilities or other non-current liabilities. Right-of-use assets Current lease liabilities Long-term lease liabilities Operating Leases Finance Leases Total Leases $ $ 968 164 964 10 $ 3 22 The following table presents amounts recorded on our consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2019: Finance lease cost: Amortization of right-of-use assets Interest on lease liabilities Operating lease cost Short-term lease cost Variable lease cost Sublease income Total lease cost, net Year Ended December 31, 2019 $ $ 978 167 986 2 3 191 2 51 (16) 233 The total lease cost is recognized in different locations in our consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Amortization of the finance lease ROU assets is included in depreciation, while the interest cost component of these finance leases is included in interest 110 expense. All other costs are included in other operating expenses. The Company had rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 of $243 million and $261 million, respectively, net of sublease income, related to operating leases classified within other operating expenses on our consolidated statement of comprehensive income. Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2019, as well as their location in the consolidated statement of cash flows, is as follows: Cash flows from operating activities: Operating leases Finance leases Cash flows used in financing activities: Finance leases Total lease payments Year Ended December 31, 2019 $ $ 205 3 2 210 Non-cash additions to our operating lease ROU assets were $124 million during the year ended December 31, 2019, $19 million of which arose from the acquisition of TRANZACT (see Note 3 – Acquisitions and Divestitures) and $71 million arose from modifications to existing leases. Our operating and finance leases have the following weighted-average terms and discount rates as of December 31, 2019: Weighted-average term (in years) Weighted-average discount rate Operating Leases Finance Leases 8.8 3.6% 6.0 12.9% The maturity of our lease liabilities on an undiscounted basis, including a reconciliation to the total lease liabilities reported on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019, is as follows: 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 Thereafter Total future lease payments Interest Total lease liabilities Operating Leases Finance Leases Total Leases $ $ 192 172 156 146 130 524 1,320 (192) 1,128 $ $ 6 6 6 6 6 7 37 (12) 25 $ $ Prior to the adoption of ASC 842, on December 31, 2018, the maturity of our operating and finance leases on an undiscounted basis was as follows: Operating Leases Finance Leases Total Leases 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 Thereafter Total future lease payments Interest Total lease liabilities $ $ 197 180 159 142 131 542 1,351 (202) 1,149 $ $ 111 5 6 6 6 6 14 43 (14) 29 $ $ 198 178 162 152 136 531 1,357 (204) 1,153 202 186 165 148 137 556 1,394 (216) 1,178 Note 15 — Commitments and Contingencies Guarantees Guarantees issued by certain of Willis Towers Watson’s subsidiaries with respect to the senior notes and credit facilities are discussed in Note 11 — Debt and Note 23 — Financial Information for Issuers and Other Guarantor Subsidiaries. Certain of Willis Towers Watson’s subsidiaries have given the landlords of some leasehold properties occupied by the Company in the U.K. and the U.S. guarantees with respect to the performance of the lease obligations of the subsidiary holding the lease. The operating lease obligations subject to such guarantees amounted to $536 million and $570 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The capital lease obligations subject to such guarantees amounted to $6 million and $7 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Acquisition liabilities The Company has deferred and contingent consideration due to be paid on existing acquisitions until 2021 totaling $38 million at December 31, 2019. Total deferred and contingent consideration paid during the year ended December 31, 2019 was $57 million. Other contractual obligations For certain subsidiaries and associates, the Company has the right to purchase shares (a call option) from co-shareholders at various dates in the future. In addition, the co-shareholders of certain subsidiaries and associates have the right to sell their shares (a put option) to the Company at various dates in the future. Generally, the exercise price of such put options and call options is formula-based (using revenue and earnings) and is designed to reflect fair value. Based on current projections of profitability and exchange rates, and assuming the put options are exercised, the potential amount payable from these options is not expected to exceed $38 million. Additionally, the Company has capital commitments with Trident V Parallel Fund, LP, an investment fund managed by Stone Point Capital, and Dowling Capital Partners I, LP. At December 31, 2019, the Company is obligated to make capital contributions of approximately $2 million, collectively, to these funds. Indemnification Agreements Willis Towers Watson has various agreements which provide that it may be obligated to indemnify the other party to the agreement with respect to certain matters. Generally, these indemnification provisions are included in contracts arising in the normal course of business and in connection with the purchase and sale of certain businesses. Although it is not possible to predict the maximum potential amount of future payments that may become due under these indemnification agreements because of the conditional nature of the Company’s obligations and the unique facts of each particular agreement, we do not believe that any potential liability that may arise from such indemnity provisions is probable or material. Legal Proceedings In the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to various actual and potential claims, lawsuits and other proceedings. Some of the claims, lawsuits and other proceedings seek damages in amounts which could, if assessed, be significant. We do not expect the impact of claims or demands not described below to be material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company also receives subpoenas in the ordinary course of business and, from time to time, receives requests for information in connection with governmental investigations. Errors and omissions claims, lawsuits, and other proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business are covered in part by professional indemnity or other appropriate insurance. The terms of this insurance vary by policy year. Regarding self-insured risks, the Company has established provisions which are believed to be adequate in light of current information and legal advice, or, in certain cases, where a range of loss exists, the Company accrues the minimum amount in the range if no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount. The Company adjusts such provisions from time to time according to developments. See Note 16 — Supplementary Information for Certain Balance Sheet Accounts for the amounts accrued at December 31, 2019 and 2018 in the consolidated balance sheets. On the basis of current information, the Company does not expect that the actual claims, lawsuits and other proceedings to which it is subject, or potential claims, lawsuits, and other proceedings relating to matters of which it is aware, will ultimately have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. Nonetheless, given the large or indeterminate amounts sought in certain of these actions, and the inherent unpredictability of litigation and disputes with insurance companies, it is possible that an adverse outcome or settlement in certain matters could, from time to time, have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods. In addition, given the early stages of some litigation or 112 regulatory proceedings described below, it may not be possible to predict their outcomes or resolutions, and it is possible that any one or more of these events may have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company provides for contingent liabilities based on ASC 450, Contingencies, when it is determined that a liability, inclusive of defense costs, is probable and reasonably estimable. The contingent liabilities recorded are primarily developed actuarially. Litigation is subject to many factors which are difficult to predict so there can be no assurance that in the event of a material unfavorable result in one or more claims, we will not incur material costs. Merger-Related Securities Litigation On November 21, 2017, a purported former stockholder of Legacy Towers Watson filed a putative class action complaint on behalf of a putative class consisting of all Legacy Towers Watson stockholders as of October 2, 2015 against the Company, Legacy Towers Watson, Legacy Willis, ValueAct Capital Management (‘ValueAct’), and certain current and former directors and officers of Legacy Towers Watson and Legacy Willis (John Haley, Dominic Casserley, and Jeffrey Ubben), in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia. The complaint asserted claims against certain defendants under Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the ‘Exchange Act’) for allegedly false and misleading statements in the proxy statement for the Merger; and against other defendants under Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act for alleged ‘control person’ liability with respect to such allegedly false and misleading statements. The complaint further contended that the allegedly false and misleading statements caused stockholders of Legacy Towers Watson to accept inadequate Merger consideration. The complaint sought damages in an unspecified amount. On February 20, 2018, the court appointed the Regents of the University of California (‘Regents’) as Lead Plaintiff and Bernstein Litowitz Berger & Grossman LLP (‘Bernstein’) as Lead Counsel for the putative class, consolidated all subsequently filed, removed, or transferred actions, and captioned the consolidated action ‘In re Willis Towers Watson plc Proxy Litigation,’ Master File No. 1:17-cv-1338-AJT-JFA. On March 9, 2018, Lead Plaintiff filed an Amended Complaint. On April 13, 2018, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the Amended Complaint, and, on July 11, 2018, following briefing and argument, the court granted the motions and dismissed the Amended Complaint in its entirety. On July 30, 2018, Lead Plaintiff filed a notice of appeal from the court’s July 11, 2018 dismissal order to the United States Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit, and, on December 6, 2018, the parties completed briefing on the appeal. On May 8, 2019, the parties argued the appeal, and on August 30, 2019, the Fourth Circuit vacated the dismissal order and remanded the case to the Eastern District of Virginia for further proceedings consistent with its decision. On September 13, 2019, the defendants filed a petition for rehearing by the Fourth Circuit en banc, which the Fourth Circuit denied on September 27, 2019. On November 8, 2019, the defendants filed renewed motions to dismiss in the Eastern District of Virginia based upon certain arguments that were advanced in their original motions to dismiss, but undecided by both the district court and the Fourth Circuit. On December 18, 2019, the parties completed briefing on the defendants’ renewed motions, and, on December 20, 2019, the court heard argument on the motions. On January 31, 2020, the court denied the motions. On February 27, 2018 and March 8, 2018, two additional purported former stockholders of Legacy Towers Watson, City of Fort Myers General Employees’ Pension Fund (‘Fort Myers’) and Alaska Laborers-Employers Retirement Trust (‘Alaska’), filed putative class action complaints on behalf of a putative class of Legacy Towers Watson stockholders against the former members of the Legacy Towers Watson board of directors, Legacy Towers Watson, Legacy Willis and ValueAct, in the Delaware Court of Chancery, captioned City of Fort Myers General Employees’ Pension Fund v. Towers Watson & Co., et al., C.A. No. 2018-0132, and Alaska Laborers-Employers Retirement Trust v. Victor F. Ganzi, et al., C.A. No. 2018-0155, respectively. Based on similar allegations as the Eastern District of Virginia action described above, the complaints assert claims against the former directors of Legacy Towers Watson for breach of fiduciary duty and against Legacy Willis and ValueAct for aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty. On March 9, 2018, Regents filed a putative class action complaint on behalf of a putative class of Legacy Towers Watson stockholders against the Company, Legacy Willis, ValueAct, and Messrs. Haley, Casserley, and Ubben, in the Delaware Court of Chancery, captioned The Regents of the University of California v. John J. Haley, et al., C.A. No. 2018-0166. Based on similar allegations as the Eastern District of Virginia action described above, the complaint asserts claims against Mr. Haley for breach of fiduciary duty and against all other defendants for aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty. Also on March 9, 2018, Regents filed a motion for consolidation of all pending and subsequently filed Delaware Court of Chancery actions, and for appointment as Lead Plaintiff and for the appointment of Bernstein as Lead Counsel for the putative class. On March 29, 2018, Fort Myers and Alaska responded to Regents’ motion and cross- moved for appointment as Co-Lead Plaintiffs and for the appointment of their counsel, Grant & Eisenhofer P.A. and Kessler Topaz Meltzer & Check, LLP as Co-Lead Counsel. On April 2, 2018, the court consolidated the Delaware Court of Chancery actions and all related actions subsequently filed in or transferred to the Delaware Court of Chancery. On June 5, 2018, the court denied Regents’ motion for appointment of Lead Plaintiff and Lead Counsel and granted Fort Myers’ and Alaska’s cross-motion. On June 20, 2018, Fort Myers and Alaska designated the complaint previously filed by Alaska (the ‘Alaska Complaint’) as the operative complaint in the consolidated action. On September 14, 2018, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the Alaska Complaint. On October 31, 2018, Fort Myers and Alaska filed an amended complaint, which, based on similar allegations, asserts claims against the former directors of legacy Towers Watson for breach of fiduciary duty and against ValueAct and Mr. Ubben for aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duty. On January 11, 2019, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the amended complaint, 113 and on March 29, 2019, the parties completed briefing on the motions. The court heard argument on the motions on April 11, 2019 and, on July 25, 2019, dismissed the amended complaint in its entirety. On August 22, 2019, Fort Myers and Alaska filed a notice of appeal from the court’s July 25, 2019 dismissal order to the Supreme Court of the State of Delaware. On November 22, 2019, the parties completed briefing on the appeal, which will be argued during the Supreme Court’s April 2020 Session. On October 18, 2018, three additional purported former stockholders of Legacy Towers Watson, Naya Master Fund LP, Naya 174 Fund Limited and Naya Lincoln Park Master Fund Limited (collectively, ‘Naya’), filed a complaint against the Company, Legacy Towers Watson, Legacy Willis and John Haley, in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York, captioned Naya Master Fund LP, et al. v. John J. Haley, et al., Index No. 654968/2018. Based on similar allegations as the Eastern District of Virginia and Delaware actions described above, the complaint asserts claims for common law fraud and negligent misrepresentation. On December 18, 2018, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, and on March 21, 2019, the parties completed briefing on the motion. On April 23, 2019, the parties filed a Stipulation and Proposed Order Voluntarily Discontinuing Action providing for the dismissal of the action with prejudice, which the court entered on April 29, 2019. The defendants dispute the allegations in these actions and intend to defend the lawsuits vigorously. Given the stage of the proceedings, the Company is unable to provide an estimate of the reasonably possible loss or range of loss in respect of the complaints. Stanford Financial Group The Company has been named as a defendant in 15 similar lawsuits relating to the collapse of The Stanford Financial Group (‘Stanford’), for which Willis of Colorado, Inc. acted as broker of record on certain lines of insurance. The complaints in these actions generally allege that the defendants actively and materially aided Stanford’s alleged fraud by providing Stanford with certain letters regarding coverage that they knew would be used to help retain or attract actual or prospective Stanford client investors. The complaints further allege that these letters, which contain statements about Stanford and the insurance policies that the defendants placed for Stanford, contained untruths and omitted material facts and were drafted in this manner to help Stanford promote and sell its allegedly fraudulent certificates of deposit. The 15 actions are as follows: • Troice, et al. v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 3:9-CV-1274-N, was filed on July 2, 2009 in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and a Willis associate, among others. On April 1, 2011, plaintiffs filed the operative Third Amended Class Action Complaint individually and on behalf of a putative, worldwide class of Stanford investors, adding Willis Limited as a defendant and alleging claims under Texas statutory and common law and seeking damages in excess of $1 billion, punitive damages and costs. On May 2, 2011, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the Third Amended Class Action Complaint, arguing, inter alia, that the plaintiffs’ claims are precluded by the Securities Litigation Uniform Standards Act of 1998 (‘SLUSA’). On May 10, 2011, the court presiding over the Stanford-related actions in the Northern District of Texas entered an order providing that it would consider the applicability of SLUSA to the Stanford-related actions based on the decision in a separate Stanford action not involving a Willis entity, Roland v. Green, Civil Action No. 3:10-CV-0224-N (‘Roland’). On August 31, 2011, the court issued its decision in Roland, dismissing that action with prejudice under SLUSA. On October 27, 2011, the court in Troice entered an order (i) dismissing with prejudice those claims asserted in the Third Amended Class Action Complaint on a class basis on the grounds set forth in the Roland decision discussed above and (ii) dismissing without prejudice those claims asserted in the Third Amended Class Action Complaint on an individual basis. Also on October 27, 2011, the court entered a final judgment in the action. On October 28, 2011, the plaintiffs in Troice filed a notice of appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. Subsequently, Troice, Roland and a third action captioned Troice, et al. v. Proskauer Rose LLP, Civil Action No. 3:09-CV-01600-N, which also was dismissed on the grounds set forth in the Roland decision discussed above and on appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit, were consolidated for purposes of briefing and oral argument. Following the completion of briefing and oral argument, on March 19, 2012, the Fifth Circuit reversed and remanded the actions. On April 2, 2012, the defendants-appellees filed petitions for rehearing en banc. On April 19, 2012, the petitions for rehearing en banc were denied. On July 18, 2012, defendants-appellees filed a petition for writ of certiorari with the United States Supreme Court regarding the Fifth Circuit’s reversal in Troice. On January 18, 2013, the Supreme Court granted our petition. Opening briefs were filed on May 3, 2013 and the Supreme Court heard oral argument on October 7, 2013. On February 26, 2014, the Supreme Court affirmed the Fifth Circuit’s decision. 114 On March 19, 2014, the plaintiffs in Troice filed a Motion to Defer Resolution of Motions to Dismiss, to Compel Rule 26(f) Conference and For Entry of Scheduling Order. On March 25, 2014, the parties in Troice and the Janvey, et al. v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al. action discussed below stipulated to the consolidation of the two actions for pre-trial purposes under Rule 42(a) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. On March 28, 2014, the Court ‘so ordered’ that stipulation and, thus, consolidated Troice and Janvey for pre-trial purposes under Rule 42(a). On September 16, 2014, the court (a) denied the plaintiffs’ request to defer resolution of the defendants’ motions to dismiss, but granted the plaintiffs’ request to enter a scheduling order; (b) requested the submission of supplemental briefing by all parties on the defendants’ motions to dismiss, which the parties submitted on September 30, 2014; and (c) entered an order setting a schedule for briefing and discovery regarding plaintiffs’ motion for class certification, which schedule, among other things, provided for the submission of the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification (following the completion of briefing and discovery) on April 20, 2015. On December 15, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motions to dismiss. On January 30, 2015, the defendants except Willis Group Holdings plc answered the Third Amended Class Action Complaint. On April 20, 2015, the plaintiffs filed their motion for class certification, the defendants filed their opposition to plaintiffs’ motion, and the plaintiffs filed their reply in further support of the motion. Pursuant to an agreed stipulation also filed with the court on April 20, 2015, the defendants on June 4, 2015 filed sur-replies in further opposition to the motion. The Court has not yet scheduled a hearing on the motion. On June 19, 2015, Willis Group Holdings plc filed a motion to dismiss the complaint for lack of personal jurisdiction. On November 17, 2015, Willis Group Holdings plc withdrew the motion. On March 31, 2016, the parties in the Troice and Janvey actions entered into a settlement in principle that is described in more detail below. • • • Ranni v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 9-22085, was filed on July 17, 2009 against Willis Group Holdings plc and Willis of Colorado, Inc. in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Florida. The complaint was filed on behalf of a putative class of Venezuelan and other South American Stanford investors and alleges claims under Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and Rule 10b-5 thereunder) and Florida statutory and common law and seeks damages in an amount to be determined at trial. On October 6, 2009, Ranni was transferred, for consolidation or coordination with other Stanford-related actions (including Troice), to the Northern District of Texas by the U.S. Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation (the ‘JPML’). The defendants have not yet responded to the complaint in Ranni. On August 26, 2014, the plaintiff filed a notice of voluntary dismissal of the action without prejudice. Canabal, et al. v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 3:9-CV-1474-D, was filed on August 6, 2009 against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and the same Willis associate named as a defendant in Troice, among others, also in the Northern District of Texas. The complaint was filed individually and on behalf of a putative class of Venezuelan Stanford investors, alleged claims under Texas statutory and common law and sought damages in excess of $1 billion, punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and costs. On December 18, 2009, the parties in Troice and Canabal stipulated to the consolidation of those actions (under the Troice civil action number), and, on December 31, 2009, the plaintiffs in Canabal filed a notice of dismissal, dismissing the action without prejudice. Rupert, et al. v. Winter, et al., Case No. 2009C115137, was filed on September 14, 2009 on behalf of 97 Stanford investors against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and the same Willis associate, among others, in Texas state court (Bexar County). The complaint alleges claims under the Securities Act of 1933, Texas and Colorado statutory law and Texas common law and seeks special, consequential and treble damages of more than $300 million, attorneys’ fees and costs. On October 20, 2009, certain defendants, including Willis of Colorado, Inc., (i) removed Rupert to the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Texas, (ii) notified the JPML of the pendency of this related action and (iii) moved to stay the action pending a determination by the JPML as to whether it should be transferred to the Northern District of Texas for consolidation or coordination with the other Stanford-related actions. On April 1, 2010, the JPML issued a final transfer order for the transfer of Rupert to the Northern District of Texas. On January 24, 2012, the court remanded Rupert to Texas state court (Bexar County), but stayed the action until further order of the court. On August 13, 2012, the plaintiffs filed a motion to lift the stay, which motion was denied by the court on September 16, 2014. On October 10, 2014, the plaintiffs appealed the court’s denial of their motion to lift the stay to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit. On January 5, 2015, the Fifth Circuit consolidated the appeal with the appeal in the Rishmague, et ano. v. Winter, et al. action discussed below, and 115 • • • • the consolidated appeal, was fully briefed as of March 24, 2015. Oral argument on the consolidated appeal was held on September 2, 2015. On September 16, 2015, the Fifth Circuit affirmed. The defendants have not yet responded to the complaint in Rupert. Casanova, et al. v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 3:10-CV-1862-O, was filed on September 16, 2010 on behalf of seven Stanford investors against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis Limited, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and the same Willis associate, among others, also in the Northern District of Texas. The complaint alleges claims under Texas statutory and common law and seeks actual damages in excess of $5 million, punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and costs. On February 13, 2015, the parties filed an Agreed Motion for Partial Dismissal pursuant to which they agreed to the dismissal of certain claims pursuant to the motion to dismiss decisions in the Troice action discussed above and the Janvey action discussed below. Also on February 13, 2015, the defendants except Willis Group Holdings plc answered the complaint in the Casanova action. On June 19, 2015, Willis Group Holdings plc filed a motion to dismiss the complaint for lack of personal jurisdiction. Plaintiffs have not opposed the motion. Rishmague, et ano. v. Winter, et al., Case No. 2011CI2585, was filed on March 11, 2011 on behalf of two Stanford investors, individually and as representatives of certain trusts, against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis of Colorado, Inc., Willis of Texas, Inc. and the same Willis associate, among others, in Texas state court (Bexar County). The complaint alleges claims under Texas and Colorado statutory law and Texas common law and seeks special, consequential and treble damages of more than $37 million and attorneys’ fees and costs. On April 11, 2011, certain defendants, including Willis of Colorado, Inc., (i) removed Rishmague to the Western District of Texas, (ii) notified the JPML of the pendency of this related action and (iii) moved to stay the action pending a determination by the JPML as to whether it should be transferred to the Northern District of Texas for consolidation or coordination with the other Stanford-related actions. On August 8, 2011, the JPML issued a final transfer order for the transfer of Rishmague to the Northern District of Texas, where it is currently pending. On August 13, 2012, the plaintiffs joined with the plaintiffs in the Rupert action in their motion to lift the court’s stay of the Rupert action. On September 9, 2014, the court remanded Rishmague to Texas state court (Bexar County), but stayed the action until further order of the court and denied the plaintiffs’ motion to lift the stay. On October 10, 2014, the plaintiffs appealed the court’s denial of their motion to lift the stay to the Fifth Circuit. On January 5, 2015, the Fifth Circuit consolidated the appeal with the appeal in the Rupert action, and the consolidated appeal was fully briefed as of March 24, 2015. Oral argument on the consolidated appeal was held on September 2, 2015. On September 16, 2015, the Fifth Circuit affirmed. The defendants have not yet responded to the complaint in Rishmague. MacArthur v. Winter, et al., Case No. 2013-07840, was filed on February 8, 2013 on behalf of two Stanford investors against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis of Colorado, Inc., Willis of Texas, Inc. and the same Willis associate, among others, in Texas state court (Harris County). The complaint alleges claims under Texas and Colorado statutory law and Texas common law and seeks actual, special, consequential and treble damages of approximately $4 million and attorneys’ fees and costs. On March 29, 2013, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and Willis of Texas, Inc. (i) removed MacArthur to the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Texas and (ii) notified the JPML of the pendency of this related action. On April 2, 2013, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and Willis of Texas, Inc. filed a motion in the Southern District of Texas to stay the action pending a determination by the JPML as to whether it should be transferred to the Northern District of Texas for consolidation or coordination with the other Stanford-related actions. Also on April 2, 2013, the court presiding over MacArthur in the Southern District of Texas transferred the action to the Northern District of Texas for consolidation or coordination with the other Stanford-related actions. On September 29, 2014, the parties stipulated to the remand (to Texas state court (Harris County)) and stay of MacArthur until further order of the court (in accordance with the court’s September 9, 2014 decision in Rishmague (discussed above)), which stipulation was ‘so ordered’ by the court on October 14, 2014. The defendants have not yet responded to the complaint in MacArthur. Florida suits: On February 14, 2013, five lawsuits were filed against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis Limited and Willis of Colorado, Inc. in Florida state court (Miami-Dade County), alleging violations of Florida common law. The five suits are: (1) Barbar, et al. v. Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company, et al., Case No. 13-05666CA27, filed on behalf of 35 Stanford investors seeking compensatory damages in excess of $30 million; (2) de Gadala-Maria, et al. v. Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company, et al., Case No. 13-05669CA30, filed on behalf of 64 Stanford investors seeking compensatory damages in excess of $83.5 million; (3) Ranni, et ano. v. Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company, et al., Case No. 13-05673CA06, filed on behalf of two Stanford investors seeking compensatory damages in excess of $3 million; (4) Tisminesky, et al. v. Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company, et al., Case No. 13-05676CA09, filed on behalf of 11 Stanford investors seeking compensatory damages in excess of $6.5 million; and (5) Zacarias, et al. v. Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company, et al., Case No. 13- 05678CA11, filed on behalf of 10 Stanford investors seeking compensatory damages in excess of $12.5 million. On June 3, 2013, Willis of Colorado, Inc. removed all five cases to the Southern District of Florida and, on June 4, 2013, notified the JPML of the pendency of these related actions. On June 10, 116 2013, the court in Tisminesky issued an order sua sponte staying and administratively closing that action pending a determination by the JPML as to whether it should be transferred to the Northern District of Texas for consolidation and coordination with the other Stanford-related actions. On June 11, 2013, Willis of Colorado, Inc. moved to stay the other four actions pending the JPML’s transfer decision. On June 20, 2013, the JPML issued a conditional transfer order for the transfer of the five actions to the Northern District of Texas, the transmittal of which was stayed for seven days to allow for any opposition to be filed. On June 28, 2013, with no opposition having been filed, the JPML lifted the stay, enabling the transfer to go forward. On September 30, 2014, the court denied the plaintiffs’ motion to remand in Zacarias, and, on October 3, 2014, the court denied the plaintiffs’ motions to remand in Tisminesky and de Gadala Maria. On December 3, 2014 and March 3, 2015, the court granted the plaintiffs’ motions to remand in Barbar and Ranni, respectively, remanded both actions to Florida state court (Miami-Dade County) and stayed both actions until further order of the court. On January 2, 2015 and April 1, 2015, the plaintiffs in Barbar and Ranni, respectively, appealed the court’s December 3, 2014 and March 3, 2015 decisions to the Fifth Circuit. On April 22, 2015 and July 22, 2015, respectively, the Fifth Circuit dismissed the Barbar and Ranni appeals sua sponte for lack of jurisdiction. The defendants have not yet responded to the complaints in Ranni or Barbar. On April 1, 2015, the defendants except Willis Group Holdings plc filed motions to dismiss the complaints in Zacarias, Tisminesky and de Gadala- Maria. On June 19, 2015, Willis Group Holdings plc filed motions to dismiss the complaints in Zacarias, Tisminesky and de Gadala-Maria for lack of personal jurisdiction. On July 15, 2015, the court dismissed the complaint in Zacarias in its entirety with leave to replead within 21 days. On July 21, 2015, the court dismissed the complaints in Tisminesky and de Gadala-Maria in their entirety with leave to replead within 21 days. On August 6, 2015, the plaintiffs in Zacarias, Tisminesky and de Gadala-Maria filed amended complaints (in which, among other things, Willis Group Holdings plc was no longer named as a defendant). On September 11, 2015, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the amended complaints. The motions await disposition by the court. • Janvey, et al. v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al., Case No. 3:13-CV-03980-D, was filed on October 1, 2013 also in the Northern District of Texas against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis Limited, Willis North America Inc., Willis of Colorado, Inc. and the same Willis associate. The complaint was filed (i) by Ralph S. Janvey, in his capacity as Court-Appointed Receiver for the Stanford Receivership Estate, and the Official Stanford Investors Committee (the ‘OSIC’) against all defendants and (ii) on behalf of a putative, worldwide class of Stanford investors against Willis North America Inc. Plaintiffs Janvey and the OSIC allege claims under Texas common law and the court’s Amended Order Appointing Receiver, and the putative class plaintiffs allege claims under Texas statutory and common law. Plaintiffs seek actual damages in excess of $1 billion, punitive damages and costs. As alleged by the Stanford Receiver, the total amount of collective losses allegedly sustained by all investors in Stanford certificates of deposit is approximately $4.6 billion. On November 15, 2013, plaintiffs in Janvey filed the operative First Amended Complaint, which added certain defendants unaffiliated with Willis. On February 28, 2014, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the First Amended Complaint, which motions, other than with respect to Willis Group Holding plc’s motion to dismiss for lack of personal jurisdiction, were granted in part and denied in part by the court on December 5, 2014. On December 22, 2014, Willis filed a motion to amend the court’s December 5 order to certify an interlocutory appeal to the Fifth Circuit, and, on December 23, 2014, Willis filed a motion to amend and, to the extent necessary, reconsider the court’s December 5 order. On January 16, 2015, the defendants answered the First Amended Complaint. On January 28, 2015, the court denied Willis’s motion to amend the court’s December 5 order to certify an interlocutory appeal to the Fifth Circuit. On February 4, 2015, the court granted Willis’s motion to amend and, to the extent necessary, reconsider the December 5 order. As discussed above, on March 25, 2014, the parties in Troice and Janvey stipulated to the consolidation of the two actions for pre-trial purposes under Rule 42(a) of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. On March 28, 2014, the Court ‘so ordered’ that stipulation and, thus, consolidated Troice and Janvey for pre-trial purposes under Rule 42(a). On January 26, 2015, the court entered an order setting a schedule for briefing and discovery regarding the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification, which schedule, among other things, provided for the submission of the plaintiffs’ motion for class certification (following the completion of briefing and discovery) on July 20, 2015. By letter dated March 4, 2015, the parties requested that the court consolidate the scheduling orders entered in Troice and Janvey to provide for a class certification submission date of April 20, 2015 in both cases. On March 6, 2015, the court entered an order consolidating the scheduling orders in Troice and Janvey, providing for a class certification submission date of April 20, 2015 in both cases, and vacating the July 20, 2015 class certification submission date in the original Janvey scheduling order. On November 17, 2015, Willis Group Holdings plc withdrew its motion to dismiss for lack of personal jurisdiction. 117 On March 31, 2016, the parties in the Troice and Janvey actions entered into a settlement in principle that is described in more detail below. • • Martin v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al., Case No. 201652115, was filed on August 5, 2016, on behalf of one Stanford investor against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis Limited, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and the same Willis associate in Texas state court (Harris County). The complaint alleges claims under Texas statutory and common law and seeks actual damages of less than $100,000, exemplary damages, attorneys’ fees and costs. On September 12, 2016, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint, which added five more Stanford investors as plaintiffs and seeks damages in excess of $1 million. The defendants have not yet responded to the amended complaint in Martin. Abel, et al. v. Willis of Colorado, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 3:16-cv-2601, was filed on September 12, 2016, on behalf of more than 300 Stanford investors against Willis Group Holdings plc, Willis Limited, Willis of Colorado, Inc. and the same Willis associate, also in the Northern District of Texas. The complaint alleges claims under Texas statutory and common law and seeks actual damages in excess of $135 million, exemplary damages, attorneys’ fees and costs. On November 10, 2016, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint, which, among other things, added several more Stanford investors as plaintiffs. The defendants have not yet responded to the complaint in Abel. The plaintiffs in Janvey and Troice and the other actions above seek overlapping damages, representing either the entirety or a portion of the total alleged collective losses incurred by investors in Stanford certificates of deposit, notwithstanding the fact that Legacy Willis acted as broker of record for only a portion of time that Stanford issued certificates of deposit. In the fourth quarter of 2015, the Company recognized a $70 million litigation provision for loss contingencies relating to the Stanford matters based on its ongoing review of a variety of factors as required by accounting standards. On March 31, 2016, the Company entered into a settlement in principle for $120 million relating to this litigation, and increased its provisions by $50 million during that quarter. Further details on this settlement in principle are given below. The settlement is contingent on a number of conditions, including court approval of the settlement and a bar order prohibiting any continued or future litigation against Willis related to Stanford, which may not be given. Therefore, the ultimate resolution of these matters may differ from the amount provided for. The Company continues to dispute the allegations and, to the extent litigation proceeds, to defend the lawsuits vigorously. Settlement. On March 31, 2016, the Company entered into a settlement in principle, as reflected in a Settlement Term Sheet, relating to the Stanford litigation matter. The Company agreed to the Settlement Term Sheet to eliminate the distraction, burden, expense and uncertainty of further litigation. In particular, the settlement and the related bar orders described below, if upheld through any appeals, would enable the Company (a newly-combined firm) to conduct itself with the bar orders’ protection from the continued overhang of matters alleged to have occurred approximately a decade ago. Further, the Settlement Term Sheet provided that the parties understood and agreed that there is no admission of liability or wrongdoing by the Company. The Company expressly denies any liability or wrongdoing with respect to the matters alleged in the Stanford litigation. On or about August 31, 2016, the parties to the settlement signed a formal Settlement Agreement memorializing the terms of the settlement as originally set forth in the Settlement Term Sheet. The parties to the Settlement Agreement are Ralph S. Janvey (in his capacity as the Court-appointed receiver (the ‘Receiver’) for The Stanford Financial Group and its affiliated entities in receivership (collectively, ‘Stanford’)), the Official Stanford Investors Committee, Samuel Troice, Martha Diaz, Paula Gilly-Flores, Punga Punga Financial, Ltd., Manuel Canabal, Daniel Gomez Ferreiro and Promotora Villa Marina, C.A. (collectively, ‘Plaintiffs’), on the one hand, and Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company (formerly Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company), Willis Limited, Willis North America Inc., Willis of Colorado, Inc. and the Willis associate referenced above (collectively, ‘Defendants’), on the other hand. Under the terms of the Settlement Agreement, the parties agreed to settle and dismiss the Janvey and Troice actions (collectively, the ‘Actions’) and all current or future claims arising from or related to Stanford in exchange for a one-time cash payment to the Receiver by the Company of $120 million to be distributed to all Stanford investors who have claims recognized by the Receiver pursuant to the distribution plan in place at the time the payment is made. The Settlement Agreement also provides the parties’ agreement to seek the Court’s entry of bar orders prohibiting any continued or future litigation against the Defendants and their related parties of claims relating to Stanford, whether asserted to date or not. The terms of the bar orders therefore would prohibit all Stanford-related litigation described above, and not just the Actions, but including any pending matters and any actions that may be brought in the future. Final Court approval of these bar orders is a condition of the settlement. On September 7, 2016, Plaintiffs filed with the Court a motion to approve the settlement. On October 19, 2016, the Court preliminarily approved the settlement. Several of the plaintiffs in the other actions above objected to the settlement, and a hearing to 118 consider final approval of the settlement was held on January 20, 2017, after which the Court reserved decision. On August 23, 2017, the Court approved the settlement, including the bar orders. Several of the objectors appealed the settlement approval and bar orders to the Fifth Circuit. Oral argument on the appeals was heard on December 3, 2018, and, on July 22, 2019, the Fifth Circuit affirmed the approval of the settlement, including the bar orders. On August 5, 2019, certain of the plaintiff-appellants filed a petition for rehearing by the Fifth Circuit en banc (the ‘Petition’). On August 19, 2019, the Fifth Circuit requested a response to the Petition. On August 29, 2019, the Receiver filed a response to the Petition. On December 19, 2019, the Fifth Circuit granted the Petition (treating it as a petition for panel rehearing), withdrew its July 22, 2019 opinion, and substituted a new opinion that also affirmed the approval of the settlement, including the bar orders. On January 2, 2020, certain of the plaintiff-appellants filed another petition for rehearing by the Fifth Circuit en banc (the ‘Second Petition’), in which the other plaintiff-appellants joined. On January 21, 2020, the Fifth Circuit denied the Second Petition. The Company will not make the $120 million settlement payment until the settlement is not subject to any further appeal. Aviation Broking Competition Investigations In April 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) informed Willis Limited, our U.K. broking subsidiary, that it had opened a formal investigation into possible agreements/concerted practices in the aviation broking sector. In October 2017, the European Commission (‘Commission’) disclosed to us that it has initiated civil investigation proceedings in respect of a suspected infringement of E.U. competition rules involving several broking firms, including our principal U.K. broking subsidiary and one of its parent entities. In particular, the Commission has stated that the civil proceedings concern the exchange of commercially sensitive information between competitors in relation to aviation and aerospace insurance and reinsurance broking products and services in the European Economic Area, as well as possible coordination between competitors. The initiation of proceedings does not mean there has been a finding of infringement, merely that the Commission will investigate the case. We are providing information to the Commission as requested. When the Commission initiated these proceedings, the FCA closed its related competition investigation, but still retained jurisdiction over broking regulatory matters arising from this conduct. In early 2018, the FCA advised that it will not be taking enforcement action against Willis Limited in connection with any such broking regulatory matters. In May 2018, the Korea Fair Trade Commission (‘KFTC’) disclosed to us that it is investigating alleged cartels in the insurance broking industry. The KFTC has since requested information related to, among other topics, the aviation and aerospace insurance brokerage market and exchanges of information between brokers about insurance policies. In January 2020, the KFTC advised us that it has decided to conclude the examination procedure for the case (subject to being re-opened if additional evidence is identified later). In January 2019, the Brazil Conselho Administrativo de Defesa Economica (‘CADE’) launched an administrative proceeding to investigate alleged sharing of competitive and commercially sensitive information in the insurance and reinsurance brokerage industry for aviation and aerospace and related ancillary services. The CADE identified 11 entities under investigation, including Willis Group Limited, one of our U.K. subsidiaries. Given the status of the investigations by the Commission and CADE, the Company is currently unable to assess the terms on which they will be resolved, or any other regulatory matter or civil claims emanating from the conduct being investigated, will be resolved, and thus is unable to provide an estimate of the reasonably possible loss or range of loss. U.K. Investment Consulting Investigation In September 2017, the FCA announced that it would make a referral with respect to the investment consulting industry to the U.K. Competition & Markets Authority (the ‘CMA’). The CMA released its final report on December 12, 2018, finding that there is an adverse effect on competition. To address these findings, the CMA has set out certain remedies, including mandatory tendering when trustees first purchase fiduciary management services, the reporting of investment performance to customers using a set of common standards, transparency in reporting of fees in fiduciary management and the expansion of the FCA’s regulatory perimeter to include the main activities of investment consultancy and fiduciary management providers. The Company is generally supportive of these proposed remedies. The CMA issued its final order setting out these remedies on June 10, 2019. The Company is now in the process of implementing these remedies. The costs associated with these remedies are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 119 Note 16 — Supplementary Information for Certain Balance Sheet Accounts Additional details of specific balance sheet accounts are detailed below. Prepaid and other current assets consist of the following: Prepayments and accrued income Deferred contract costs Derivatives and investments Deferred compensation plan assets Retention incentives Corporate income and other taxes Restricted cash Acquired renewal commissions receivable Other current assets Total prepaid and other current assets Other non-current assets consist of the following: Prepayments and accrued income Deferred contract costs Deferred compensation plan assets Deferred tax assets Accounts receivable, net Acquired renewal commissions receivable Other investments Insurance recovery receivables Non-current contract assets Other non-current assets Total other non-current assets Deferred revenue and accrued expenses consist of the following: Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and deferred income Accrued discretionary and incentive compensation Accrued vacation Other employee-related liabilities Total deferred revenue and accrued expenses 120 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 145 $ 101 49 18 11 56 8 25 112 525 $ December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 12 $ 76 150 72 30 125 23 119 105 123 835 $ 136 102 25 18 5 61 — — 57 404 14 46 125 59 20 — 7 86 3 107 467 December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 856 $ 727 137 64 1,784 $ 691 758 111 87 1,647 $ $ $ $ $ $ Other current liabilities consist of the following: Dividends payable Income and other taxes payable Interest payable Deferred compensation plan liabilities Contingent and deferred consideration on acquisitions Payroll-related liabilities Derivatives Third party commissions Other current liabilities Total other current liabilities Provision for liabilities consists of the following: Claims, lawsuits and other proceedings Other provisions Total provision for liabilities Other non-current liabilities consist of the following: Incentives from lessors Deferred compensation plan liability Contingent and deferred consideration on acquisitions Liabilities for uncertain tax positions Finance leases Other non-current liabilities Total other non-current liabilities Note 17 — Other Income, Net Other income, net consists of the following: (Loss)/gain on disposal of operations Net periodic pension and postretirement benefit credits Interest in earnings of associates and other investments Impact of Venezuelan currency devaluation Foreign exchange loss Other income, net December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 100 $ 138 65 14 12 216 3 179 75 802 $ December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 456 $ 81 537 $ December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 — $ 150 26 48 22 89 335 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ Years ended December 31, 2019 2018 2017 $ $ (2) $ 234 21 — (26) 227 $ (9) $ 280 3 — (24) 250 $ 121 87 129 59 14 61 210 13 169 122 864 455 85 540 120 125 22 46 26 90 429 13 222 3 (2) (72) 164 Note 18 — Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss The components of other comprehensive (loss)/income are as follows: Other comprehensive (loss)/income: Foreign currency translation Defined pension and post-retirement benefits Derivative instruments Other comprehensive (loss)/income Less: Other comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests Other comprehensive (loss)/income attributable to Willis Towers Watson December 31, 2019 December 31, 2018 December 31, 2017 Before tax amount Tax Net of tax amount Before tax amount Net of tax amount Before tax amount Tax Tax Net of tax amount $ 78 $ (412) 23 (311) — — $ 83 (2) 81 — 78 $ (329) 21 (230) (251) $ (258) 5 (504) — — — $ 59 (3) 56 — (251) $ (199) 2 (448) 295 $ 3 90 388 — $ 11 (15) (4) — (13) — 295 14 75 384 (13) $ (311) $ 81 $ (230) $ (504) $ 56 $ (448) $ 375 $ (4) $ 371 Changes in the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, are included in the following table. This table excludes amounts attributable to non-controlling interests, which are not material for further disclosure. Balance, January 1, 2017 Other comprehensive income/(loss) before reclassifications Loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss (net of income tax benefit of $18) Net other comprehensive income Balance, December 31, 2017 Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications Loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss (net of income tax benefit of $17) Net other comprehensive (loss)/income Balance, December 31, 2018 Other comprehensive income/(loss) before reclassifications Loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss (net of income tax benefit of $9) Net other comprehensive income/(loss) Reclassification of tax effects per ASU 2018-02 (iii) Balance, December 31, 2019 Foreign currency translation (i) Derivative instruments (i) Defined pension and post- retirement benefit costs (ii) Total $ $ $ $ (650) $ 285 — 285 (365) $ (251) — (251) (616) $ 78 — 78 — (538) $ (82) $ 28 44 72 (10) $ (22) 24 2 (8) $ 12 9 21 — 13 $ (1,152) $ (26) 40 14 (1,138) $ (241) 42 (199) (1,337) $ (343) 14 (329) (36) (1,702) $ (1,884) 287 84 371 (1,513) (514) 66 (448) (1,961) (253) 23 (230) (36) (2,227) (i) Reclassification adjustments from accumulated other comprehensive loss related to derivative instruments for the year ended December 31, 2019 are included in Revenue and Salaries and benefits, and are included in Other income, net for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income. See Note 10 — Derivative Financial Instruments for additional details regarding the reclassification adjustments for the derivative settlements. (ii) Reclassification adjustments from accumulated other comprehensive loss are included in the computation of net periodic pension cost (see Note 13 — Retirement Benefits). These components are included in Other income, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income. (iii) On January 1, 2019, in accordance with ASU 2018-02, we reclassified to Retained earnings $36 million of defined pension and postretirement costs, representing the ‘stranded’ tax effect of the change in the U.S. federal corporate tax rate resulting from U.S. Tax Reform. See Note 2 — Basis of Presentation, Significant Accounting Policies and Recent Accounting Pronouncements for further information. Note 19 — Share-based Compensation Plan Summaries On December 31, 2019, the Company had a number of open share-based compensation plans, which provide for the granting of time-based and performance- based options, time-based and performance-based restricted stock units, and various other share-based grants 122 to employees. All of the Company’s share-based compensation plans under which any options, restricted stock units (‘RSUs’) or other share-based grants are outstanding as of December 31, 2019 are described below. The compensation cost that has been recognized for these plans for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $74 million, $50 million and $67 million, respectively. The total income tax benefits recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income for share-based compensation arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 were $11 million, $10 million and $22 million, respectively. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan This plan, which was established on April 25, 2012, provides for the granting of incentive stock options, time-based or performance-based non-statutory stock options, share appreciation rights, restricted shares, time-based or performance-based RSUs, performance-based awards and other share-based grants or any combination thereof (collectively referred to as ‘Awards’) to employees, officers, non-employee directors and consultants (‘Eligible Individuals’) of the Company (‘2012 Plan’). The board of directors also adopted a sub-plan under the 2012 Plan to provide an employee sharesave scheme in the U.K. There were approximately 8 million shares remaining available for grant under this plan as of December 31, 2019. Options are exercisable on a variety of dates, including from the second, third, fourth or fifth anniversary of the grant date. Unless terminated sooner by the board of directors, the 2012 Plan will expire 10 years after the date of its adoption. That termination will not affect the validity of any grants outstanding at that date. Towers Watson Share Plans In January 2016, in connection with the Merger, we assumed the Towers Watson & Co. 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘2009 LTIP’) and converted the outstanding unvested restricted stock units and options into Willis Towers Watson RSUs and options using a conversion ratio stated in the Merger Agreement. We determined the fair value of the portion of the outstanding RSUs and options related to pre-acquisition employee service using the straight-line methodology from the date of grant to the acquisition date to be $37 million, which was added to the transaction consideration. The fair value of the remaining portion of RSUs and options related to the post-acquisition employee services was $45 million, and was recorded over the subsequent vesting periods through 2018. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, we recorded $3 million and $11 million of non-cash stock-based compensation expense, respectively. The acquired awards have vested in full, and the Company does not intend to grant future awards under the 2009 LTIP plan. Options Valuation Assumptions The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model that uses the assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility of the Company’s shares. The Company uses the simplified method set out in ASC 718 – Compensation – Stock Compensation to derive the expected term of options granted as it does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term. The risk-free interest rate for periods within the expected life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The assumptions noted in the table below represent the weighted-average of each assumption for each grant during the year. Expected volatility Expected dividends Expected life (years) Risk-free interest rate There were no options granted during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. 123 Year ended December 31, 2017 19.8% 1.4% 4.2 1.6% Award Activity Classification of options as time-based or performance-based is dependent on the original terms of the award. Performance conditions on the majority of options have been met. A summary of option activity under the plans at December 31, 2019, and changes during the year then ended is presented below: Time-based stock options Balance as of December 31, 2018 Granted Exercised Forfeited Balance as of December 31, 2019 Options vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2019 Options exercisable at December 31, 2019 Performance-based stock options Balance as of December 31, 2018 Granted Exercised Cancelled Balance as of December 31, 2019 Options vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2019 Options exercisable at December 31, 2019 Options (thousands) Weighted- Average Exercise Price (i) Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term Aggregate Intrinsic Value 449 $ — $ 182 $ 7 $ 260 $ 260 $ 196 $ 542 $ — $ 245 $ 10 $ 287 $ 287 $ 287 $ 102.36 — 98.91 117.96 104.38 104.38 98.46 110.55 — 110.62 107.87 110.58 110.58 110.58 1.6 years $ 1.6 years $ 1.4 years $ 2.7 years $ 2.7 years $ 2.7 years $ 25 25 20 26 26 26 (i) Certain options are exercisable in Pounds sterling and are converted to dollars using the exchange rate at December 31, 2019. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of time-based options granted during the year ended December 31, 2017 was $27.69. The total intrinsic values of time-based options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $16 million, $12 million and $19 million, respectively. At December 31, 2019, there was less than $1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost under the time-based stock option plans; that cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.9 years. The total intrinsic values of performance-based options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $16 million, $8 million and $10 million, respectively. At December 31, 2019, there is no unrecognized compensation cost related to the performance-based stock option plans. Cash received from option exercises under all share-based payment arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $45 million, $45 million and $61 million, respectively. The actual tax benefit recognized for the tax deductions from option exercises of the share-based payment arrangements totaled $6 million, $4 million and $7 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 124 Equity-settled RSUs Valuation Assumptions The fair value of each time-based RSU is based on the grant date fair value, or the fair value on the acquisition date in the case of acquired awards. The fair value of each performance-based RSU is estimated on the grant date using a Monte-Carlo simulation that uses the assumptions noted in the following table. The awards also contain a market-based performance target. For the awards granted in 2019 and 2018, the performance measure is entirely based on this market target. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s shares. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The assumptions noted in the table below represent the weighted-average of each assumption for each grant during the year. Expected volatility Expected dividend yield Expected life (years) Risk-free interest rate Award Activity 2019 Years ended December 31, 2018 2017 25.6% —% 2.7 2.1% 17.9% —% 2.5 2.6% 20.2% —% 2.4 1.4% A summary of time-based and performance-based RSU activity under the plans at December 31, 2019, and changes during the year then ended, is presented below: Nonvested shares (time-based RSUs) Balance as of December 31, 2018 Granted Vested Forfeited Balance as of December 31, 2019 Nonvested shares (performance-based RSUs) Balance as of December 31, 2018 Granted Vested Forfeited Cancelled Balance as of December 31, 2019 Shares (thousands) Weighted- Average Grant Date Fair Value 19 $ 14 $ 21 $ 1 $ 11 $ 758 $ 186 $ 178 $ 25 $ 234 $ 507 $ 141.19 179.04 150.64 136.17 172.25 91.02 198.49 123.86 204.68 10.62 150.22 The total number of time-based RSUs that vested during the year ended December 31, 2019 was 21,025 shares at an average share price of $189.42. The total number of time-based RSUs that vested during the year ended December 31, 2018 was 164,728 shares at an average share price of $156.14. The total number of time-based RSUs that vested during the year ended December 31, 2017 was 178,574 shares at an average share price of $150.81. At December 31, 2019 there was $1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to the time-based RSU plan; that cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted- average period of 0.9 years. The total number of performance-based RSUs that vested during the year ended December 31, 2019 was 178,346 shares at an average share price of $175.01. The total number of performance-based RSUs that vested during the year ended December 31, 2018 was 249,901 shares at an average share price of $154.99. The total number of performance-based RSUs that vested during the year ended December 31, 2017 was 318,714 shares at an average share price of $140.32. At December 31, 2019 there was $11 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to the performance-based RSU plan; that cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.0 years. 125 The actual tax benefit recognized for the tax deductions from RSUs that vested totaled $7 million, $12 million and $19 million for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Phantom RSUs The Company granted 204,269 and 268,956 units of phantom stock with a market-performance feature during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. These are cash-settled awards with final payout based on the performance of the Company’s stock. The grant date fair value of the awards was $105.97 and $83.57 per share for the 2019 and 2018 awards, respectively. The fair value of each phantom RSU is estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation. The Company’s stock price as of the last day of the period is one of the inputs used in the simulation. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s shares. The expected term of each plan is three years, based on the vesting terms of the awards. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Since the awards are cash-settled, they are considered a liability. Expense is recognized over the service period. The liability is remeasured at the end of each reporting period and changes in fair value are recognized as compensation cost. For both plans, as of December 31, 2019, the liability recognized is $31 million and the estimated unrecognized compensation cost is $44 million. Note 20 — Earnings Per Share Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson by the average number of ordinary shares outstanding during each period. The computation of diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if dilutive securities and other contracts to issue shares were exercised or converted into shares or resulted in the issuance of shares that then shared in the net income of the Company. At December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017, there were 0.3 million, 0.4 million and 0.8 million time-based share options; 0.3 million, 0.5 million and 0.7 million performance-based options; and 0.5 million, 0.8 million and 0.9 million performance-based RSUs outstanding, respectively. The Company’s time-based RSUs were immaterial at December 31, 2019 and 2018; there were 0.1 million time-based RSUs outstanding at December 31, 2017. Basic and diluted earnings per share are as follows: Net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson Basic weighted-average number of shares outstanding Dilutive effect of potentially issuable shares Diluted weighted-average number of shares outstanding Basic earnings per share Dilutive effect of potentially issuable shares Diluted earnings per share 2019 Years ended December 31, 2018 2017 $ 1,044 $ 695 $ 130 — 130 8.05 $ (0.03) 8.02 $ 131 1 132 5.29 $ (0.02) 5.27 $ $ $ 568 135 1 136 4.21 (0.03) 4.18 There were no anti-dilutive options for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017. For the year ended December 31, 2018, 0.2 million RSUs were not included in the computation of the dilutive effect of potentially issuable shares because their effect was anti-dilutive. There were no anti-dilutive RSUs for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2017. 126 Note 21 — Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information Supplemental disclosures regarding cash flow information and non-cash investing and financing activities are as follows: Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: Cash payments for income taxes, net Cash payments for interest Cash acquired Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities: Fair value of deferred and contingent consideration related to acquisitions Note 22 — Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) Quarterly financial data for 2019 and 2018 were as follows: 2019 Revenue Total costs of providing services Income from operations Net income Net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson Earnings per share — Basic — Diluted 2018 Revenue Total costs of providing services Income from operations Net income Net income attributable to Willis Towers Watson Earnings per share — Basic — Diluted 2019 Years Ended December 31, 2018 2017 $ $ $ $ 299 $ 210 $ 11 $ 178 $ 176 $ 13 $ 13 $ 36 $ 203 169 — — March 31, June 30, September 30, December 31, Three Months Ended $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2,312 $ 1,953 $ 359 $ 293 $ 287 $ 2.21 $ 2.20 $ 2,292 $ 2,033 $ 259 $ 221 $ 215 $ 1.62 $ 1.61 $ 2,048 $ 1,872 $ 176 $ 149 $ 138 $ 1.06 $ 1.06 $ 1,990 $ 1,927 $ 63 $ 65 $ 58 $ 0.44 $ 0.44 $ 1,989 $ 1,882 $ 107 $ 80 $ 75 $ 0.58 $ 0.58 $ 1,859 $ 1,842 $ 17 $ 46 $ 44 $ 0.34 $ 0.33 $ 2,690 2,003 687 551 544 4.20 4.18 2,372 1,902 470 383 378 2.91 2.89 Note 23 — Financial Information for Issuers and Other Guarantor Subsidiaries As of December 31, 2019 Willis Towers Watson has issued the following debt securities (‘WTW Debt Securities’): a) Willis Towers Watson plc (the parent company) has $500 million senior notes outstanding, which were issued on March 17, 2011; b) Willis North America Inc. (‘Willis North America’) has $2.7 billion senior notes outstanding, of which $650 million were issued on May 16, 2017, $1.0 billion were issued on September 10, 2018, and $1.0 billion were issued on September 10, 2019; and $200 million currently outstanding under a one-year unsecured term loan; and c) Trinity Acquisition plc has $2.1 billion senior notes outstanding, of which $525 million were issued on August 15, 2013, $1.0 billion were issued on March 22, 2016 and €540 million ($609 million) were issued on May 26, 2016; $95 million currently outstanding under a one-year unsecured term loan; and no balance currently outstanding on a consolidated basis under the $1.25 billion revolving credit facility issued on March 7, 2017. The notes issued by the Company are guaranteed by the following additional wholly owned subsidiaries on a joint and several basis: Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment UK Holdings Limited, TA I Limited, Trinity Acquisition plc, Willis Group Limited, Willis North America, Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company and Willis Towers Watson UK Holdings Limited. 127 As a result of an internal tax reorganization, certain subsidiaries that were previously indirectly owned by Willis North America and Trinity Acquisition plc are no longer subsidiaries of these issuer and guarantor companies, however the subsidiaries remain indirect subsidiaries of both Willis Towers Watson plc and collectively the other guarantor companies, since the subsidiaries in question are now direct and indirect subsidiaries of TA I Limited. This reorganization did not change the Company’s guarantor structure and will result only in less equity income being recorded by both issuers going forward. The notes issued by Willis North America are guaranteed on a joint and several basis by the Company and each of the subsidiaries that guarantees the Company notes, except for Willis North America itself. The notes issued by Trinity Acquisition plc are guaranteed on a joint and several basis by the Company and each of the subsidiaries that guarantees the Company notes, except for Trinity Acquisition plc itself. For the purposes of this footnote, the companies that guarantee the Company notes, the Willis North America notes and the Trinity Acquisition plc notes, other than Willis North America and Trinity Acquisition plc, are referred to as the ‘other guarantors.’ All intercompany receivables/payables have been presented in the condensed consolidating financial statements as non-current on a net presentation basis, rather than a gross basis, as this better reflects the nature of the intercompany positions and presents the funding or funded position that is due or owed. The equity method has been used for investments in subsidiaries in the condensed consolidating balance sheets of Willis Towers Watson plc, Willis North America, Trinity Acquisition plc and the other guarantors. Presented below is condensed financial information for: (i) Willis Towers Watson plc, which is both an issuer and guarantor, on a parent company only basis; (ii) Willis North America, which is both an issuer and guarantor, on a company only basis; (iii) Trinity Acquisition plc, which is both an issuer and guarantor, on a company only basis; (iv) Other guarantors, which are all wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiaries of the parent, on a combined basis; (v) Non-guarantors, which are all wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiaries of the parent, on a combined basis; (vi) Eliminations, which are consolidating adjustments on a combined basis; and (vii) The consolidated Company. 128 Revenue Costs of providing services Salaries and benefits Other operating expenses Depreciation Amortization Transaction and integration expenses Total costs of providing services (Loss)/income from operations Intercompany income/(expense) Interest expense Other income, net (LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES Benefit from/(provision for) income taxes Equity account for subsidiaries NET INCOME Income attributable to non-controlling interests NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS WATSON Comprehensive income before non- controlling interests Comprehensive income attributable to non- controlling interests Comprehensive income attributable to Willis Towers Watson Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income Willis Towers Watson plc Willis North America Trinity Acquisition plc Other guarantors Non- guarantors Eliminations Year ended December 31, 2019 $ — $ 51 $ — $ — $ 8,988 $ Consolidated 9,039 — $ 3 2 — — — 5 (5) — (30) — (35) — 1,079 1,044 55 32 — — 9 96 (45) 145 (98) — 2 27 287 316 — — — — — — — 125 (95) 3 33 (7) 735 761 — 114 3 3 — 120 (120) 279 — 1 160 37 869 1,066 5,191 1,571 237 489 4 7,492 1,496 (549) (11) 223 1,159 (306) — 853 — — — (3) — (3) 3 — — — 3 — (2,970) (2,967) 5,249 1,719 240 489 13 7,710 1,329 — (234) 227 1,322 (249) — 1,073 — — — — (29) — (29) $ 1,044 $ 316 $ 761 $ 1,066 $ 824 $ (2,967) $ 1,044 $ 814 $ 145 $ 560 $ 842 $ 624 $ (2,142) $ 843 — — — — (29) — (29) $ 814 $ 145 $ 560 $ 842 $ 595 $ (2,142) $ 814 129 Revenue Costs of providing services Salaries and benefits Other operating expenses Depreciation Amortization Transaction and integration expenses Total costs of providing services (Loss)/income from operations Intercompany income/(expense) Interest expense Other income, net (LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES (Provision for)/benefit from income taxes Equity account for subsidiaries NET INCOME Income attributable to non-controlling interests NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS WATSON Comprehensive income/(loss) before non- controlling interests Comprehensive income attributable to non- controlling interests Comprehensive income/(loss) attributable to Willis Towers Watson Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income Willis Towers Watson plc Willis North America Trinity Acquisition plc Other guarantors Non- guarantors Eliminations Year ended December 31, 2018 $ — $ 34 $ — $ — $ 8,479 $ Consolidated 8,513 — $ 2 3 — — — 5 (5) — (30) — (35) — 730 695 68 38 — — 8 114 (80) 56 (58) — (82) (1) 124 41 — 1 — — — 1 (1) 124 (104) — 19 (3) 437 453 — 165 4 3 1 173 (173) 356 — 2 185 41 498 724 5,053 1,430 204 534 193 7,414 1,065 (536) (16) 1,540 2,053 (173) — 1,880 — — — (3) — (3) 3 — — (1,292) (1,289) — (1,789) (3,078) 5,123 1,637 208 534 202 7,704 809 — (208) 250 851 (136) — 715 — — — — (20) — (20) $ 695 $ 41 $ 453 $ 724 $ 1,860 $ (3,078) $ 695 $ 247 $ (88) $ 14 $ 286 $ 1,470 $ (1,662) $ 267 — — — — (20) — (20) $ 247 $ (88) $ 14 $ 286 $ 1,450 $ (1,662) $ 247 130 Revenue Costs of providing services Salaries and benefits Other operating expenses Depreciation Amortization Restructuring costs Transaction and integration expenses Total costs of providing services (Loss)/income from operations Intercompany income/(expense) Interest expense Other income, net (LOSS)/INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES (Provision for)/benefit from income taxes Equity account for subsidiaries NET INCOME Income attributable to non-controlling interests NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO WILLIS TOWERS WATSON Comprehensive income before non- controlling interests Comprehensive income attributable to non- controlling interests Comprehensive income attributable to Willis Towers Watson Condensed Consolidating Statement of Comprehensive Income Willis Towers Watson plc Willis North America Trinity Acquisition plc Other guarantors Non- guarantors Eliminations Year ended December 31, 2017 $ — $ 19 $ — $ — $ 8,183 $ Consolidated 8,202 — 4 3 — — — — 7 (7) — (30) 35 (2) — 570 568 48 20 — — 15 19 102 (83) 34 (35) — (84) (29) 171 58 — 1 — — — — 1 (1) 123 (103) — 19 (2) 290 307 — 91 6 3 8 73 181 (181) 350 — — 169 53 370 592 4,915 1,419 197 581 109 177 7,398 785 (507) (20) 367 — — — (3) — — (3) 3 — — (238) 625 78 — 703 (235) — (1,401) (1,636) 4,967 1,534 203 581 132 269 7,686 516 — (188) 164 492 100 — 592 — — — — (24) — (24) $ 568 $ 58 $ 307 $ 592 $ 679 $ (1,636) $ 568 $ 939 $ 197 $ 663 $ 952 $ 1,051 $ (2,826) $ 976 — — — — (37) — (37) $ 939 $ 197 $ 663 $ 952 $ 1,014 $ (2,826) $ 939 131 Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet Willis Towers Watson plc Willis North America Trinity Acquisition plc Other guarantors Non- guarantors Eliminations Consolidated As of December 31, 2019 $ $ $ ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents Fiduciary assets Accounts receivable, net Prepaid and other current assets Total current assets Intercompany receivables, net Fixed assets, net Goodwill Other intangible assets, net Right-of-use assets Pension benefits assets Other non-current assets Total non-current assets Investments in subsidiaries TOTAL ASSETS LIABILITIES AND EQUITY Fiduciary liabilities Deferred revenue and accrued expenses Current debt Current lease liabilities Other current liabilities Total current liabilities Intercompany payables, net Long-term debt Liability for pension benefits Deferred tax liabilities Provision for liabilities Long-term lease liabilities Other non-current liabilities Total non-current liabilities TOTAL LIABILITIES REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST EQUITY Total Willis Towers Watson shareholders’ equity Non-controlling interests Total equity TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY $ — $ — — — — 4,644 — — — — — — 4,644 6,205 10,849 $ — $ — — — 101 101 — 499 — — — — — 499 600 — $ — 39 208 247 — 1 — — — — 166 167 8,103 8,517 $ — $ 3 197 — 52 252 1,206 2,625 — — 120 — 24 3,975 4,227 — $ — — 1 1 1,197 — — — — — 1 1,198 2,792 3,991 $ — $ — 95 — 36 131 — 2,117 — — — — — 2,117 2,248 — $ — — 40 40 — 17 — 69 — — 67 153 6,097 6,290 $ — $ 3 — — 3 6 3,593 — — — — — — 3,593 3,599 887 $ 13,004 2,582 481 16,954 — 1,028 11,194 3,492 968 868 756 18,306 — — $ — — (205) (205) (5,841) — — (83) — — (155) (6,079) (23,197) 35,260 $ (29,481) $ 13,004 $ 1,792 24 164 770 15,754 1,042 60 1,324 680 417 964 311 4,798 20,552 — $ (14) — — (160) (174) (5,841) — — (154) — — — (5,995) (6,169) 887 13,004 2,621 525 17,037 — 1,046 11,194 3,478 968 868 835 18,389 — 35,426 13,004 1,784 316 164 802 16,070 — 5,301 1,324 526 537 964 335 8,987 25,057 — — — — — — — 10,249 — 10,249 10,849 $ 4,290 — 4,290 8,517 $ 1,743 — 1,743 3,991 $ 2,691 — 2,691 6,290 $ (23,312) 14,588 — 120 14,708 (23,312) 35,260 $ (29,481) $ 10,249 120 10,369 35,426 132 ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents Fiduciary assets Accounts receivable, net Prepaid and other current assets Total current assets Intercompany receivables, net Fixed assets, net Goodwill Other intangible assets, net Pension benefits assets Other non-current assets Total non-current assets Investments in subsidiaries TOTAL ASSETS LIABILITIES AND EQUITY Fiduciary liabilities Deferred revenue and accrued expenses Current debt Other current liabilities Total current liabilities Intercompany payables, net Long-term debt Liability for pension benefits Deferred tax liabilities Provision for liabilities Other non-current liabilities Total non-current liabilities TOTAL LIABILITIES REDEEMABLE NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST EQUITY Total Willis Towers Watson shareholders’ equity Non-controlling interests Total equity TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY $ Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet Willis Towers Watson plc Willis North America Trinity Acquisition plc Other guarantors Non- guarantors Eliminations Consolidated As of December 31, 2018 $ $ $ — $ — — — — 4,755 — — — — — 4,755 5,691 10,446 $ — $ 1 — 95 96 — 498 — — — — 498 594 — $ — 24 311 335 — — — — — 92 92 6,649 7,076 $ — $ 2 186 38 226 902 1,635 — — 120 13 2,670 2,896 — $ — — 1 1 1,355 — — — — 2 1,357 2,677 4,035 $ — $ — — 33 33 — 2,256 — — — — 2,256 2,289 — $ — — 33 33 — 16 — 58 — 49 123 8,108 8,264 $ — $ 3 — 13 16 4,691 — — — — 5 4,696 4,712 1,033 $ 12,604 2,355 357 16,349 — 926 10,465 3,318 773 452 15,934 — — $ — — (298) (298) (6,110) — — (58) — (128) (6,296) (23,125) 32,283 $ (29,719) $ 12,604 $ 1,641 — 935 15,180 517 — 1,170 688 420 411 3,206 18,386 — $ — — (250) (250) (6,110) — — (129) — — (6,239) (6,489) 1,033 12,604 2,379 404 16,420 — 942 10,465 3,318 773 467 15,965 — 32,385 12,604 1,647 186 864 15,301 — 4,389 1,170 559 540 429 7,087 22,388 — — — — 26 — 26 9,852 — 9,852 10,446 $ 4,180 — 4,180 7,076 $ 1,746 — 1,746 4,035 $ 3,552 — 3,552 8,264 $ (23,230) 13,752 — 119 13,871 (23,230) 32,283 $ (29,719) $ 9,852 119 9,971 32,385 133 NET CASH FROM/(USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES Additions to fixed assets and software for internal use Capitalized software costs Acquisitions of operations, net of cash acquired Net proceeds from sale of operations Other, net Proceeds from/(repayments of) intercompany investing activities, net Net cash from/(used in) investing activities CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES Net payments on revolving credit facility Senior notes issued Proceeds from issuance of other debt Debt issuance costs Repayments of debt Repurchase of shares Proceeds from issuance of shares Payments of deferred and contingent consideration related to acquisitions Cash paid for employee taxes on withholding shares Dividends paid Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non- controlling interests Proceeds from/(repayments of) intercompany financing activities, net Net cash (used in)/from financing activities DECREASE IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR (i) CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, END OF YEAR (i) Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows Willis Towers Watson plc Willis North America Trinity Acquisition plc Other guarantors Non- guarantors Eliminations Consolidated Year ended December 31, 2019 $ 348 $ (138) $ 149 $ 1,180 $ 455 $ (913) $ 1,081 — — — — — — — (1,316) — — — — — — — (5) — — — — (241) (59) (13) 17 3 — — — — — (246) (59) (1,329) 17 3 86 93 (525) 302 276 (232) — $ 86 $ (1,223) $ (525) $ 297 $ (17) $ (232) $ (1,614) — — — — — (150) 45 — 997 600 (13) (587) — — (131) — 500 — (405) — — — — — — — — — — — — — (3) — — — — — — — — — (131) 997 1,100 (13) (995) (150) 45 — — — — (57) — (57) — (329) — — — (400) — (255) (15) (258) — 913 — — — — (55) — — 364 812 (1,222) (186) 232 (15) (329) (55) — $ (434) $ 1,361 $ 376 $ (1,477) $ (574) $ 1,145 $ 397 — — — — (136) — (136) — — — — (2) — (2) — — — — 1,033 — 1,033 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 895 $ — $ 895 (i) As a result of the acquired TRANZACT collateralized facility (see Note 11 — Debt), cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the end of the period included $8 million of restricted cash at December 31, 2019, which is included within prepaid and other current assets on our consolidated balance sheet. There were no restricted cash amounts held at December 31, 2018. 134 NET CASH (USED IN)/FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES Additions to fixed assets and software for internal use Capitalized software costs Acquisitions of operations, net of cash acquired Net proceeds from sale of operations Other, net Proceeds from/(repayments of) intercompany investing activities, net Net cash from/(used in) investing activities CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES Net payments on revolving credit facility Senior notes issued Debt issuance costs Repayments of debt Repurchase of shares Proceeds from issuance of shares Payments of deferred and contingent consideration related to acquisitions Cash paid for employee taxes on withholding shares Dividends paid Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non- controlling interests (Repayments of)/proceeds from intercompany financing activities, net Net cash (used in)/from financing activities (DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows Willis Towers Watson plc Willis North America Trinity Acquisition plc Other guarantors Non- guarantors Eliminations Consolidated Year ended December 31, 2018 $ (537) $ 153 $ 355 $ (792) $ 3,196 $ (1,087) $ 1,288 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — (4) — — — — (264) (54) (36) 4 13 — — — — — 1,398 369 92 356 (2,673) 458 (268) (54) (36) 4 13 — $ 1,398 $ 369 $ 92 $ 352 $ (3,010) $ 458 $ (341) — — — — (602) 45 — — (306) — — (155) 998 (8) — — — — — — — (599) — — — — — — — — — — — — — — (170) — — — — — — — — (754) 998 (8) (170) (602) 45 — — (50) — (50) — (686) — (150) (30) (251) — 1,087 — — (26) — (30) (306) (26) — (1,357) 838 589 388 (458) $ (863) $ (522) $ (447) $ 439 $ (139) $ 629 $ (903) (2) — 2 — — — — (1) 47 — — — (41) — 44 (41) — 1 1,027 — 1,030 $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 1,033 $ — $ 1,033 135 NET CASH FROM/(USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES CASH FLOWS FROM/(USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES Additions to fixed assets and software for internal use Capitalized software costs Acquisitions of operations, net of cash acquired Net proceeds from sale of operations Other, net Proceeds from/(repayments of) intercompany investing activities, net (Increase)/decrease in investment in subsidiaries Net cash from/(used in) investing activities CASH FLOWS (USED IN)/FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES Net borrowings on revolving credit facility Senior notes issued Proceeds from issuance of other debt Debt issuance costs Repayments of debt Repurchase of shares Proceeds from issuance of shares Payments related to share cancellation Payments of deferred and contingent consideration related to acquisitions Cash paid for employee taxes on withholding shares Dividends paid Acquisitions of and dividends paid to non- controlling interests (Repayments of)/proceeds from intercompany financing activities, net Net cash (used in)/from financing activities INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows Willis Towers Watson plc Willis North America Trinity Acquisition plc Other guarantors Non- guarantors Eliminations Consolidated Year ended December 31, 2017 $ 743 $ 114 $ 29 $ (696) $ 939 $ (267) $ 862 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — (8) — — — — (292) (75) (13) 57 (4) — — — — — 1,042 (55) (1,600) 277 (485) 821 (1,035) (115) (148) 833 465 — (300) (75) (13) 57 (4) — — $ 7 $ (170) $ (1,748) $ 1,102 $ (347) $ 821 $ (335) — — — — — (532) 61 — — — (277) — — 155 649 — (5) (394) — — — — — (58) — 487 — — (4) (220) — — — — — — — — — — — — — 32 — (120) — — (177) — — — — — — — — 642 649 32 (9) (734) (532) 61 (177) — — (65) — (65) — — — (58) (18) (151) — 267 — — (51) — (18) (277) (51) — (291) 1,456 (347) 3 (821) $ (748) $ 56 $ 1,719 $ (405) $ (547) $ (554) $ (479) 2 — — — — — — 1 45 — — — 112 — — — 870 — 48 112 870 $ 2 $ — $ — $ 1 $ 1,027 $ — $ 1,030 136 ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE None. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the chief executive officer (‘CEO’) and chief financial officer (‘CFO’), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, our management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2019 in providing reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed in our periodic reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (1) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (2) accumulated and communicated to our management to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting in the quarter ended December 31, 2019 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Internal control over financial reporting refers to the process designed by, or under the supervision of, our CEO and CFO, and overseen by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and includes those policies and procedures that: (1) Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting can also be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore, it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk. Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. Management has used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (‘COSO’) in the report entitled Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) to evaluate the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Based on this evaluation, management has concluded that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019. Our assessment of, and conclusion on, the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal control over financial reporting at TRANZACT. SEC guidance permits management to omit an assessment of an acquired business’ internal control over financial reporting from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting for a period not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition. We are in the process of integrating TRANZACT operations within our internal control structure. Accordingly, management has excluded controls relating to TRANZACT in this quarter’s evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures. 137 TRANZACT was acquired on July 30, 2019 and is included in our 2019 consolidated financial statements and represented approximately 5% of our total assets as of December 31, 2019, and 3% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019. The effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included herein. 138 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and subsidiaries (the ‘Company’) as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (‘COSO’). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO. We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (‘PCAOB’), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019, of the Company and our report dated February 26, 2020, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and included an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s adoption of a new accounting standard. As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management excluded from its assessment the internal control over financial reporting at TRANZACT, which was acquired on July 30, 2019, and whose financial statements constitute 5% of total assets as of December 31, 2019, and 3% of total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019. Accordingly, our audit did not include the internal control over financial reporting at TRANZACT. Basis for Opinion The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. /s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP Philadelphia, PA February 26, 2020 139 ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION None. 140 PART III. ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Information with respect to the executive officers of the Company is provided in Part I, Item 1 above under the heading ‘Information about Executive Officers of the Registrant’. All other information required by this Item will be provided in accordance with Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K no later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The information required by this Item will be provided in accordance with Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K no later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS The information required by this Item will be provided in accordance with Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K no later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE The information required by this Item will be provided in accordance with Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K no later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES The information required by this Item will be provided in accordance with Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K no later than 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year. 141 PART IV. ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES a) The following documents have been included in Part II, Item 8: Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Financial Statements of Willis Towers Watson Financial Statements: Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2019 and 2018 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements b) Exhibits: In reviewing the agreements included or incorporated by reference as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, it is important to note that they are included to provide investors with information regarding their terms, and are not intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about Willis Towers Watson or the other parties to the agreements. The agreements contain representations and warranties made by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement, and: should not be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating risk between the parties; have in some cases been qualified by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement, which disclosures are not necessarily reflected in the agreement; may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may be material to investors; and were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments. Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time. Additional information about Willis Towers Watson may be found elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and our other public filings, which are available without charge through the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among Willis Group Holdings plc, Citadel Merger Sub, Inc. and Towers Watson & Co (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on June 30, 2015) Amendment No. 1 to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated November 19, 2015, by and among Willis, Merger Sub and Towers Watson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on November 20, 2015) Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on June 15, 2017) Certificate of Incorporation of Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 4, 2010) Description of the Company’s ordinary shares* Indenture, dated as of March 17, 2011, by and among Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company, as issuer, Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment UK Holdings Limited, TA I Limited, Trinity Acquisition Limited, Willis Group Limited and Willis North America Inc., as Guarantors, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 17, 2011) First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 17, 2011, supplemental to the Indenture dated March 17, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 17, 2011) Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 9, 2016, supplemental to the Indenture, dated as of March 17, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 10, 2016) 2.1 2.2 3.1 3.2 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 142 4.5 4.6 4.7 4.8 4.9 4.10 4.11 4.12 4.13 4.14 4.15 4.16 4.17 4.18 Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 11, 2017, supplemental to the Indenture dated as of March 17, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on August 16, 2017) Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2013, by and among Trinity Acquisition Limited, as issuer, Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company, Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis North America Inc., Willis Investment UK Holdings Limited, TA I Limited and Willis Group Limited, as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on August 15, 2013) First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2013, supplemental to the Indenture dated August 15, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on August 15, 2013) Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 9, 2016, supplemental to the Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 10, 2016) Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 22, 2016, supplemental to the Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 22, 2016) Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 26, 2016, supplemental to the Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on May 26, 2016) Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 11, 2017, supplemental to the Indenture dated as of August 15, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on August 16, 2017) Indenture, dated as of May 16, 2017, among Willis North America Inc., as issuer, Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company, Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment UK Holdings Limited, TA I Limited, WTW Bermuda Holdings Ltd., Trinity Acquisition plc and Willis Group Limited, as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on May 16, 2017) First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 16, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on May 16, 2017) Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 11, 2017, supplemental to the Indenture dated as of May 16, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on August 16, 2017) Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 10, 2018, supplemental to the Indenture dated as of May 16, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on September 10, 2018) Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 10, 2019, supplemental to the Indenture dated as of May 16, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on September 10, 2019). Form of Willis North America Inc.’s 2.950% Senior Note due 2029 and 3.875% Senior Note due 2049 (included in Exhibit 4.16 and incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on September 10, 2019) Form of Indenture among Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, as issuer, Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company, Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V., Willis Investment UK Holdings Limited, TA I Limited, Willis Towers Watson UK Holdings Limited, Trinity Acquisition plc, Willis Group Limited and Willis North America Inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed by the Company on March 11, 2019) 10.1 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2017, among Trinity Acquisition plc, Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, the lenders party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 9, 2017) 10.2 Amended and Restated Guaranty Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2017, among Trinity Acquisition plc, Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, the other guarantors party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 9, 2017) 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6 Deed Poll of Assumption, dated as of December 31, 2009, by and between Willis Group Holdings Limited and Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 4, 2010)† Willis Group Senior Management Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 4, 2010)† Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company Amended and Restated 2010 North American Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to the Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed by the Company on April 27, 2016)† Rules of the Willis Group Holdings Sharesave Plan 2001 for the United Kingdom (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Form 8- K filed by the Company on January 4, 2010)† 143 10.7 10.8 10.9 The Willis Group Holdings Irish Sharesave Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on May 10, 2010)† Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to the Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed by the Company on April 27, 2016)† Form of Time-Based Share Option Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 9, 2012)† 10.10 Form of Performance-Based Share Option Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 9, 2012)† 10.11 Form of Time-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 9, 2012)† 10.12 Form of Performance-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 9, 2012)† 10.13 Form of Time-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (for Non-Employee Directors) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 9, 2012)† 10.14 Form of Performance-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan for the 2013 Long-Term Incentive Program (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on February 27, 2014)† 10.15 Rules of the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Sharesave Sub-Plan for the United Kingdom to the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on February 28, 2013)† 10.16 Form of 2012 Long Term Incentive Program Agreement of Restrictive Covenants and Other Obligations (for U.S. employees) Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on February 28, 2013)† 10.17 Form of 2012 Long Term Incentive Program Agreement of Restrictive Covenants and Other Obligations (for U.K. employees) Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on February 28, 2013) † 10.18 Amended and Restated Willis U.S. 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on November 20, 2009)† 10.19 First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Willis U.S. 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan, effective June 1, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 9, 2011)† 10.20 Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Willis U.S. 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on November 5, 2013)† 10.21 Amendment 2017-1 to the Amended and Restated Willis U.S. 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on February 28, 2018)† 10.22 Amendment 2019-1 to the Amended and Restated Willis U.S. 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on November 1, 2019)† 10.23 Form of Deed of Indemnity of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 5, 2016)† 10.24 Form of Indemnification Agreement of Willis North America Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 5, 2016)† 10.25 Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company Compensation Policy and Share Ownership Guidelines for Non-Employee Directors (as amended September 2019) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on November 1, 2019) 10.26 Employment Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2016, by and between Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and John J. Haley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 1, 2016)† 144 10.27 Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of July 18, 2018, by and between Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and John J. Haley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on July 18, 2018)† 10.28 Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2019, between Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and John J. Haley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 1, 2019)† 10.29 Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement, dated as of February 26, 2016, by and between Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and John J. Haley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on March 1, 2016)† 10.30 Supplemental Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement, by and between Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and John J. Haley, dated as of June 14, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on June 16, 2016)† 10.31 Offer Letter, dated August 17, 2017, from John J. Haley to Michael J. Burwell (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on August 21, 2017)† 10.32 Letter Agreement, dated September 18, 2017, by and between the Company and Roger F. Millay (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on November 6, 2017)† 10.33 Offer Letter, dated November 9, 2014, and Contract of Employment, dated as of November 9, 2014, by and between Willis Limited, a subsidiary of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, and Nicolas Aubert (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Form 10- Q filed by the Company on May 10, 2016)† 10.34 Amendment, dated as of June 29, 2015, to Contract of Employment, dated as of November 9, 2014, by and between Willis Limited, a subsidiary of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company, and Nicolas Aubert (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Form 10- Q filed by the Company on May 10, 2016)† 10.35 Letter Agreement, dated June 7, 2017, by and between the Company and Nicolas Aubert (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 7, 2017)† 10.36 Form of Time-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, dated as of November 9, 2015, by and between Nicolas Aubert and Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.74 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on February 29, 2016)† 10.37 Form of Performance-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, dated as of November 9, 2015, by and between Nicolas Aubert and Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.75 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on February 29, 2016)† 10.38 10.39 10.40 Form of Time-Based Share Option Agreement under the Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, dated as of November 9, 2015, by and between Nicolas Aubert and Willis Group Holdings Public Limited Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.76 to the Form 10-K filed by the Company on February 29, 2016)† Form of Performance-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement for Operating Committee Members under the Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company Amended and Restated 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on November 7, 2016)† Form of Performance-Based Restricted Share Unit Agreement for Operating Committee Members under the Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company Amended and Restated 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 6, 2018)† 10.41 Performance-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement, dated February 26, 2019, by and between Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and John J. Haley (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on May 3, 2019)† 10.42 Towers Watson Amended and Restated 2009 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company on January 5, 2016)† 10.43 Trust Deed and Rules of the Towers Watson Limited Share Incentive Plan 2005 (U.K) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Form 10-K filed by Watson Wyatt Worldwide Inc. on September 1, 2006)† 10.44 Towers Watson Limited Share Incentive Plan 2005 Deed of Amendment (U.K.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Form 10-K filed by Watson Wyatt Worldwide Inc. on September 1, 2006)† 145 10.45 Towers Watson Limited Share Incentive Plan 2005 Deed to Change the Trust Deed and Rules (U.K.) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Form 10-K filed by Towers Watson on August 29, 2012)† 10.46 Share Purchase Plan 2005 (Spain) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Form 10-K filed by Watson Wyatt Worldwide Inc. on September 1, 2006)† 10.47 Trust Deed and Rules of the Watson Wyatt Ireland Share Participation Scheme (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Form 10-K filed by Watson Wyatt Worldwide Inc. on September 1, 2006)† 10.48 Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement for use under the Towers Watson & Co. 2009 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K filed by Towers Watson on March 8, 2010)† 10.49 Extend Health Amended and Restated 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company on January 5, 2016)† 10.50 Liazon Amended and Restated 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company on January 5, 2016)† 10.51 Willis Towers Watson Non-Qualified Deferred Savings Plan for U.S. Employees (as amended and restated effective January 1, 2017) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on November 7, 2016)† 10.52 Amendment 2018-1 to the Willis Towers Watson Non-Qualified Deferred Savings Plan for U.S. Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Form 8-K filed by the Company on July 18, 2018)† 10.53 Willis Towers Watson Non-Qualified Stable Value Excess Plan for U.S. Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 7, 2017)† 10.54 Amendment 2017-1 to the Willis Towers Watson Non-Qualified Stable Value Excess Plan for U.S. Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 10-Q filed by the Company on August 6, 2018)† 10.55 Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company Compensation Recoupment Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.68 to the Form 21.1 23.1 31.1 31.2 32.1 32.2 101.INS 101.SCH 101.CAL 101.DEF 101.LAB 101.PRE 104 10-K filed by the Company on February 28, 2018)† List of subsidiaries* Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP* Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)* Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)* Certification Pursuant to 18 USC. Section 1350* Certification Pursuant to 18 USC. Section 1350* Inline XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document. Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document* Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document* Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)* * Filed herewith. † Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. All exhibits that are incorporated by reference herein to a filing with the SEC made more than five years ago are filed under: SEC File No. 001-16503, for any filings that were made by Willis Group Holdings or the Company; SEC File No. 001-34594, for any filings that were made by Towers Watson; and SEC File No. 001-16159, for any filings that were made by Watson Wyatt Worldwide. ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY Not applicable. 146 Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. SIGNATURES WILLIS TOWERS WATSON PLC (REGISTRANT) By: /s/ John J. Haley John J. Haley Chief Executive Officer Date: February 26, 2020 Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated. /s/ John J. Haley John J. Haley Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) /s/ Susan D. Davies Susan D. Davies Principal Accounting Officer and Controller /s/ Anna C. Catalano Anna C. Catalano Director /s/ Wendy E. Lane Wendy E. Lane Director /s/ Jaymin B. Patel Jaymin B. Patel Director /s/ Paul D. Thomas Paul D. Thomas Director 147 /s/ Michael J. Burwell Michael J. Burwell Chief Financial Officer /s/ Victor F. Ganzi Victor F. Ganzi Director /s/ Brendan R. O’Neill Brendan R. O’Neill Director /s/ Linda D. Rabbitt Linda D. Rabbitt Director /s/ Wilhelm Zeller Wilhelm Zeller Director Exhibit 4.1 DESCRIPTION OF ORDINARY SHARES OF WILLIS TOWERS WATSON PUBLIC LIMITED COMPANY The following description of ordinary shares, nominal value $0.000304635 per share, of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company (the “Company” or “we”) is a summary. This summary is not complete, is subject to the Irish Companies Act 2014 (the “Irish Companies Act”) and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Company’s constitution, which is comprised of its amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (hereinafter referred to as the “constitution” or, as appropriate, the “memorandum” and / or the “articles of association”), which is filed with the Securities and Exchanges Commission and incorporated herein by reference. We encourage you to read those laws and documents carefully. Capital Structure Authorized Share Capital. The authorized share capital of the Company consists of 40,000 ordinary shares with a nominal value of €1 per share, 1,510,003,775 ordinary shares with a nominal value of US$0.000304635 per share and 1,000,000,000 preferred shares with a nominal value of US$0.000115 per share. The authorized share capital includes 40,000 ordinary shares with a nominal value of €1 per share in order to satisfy statutory requirements for all Irish public limited companies commencing operations. The Company may issue shares subject to the maximum prescribed by the authorized share capital contained in the constitution. The authorized share capital may be increased or reduced by way of an ordinary resolution of its shareholders. The shares comprising the authorized share capital may be divided into shares of such nominal value as the resolution shall prescribe. As a matter of Irish company law, the directors of a company may issue new ordinary or preferred shares without shareholder approval once authorized to do so by the constitution or by an ordinary resolution adopted by the shareholders at a general meeting. An ordinary resolution requires the approval of over 50% of the votes of a company’s shareholders cast at a general meeting. The shareholders of the Company, by an ordinary resolution passed at the annual general meeting of the Company held on May 20, 2019 (the “2019 Annual Meeting”), authorized the directors of the Company to issue up to 42,636,078 shares. This authority will expire on November 20, 2020 unless previously renewed, varied or revoked; however, we generally ask shareholders to approve this resolution at each annual meeting and expect that it will be renewed each year. The rights and restrictions to which the ordinary shares will be subject are prescribed in the constitution. The constitution entitles the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”), without shareholder approval, to determine the terms of the preferred shares the Company may issue. Irish law does not recognize fractional shares held of record. Accordingly, the constitution does not provide for the issuance of fractional shares, and the Company’s official Irish register will not reflect any fractional shares. Issued Share Capital. As of December 31, 2019, the nominal value of the issued share capital of the Company was $39,203.46 comprised of 128,689,930 ordinary shares, with nominal value of US$0.000304635 per share. Pre-emption Rights, Share Warrants and Share Options Pre-emption Rights – The constitution provides that, subject to any shareholder approval requirement under any laws, regulations or the rules of any stock exchange to which the Company is subject, the Board is authorized, from time to time, in its discretion, to grant such persons, for such periods and upon such terms as the Board deems advisable, options to purchase such number of shares of any class or classes or of any series of any class as the Board may deem advisable, and to cause warrants or other appropriate instruments evidencing such options to be issued. The Irish Companies Act provides that directors may issue share warrants or options without shareholder approval once authorized to do so by the constitution or an ordinary resolution of shareholders. The Board may issue shares upon exercise of warrants or options without shareholder approval or authorization (up to the level authorized by shareholders by way of ordinary resolution). Under Irish law, certain statutory preemption rights apply automatically in favor of shareholders where shares are to be issued for cash. The statutory preemption right can be disapplied in the constitution of a company or by a special resolution passed by the shareholders at a general meeting. A special resolution requires the approval of at least 75% of the votes cast at a general meeting of shareholders. If the statutory preemption rights are not disapplied, shares issued for cash must be offered to existing shareholders on a pro rata basis to their existing shareholding before the shares may be issued to any new shareholders. Statutory preemption rights do not apply (i) where shares are issued for non- cash consideration (such as in a stock-for-stock acquisition), (ii) to the issue of non-equity shares (that is, shares that have the right to participate only up to a specified amount in any income or capital distribution) or (iii) where shares are issued pursuant to an employee option or similar equity plan. The shareholders of the Company, by special resolution passed at the 2019 Annual Meeting, disapplied the statutory pre-emption rights in respect of an issue of up to 12,920,023 ordinary shares and any issue of ordinary shares pursuant to a rights issue. This disapplication will expire on November 20, 2020; however, we generally ask shareholders to approve this resolution at every annual shareholders meeting, and expect it will be renewed each year. Issuance of Shares Underlying Equity Awards – The Irish Companies Act prohibits an Irish company from allotting shares for “nil” or no consideration. Accordingly, the nominal value of the shares issued upon the lapse of restrictions or the vesting of any restricted share unit, performance shares awards, bonus shares or any other share-based grants must be paid pursuant to the Irish Companies Act. The Company is subject to the rules of the NASDAQ and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), which require shareholder approval of certain equity plan and share issuances. Dividends Under Irish law, dividends and distributions may only be made from distributable reserves. Distributable reserves generally means the Company’s accumulated realized profits less accumulated realized losses and includes reserves created by way of capital reduction. In addition, no distribution or dividend may be made unless the Company’s net assets are equal to, or in excess of, the aggregate of the Company’s called up share capital plus undistributable reserves and the distribution does not reduce the Company’s net assets below such aggregate. Undistributable reserves include the Company’s undenominated capital and the amount by which the Company’s accumulated unrealized profits, so far as not previously utilized by any capitalization, exceed the Company’s accumulated unrealized losses, so far as not previously written off in a reduction or reorganization of capital. The determination as to whether or not the Company has sufficient distributable reserves to fund a dividend must be made by reference to the “relevant entity financial statements” of the Company. The “relevant entity financial statements” will be either the last set of unconsolidated annual audited financial statements or other financial statements properly prepared in accordance with the Irish Companies Act, which give a “true and fair view” of the Company’s unconsolidated financial position and accord with accepted accounting practice. The relevant accounts must be filed in the Companies Registration Office (the official public registry for companies in Ireland). The mechanism as to who declares a dividend and when a dividend shall become payable is governed by the constitution. The constitution authorizes the Board to declare such dividends as appear justified from the Company’s profits without the approval of the shareholders at a general meeting. The Board may also recommend a dividend to be approved and declared by the shareholders at a general meeting. Any general meeting declaring a dividend and any resolution of the Board declaring a dividend may direct that the payment be made by distribution of assets, shares or cash and no dividend issued may exceed the amount recommended by the Board. The Company’s directors may deduct from any dividend payable to any member all sums of money (if any) immediately payable by such member to the Company in relation to the shares of the Company. The Board is also entitled to issue shares with preferred rights to participate in dividends the Company declares. The holders of such preferred shares may, depending on their terms, be entitled to claim arrears of a declared dividend out of subsequently declared dividends in priority to ordinary shareholders. Share Repurchases, Redemptions and Conversions Overview 2 The constitution provides that, unless the Board specifically elects to treat such acquisition as a purchase for the purposes of the Irish Companies Act, any ordinary share which the Company acquires or agrees to acquire from a third party shall be converted into a redeemable share. Accordingly, for Irish company law purposes, the Company’s repurchase of ordinary shares can technically be effected as a redemption of those shares as described below under “— Repurchases and Redemptions by the Company.” If the constitution did not contain such provision, repurchases by the Company would be subject to many of the same rules that apply to purchases of the Company’s shares by subsidiaries described below under “— Purchases by Subsidiaries of the Company,” including the shareholder approval requirements described below and the requirement that any on-market purchases be effected on a “recognized stock exchange.” Except where otherwise noted, when the Company refers elsewhere herein to repurchasing or buying back ordinary shares of the Company, the Company is referring to the redemption of ordinary shares by the Company pursuant to such provision of the constitution or the purchase of the Company’s ordinary shares by us or the Company’s subsidiaries, in each case in accordance with the constitution and Irish company law as described below. Repurchases and Redemptions by the Company Under Irish law, a company can issue redeemable shares and redeem them out of distributable reserves (which are described above under “— Dividends”) or, subject to certain restrictions, the proceeds of a new issue of shares for that purpose. The Company may only issue redeemable shares where the nominal value of the issued share capital that is not redeemable is at least 10% of the nominal value of the Company’s total issued share capital. Redemption is subject to the shares being fully paid. Based on the provision of the constitution described above, shareholder approval will not be required to redeem the Company’s shares. Preferred shares issued by the Board may be redeemed at the option of the Company or its shareholders, depending on the terms of such preferred shares. Please see “— Capital Structure — Authorized Share Capital” above for additional information on preferred shares. The Company may also be given an additional general authority by its shareholders to make “on-market” purchases, which means the Company may purchase its own shares as overseas market purchases on a recognized stock exchange (a “Recognized Stock Exchange”), such as the NASDAQ or the NYSE, which would take effect on the same terms and be subject to the same conditions as applicable to purchases by the Company’s subsidiaries as described below. Repurchased and redeemed shares may be cancelled or held as treasury shares. The nominal value of treasury shares held by us at any time must not exceed 10% of the Company’s “company capital.” The Company cannot exercise any voting rights in respect of shares held as treasury shares. Treasury shares may be cancelled by us or re-issued subject to certain conditions. The Company will consider whether to repurchase shares from time to time, based on many factors, including market conditions. Since April 20, 2016, when the Board reconfirmed, reapproved and reauthorized the remaining $529 million portion of the Legacy Willis program to repurchase the Company’s ordinary shares on the open market or by way of redemption or otherwise, the following additional authorizations have occurred: • • November 10, 2016 — the Company announced that the Board approved an additional authorization of $1.0 billion. February 23, 2018 — the Company announced that the Board approved an additional authorization of $400 million. There are no expiration dates for these repurchase plans or programs. The maximum number of shares that may be purchased under the existing stock repurchase program is 1,233,271. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the Company repurchased its ordinary shares for an aggregate cost (excluding broker costs) of $150 million. At December 31, 2019, approximately $249 million remained on the open-ended repurchase authorization granted by the Board. An estimate of the maximum number of shares under the existing authority was determined using the closing price of our ordinary shares on December 31, 2019 of $201.94. 3 On February 26, 2020, the Board approved a $251 million increase to the existing share repurchase program, increasing the total remaining authorization to $500 million. Purchases by Subsidiaries of the Company Under Irish law, it may be permissible for an Irish or non-Irish subsidiary to purchase the Company’s shares either as an overseas market purchase on a Recognized Stock Exchange (on-market) or off-market. A general authorization of the Company’s shareholders (by way of ordinary resolution) is required to allow a subsidiary of the Company to make on-market purchases of the Company’s shares. However, as long as this general authority has been granted, no specific shareholder authority for a particular on-market purchase by a subsidiary of the Company is required. In order for a subsidiary of the Company to make an on-market purchase of the Company’s shares, such shares must be purchased on a Recognized Stock Exchange, such as the NASDAQ or the NYSE. For an off-market purchase by a subsidiary, the proposed purchase contract must be authorized by special resolution of shareholders and if the subsidiary is incorporated in Ireland, the shareholders of that subsidiary, before the contract is entered into. This special resolution will not be effective if the person whose shares are to be bought back voted in favor of the special resolution and it would not have passed had such votes not been cast in favor of the resolution. The purchase contract must be on display or must be available for inspection by shareholders at the registered office of the Company from the date of the notice convening the relevant shareholders meeting at which the resolution is to be voted on and at the meeting itself. The number of the Company’s shares held by the Company’s subsidiaries at any time will count as treasury shares and will be included in any calculation of the permitted treasury share threshold of 10% of the Company’s “company capital.” While a subsidiary holds the Company’s shares, it cannot exercise any voting rights in respect of those shares. The acquisition of the Company’s shares by a subsidiary must be funded out of distributable reserves of such subsidiary. Bonus Shares Under the constitution, the Company’s shareholders, in a general meeting and upon the recommendation of the Board may resolve to capitalize any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserves (including any capital redemption reserve fund or share premium account) or to the credit of profit and loss account for issuance and distribution to shareholders as fully paid-up bonus shares on the same basis of entitlement as would apply in respect of a dividend distribution. Consolidation and Division; Subdivision The constitution provides that the Company may, by ordinary resolution, consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger nominal value than its existing shares or subdivide its existing share capital into shares of smaller amounts than is fixed by its constitution. Reduction of Share Capital The Company may, by ordinary resolution, reduce its authorized share capital. The Company also may, by special resolution and subject to confirmation by the Irish High Court, reduce or cancel its issued share capital. Liens on Shares, Calls on Shares and Forfeiture of Shares The constitution provides that the Company will have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully-paid share) for all moneys (whether immediately due or not). Annual Meetings of Shareholders As a matter of Irish law, the Company is required to hold annual general meetings at intervals of no more than 15 months provided that an annual general meeting is held in each calendar year following the first annual general meeting. The accounts which are presented at the annual general meeting must be made up to a date not more than 4 nine months before the date of the meeting. Because of the 15-month requirement described in this paragraph, the constitution includes provisions reflecting this requirement of Irish law. At any annual general meeting, only such business may be conducted as has been brought before the meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board, (ii) in certain circumstances, at the direction of the Irish High Court, (iii) as required by law or (iv) being such business that the chairman of the meeting determines is properly within the scope of the meeting. Any annual general meeting may be held outside of Ireland. Unless all of the shareholders have consented to the meeting being held outside Ireland, the company must make all necessary arrangements to ensure that members can participate by technological means in the meeting without leaving Ireland. The provisions of the constitution relating to general meetings shall apply to every such general meeting of the holders of any class of shares with certain exceptions such as in relation to quorum. Notices of annual general meetings of the Company and meetings called for the passing of a special resolution must be made in writing at least 21 clear days (that is, not including the day the notice is given or the day of the meeting to which the notice relates) before the meeting. Notice of meetings other than annual general meetings or meetings called for the passing of a special resolution must be made in writing at least 14 clear days before the meeting. Special Meetings of Shareholders As provided under Irish law and the constitution, extraordinary general meetings of the Company may be convened (i) by the Board or the chairman of the Board, (ii) on requisition of shareholders holding not less than 10% of the paid-up share capital of the Company carrying voting rights, (iii) by a shareholder or shareholders holding not less than 50% of the paid-up share capital of the Company carrying voting rights (iv) on requisition of auditors of the Company in certain circumstances or (v) in exceptional cases, by court order. Extraordinary general meetings are generally held for the purpose of approving shareholder resolutions as may be required from time to time. At any extraordinary general meeting only such business shall be conducted as is set forth in the notice thereof. In the case of an extraordinary general meeting requisitioned by shareholders, the proposed purpose of the meeting must be set out in the requisition notice. The requisition notice can contain any resolution. Upon receipt of this requisition notice, the Board has 21 days to convene a meeting of shareholders to vote on the matters set out in the requisition notice. This meeting must be held within two months of the receipt of the requisition notice. If the Board does not convene the meeting within such 21-day period, the requisitioning shareholders, or any of them representing more than one half of the total voting rights of all of them, may themselves convene a meeting, which meeting must be held within three months of the receipt of the requisition notice. Because of requirements described in this paragraph, the constitution includes provisions reflecting these requirements of Irish law. If the Board becomes aware that the Company’s net assets are half or less than the amount of the Company’s called-up share capital, the Board must convene an extraordinary general meeting of the shareholders not later than 28 days from the date that one of the directors learns of this fact and the meeting must be held not more than 56 days from that date. This meeting must be convened for the purposes of considering whether any, and if so what, measures should be taken to address the situation. Notice of an extraordinary general meeting must be given to all of shareholders and to the auditors of the Company (unless a statutory exemption can be availed of). Under Irish law, the minimum notice periods are 21 clear days’ notice (that is, not including the day the notice is given or the day of the meeting to which it relates) in writing for an extraordinary general meeting to approve a special resolution and 14 clear days’ notice in writing for any other extraordinary general meeting. Because of the 21-day and 14-day requirements described in this paragraph, the constitution include provisions reflecting these requirements of Irish law. Quorum for General Meetings 5 The presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of at least 50% of ordinary shares outstanding constitutes a quorum for the conduct of business. No business may take place at a general meeting of the Company if a quorum is not present in person or by proxy. The Board has no authority to waive quorum requirements stipulated in the constitution. Abstentions and broker non-votes will be counted as present for purposes of determining whether there is a quorum in respect of the proposals. A broker “non-vote” occurs when a nominee (such as a broker) holding shares for a beneficial owner abstains from voting on a particular proposal because the nominee does not have discretionary voting power for that proposal and has not received instructions from the beneficial owner on how to vote those shares. Voting The constitution provides that all resolutions shall be decided by a poll. Every shareholder shall have one vote for each ordinary share that he or she holds as of the record date for the meeting. Voting rights may be exercised by shareholders registered in the Company’s share register as of the record date for the meeting or by a duly appointed proxy of such a registered shareholder, which proxy need not be a shareholder. Where interests in shares are held by a nominee trust company such company may exercise the rights of the beneficial holders on their behalf as their proxy. All proxies must be appointed in the manner prescribed by the constitution. The Board may from time to time permit appointments of a proxy to be made by means of a telephonic, electronic or internet communication or facility. In accordance with the constitution, the Company’s directors may from time to time cause us to issue preferred shares. These preferred shares may have such voting rights as may be specified in the terms of such preferred shares (e.g., they may carry more votes per share than ordinary shares or may entitle their holders to a class vote on such matters as may be specified in the terms of the preferred shares). Treasury shares will not be entitled to be voted at general meetings of shareholders. Irish company law requires “special resolutions” of the shareholders at a general meeting to approve certain matters. A special resolution requires the approval of not less than 75% of the votes of shareholders cast at a general meeting where a quorum is present. This may be contrasted with “ordinary resolutions,” which require a simple majority of the votes of shareholders cast at a general meeting at which a quorum is present. Examples of matters requiring special resolutions include: • • • • • • • • • amending the objects of the Company; amending the constitution; approving the change of name of the Company; authorizing the entering into of a guarantee or provision of security in connection with a loan, quasi-loan or credit transaction to a director or connected person; opting out of pre-emption rights on the issuance of new shares; re-registration of the Company from a public limited company as a private company; variation of class rights attaching to classes of shares (where the constitution does not provide otherwise), which special resolution would be of the class concerned; purchase of own shares off-market; the reduction of share capital; 6 • • • • • sanctioning a compromise/scheme of arrangement; resolving that the Company be wound up by the Irish courts; resolving in favor of a shareholders’ voluntary winding-up; re-designation of shares into different share classes; and setting the re-issue price of treasury shares. Proxy Access Shareholder Eligibility to Nominate Directors Any shareholder or group of up to 20 shareholders that has maintained ownership of 3% or more of the Company’s shares continuously for at least three years would be permitted to include a specified number of director nominees in the Company’s proxy materials for the annual general meeting. Calculation of Qualifying Ownership In order to ensure that the interests of shareholders seeking to include candidates in the Company’s proxy materials are aligned with those of other shareholders, a shareholder would be deemed to own only those shares of the Company as to which the shareholder possesses both (1) the full voting and investment rights pertaining to such shares and (2) the full economic interest in (including the opportunity for profit and risk of loss on) such shares. The following shares would not count as “owned” shares for purposes of determining whether the ownership threshold has been met: • • • shares sold by a person or any of its affiliates in any transaction that has not been settled or closed; shares that a person or any of its affiliates borrowed or purchased pursuant to an agreement to resell; and shares subject to any derivative instrument or similar agreement in respect of the Company’s shares, which instrument or agreement has the purpose or effect of (1) reducing the person’s or affiliates’ full right to vote or direct the voting of any such shares and/or (2) hedging, offsetting or altering the gain or loss arising from the full economic ownership of such person’s or affiliates’ shares. A shareholder will be deemed to “own” shares held in the name of a nominee or other intermediary so long as the person claiming ownership of such shares retains the right to instruct how the shares are voted with respect to the election of directors and possesses the full economic interest in the shares. A shareholder’s ownership of shares will also be deemed to continue during any period in which such person has loaned such shares, provided that the person has the power to recall such loaned shares on five business days’ notice, will vote such shares at the annual general meeting and will hold such shares through the date of the annual general meeting. Number of Shareholder-Nominated Candidates The maximum number of candidates nominated by all eligible shareholders that the Company would be required to include in its proxy materials cannot exceed the greater of two nominees or 20% of the number of directors in office as of the last day on which a notice of proxy access nomination may be delivered to the Company. Any candidate who is either subsequently withdrawn, disqualified or included by the Board in the Company’s proxy materials as a Board-nominated candidate would be counted against the nominee limit. Candidates that the Board nominates pursuant to an agreement or other arrangement with one or more shareholders in lieu of such person being formally nominated as a director pursuant the Company’s proxy access provision would be counted against the nominee limit. Moreover, directors that the Board nominates for reelection that were previously elected pursuant to the Company’s proxy access provision or pursuant to an agreement or other arrangement with one or more shareholders in lieu of such person being formally nominated as a director pursuant to 7 the Company’s proxy access provision, in each case, at one of the previous two annual general meetings, would be counted against the nominee limit. Procedure for Electing Candidates if Nominee Limit is Exceeded Any shareholder or group of shareholders that submits more than one candidate for inclusion in the Company’s proxy materials would be required to rank its candidates. If the number of candidates exceeds the nominee limit, the highest-ranking eligible candidate from each shareholder or group of shareholders will be included in the Company’s proxy materials until the limit is reached, beginning with the shareholder or group of shareholders with the largest number of shares. Nominating Procedures In order to provide adequate time to assess shareholder-nominated candidates, requests to include such candidates in the Company’s proxy materials generally must be received no earlier than 150 days and no later than 120 days before the first anniversary of the date on which the Company’s definitive proxy statement was released to shareholders in connection with the prior year’s annual general meeting. Information Required by All Nominating Shareholders Each shareholder seeking to include a candidate in the Company’s proxy materials would be required to provide certain information to the Company, including but not limited to: • • • • verification of, and information regarding, the stock ownership of the shareholder as of a date within seven days prior to the submission and as of the record date for the annual meeting; information regarding each candidate, including biographical and stock ownership information; in the case of a nomination by a group of shareholders, the designation by all group members of one specified group member (or a qualified representative thereof) who is authorized to act on behalf of all group members with respect to the nomination and all related matters; and a copy of the Schedule 14N filed by the shareholder(s) with the SEC. Shareholder Action by Written Consent The Irish Companies Act provides that shareholders may approve an ordinary or special resolution of shareholders without a meeting if all shareholders sign the written resolution. The constitution permits unanimous written resolutions of shareholders, as permitted under Irish law. Shareholder Proceedings In Ireland, the decision to institute proceedings is generally taken by a company’s board of directors, who will usually be empowered to manage the company’s business. In certain limited circumstances, a shareholder may be entitled to bring a derivative action on behalf of the company. The central question at issue in deciding whether a minority shareholder may be permitted to bring a derivative action is whether, unless the action is brought, a wrong committed against the company would otherwise go un-redressed. The principal case law in Ireland indicates that to bring a derivative action a person must first establish a prima facie case (i) that the company is entitled to the relief claimed and (ii) that the action falls within one of the five exceptions derived from case law, as follows: • • where an ultra vires or illegal act is perpetrated; where more than a bare majority is required to ratify the “wrong” complained of; 8 • • • where the shareholders’ personal rights are infringed; where a fraud has been perpetrated upon a minority by those in control; or where the justice of the case requires a minority to be permitted to institute proceedings. Shareholders may also bring proceedings against the company where the affairs of the company are being conducted, or the powers of the directors are being exercised, in a manner oppressive to the shareholders or in disregard of their interests. Oppression connotes conduct that is burdensome, harsh or wrong. This is an Irish statutory remedy and the court can grant any order it sees fit, including providing for the purchase or transfer of the shares of any shareholder. Variation of Rights Attaching to a Class or Series of Shares Any variation of class or series rights attaching to the Company’s issued shares is addressed in the constitution as well as the Irish Companies Act and must in accordance with the constitution be approved by ordinary resolution of the class or series affected. Inspection of Books and Records Under Irish law, shareholders have the right to: (i) receive a copy of the constitution; (ii) inspect and obtain copies of the minutes and resolutions of general meetings of the Company; (iii) inspect and receive a copy of the register of shareholders, register of directors and secretaries, register of directors’ interests and other statutory registers maintained by the Company; and (iv) receive copies of balance sheets and directors’ and auditors’ reports which have previously been sent to shareholders prior to an annual general meeting. The Company’s auditors will also have the right to inspect all of the Company’s accounting records. The auditors’ report must be circulated to the shareholders with the Company’s financial statements prepared in accordance with Irish law 21 days before the annual general meeting. Acquisitions There are a number of mechanisms for acquiring an Irish public limited company, including: (a) (b) (c) a court-approved scheme of arrangement under the Irish Companies Act. A scheme of arrangement with shareholders requires a court order from the Irish High Court and the approval of 75% of the voting shareholders in value, at a meeting called to approve the scheme; through a tender offer by a third party for all of the Company’s shares. Where the holders of 80% or more of the Company’s shares have accepted an offer for their shares in the Company, the remaining shareholders may be statutorily required to also transfer their shares. If the bidder does not exercise its “squeeze out” right, then the non-accepting shareholders also have a statutory right to require the bidder to acquire their shares on the same terms. If the Company’s shares were listed on the Irish Stock Exchange or another regulated stock exchange in the European Union (“EU”), this threshold would be increased to 90%; and by way of (i) a merger with an EEA-incorporated public limited company under the EU Cross-Border Merger Directive 2005/56 implemented in Ireland by the European Communities (Cross-Border Merger) Regulations 2008 or (ii) a merger under the Irish Companies Act with another company to which the provisions of that Act apply. Under Irish law, there is no requirement for a company’s shareholders to approve a sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of a company’s property and assets. Appraisal Rights 9 Generally, under Irish law, shareholders of an Irish company do not have dissenters or appraisal rights. Under the Irish Companies Act, a shareholder (i) who voted against the special resolution approving the merger with another Irish company or (ii) of a company in which 90% of the shares are held by the acquiring company has the right to request that the successor company acquire its shares for cash at a price determined in accordance with the share exchange ratio set out in the transaction. Similar rights apply in the case of a merger between an Irish public company and a company incorporated in another member state of the European Economic Area, under the European Communities (Cross-Border Merger) Regulations 2008. Disclosure of Interests in Shares Under the Irish Companies Act, there is a notification requirement for shareholders who acquire or cease to be interested in three percent of the shares carrying voting rights of an Irish public limited company. A shareholder must therefore make such a notification to us if as a result of a transaction the shareholder will be interested in three percent or more of any class of shares carrying voting rights; or if as a result of a transaction a shareholder who was interested in more than three percent of such shares ceases to be so interested. Where a shareholder is interested in more than three percent of any class of shares carrying voting rights, any alteration of his or her interest that brings his or her total holding through the nearest whole percentage number, whether an increase or a reduction, must be notified to us. The relevant percentage figure is calculated by reference to the aggregate nominal value of the class of shares in which the shareholder is interested as a proportion of the entire nominal value of the issued shares of that class. Where the percentage level of the shareholder’s interest does not amount to a whole percentage this figure may be rounded down to the next whole number. All such disclosures should be notified to us within five business days of the transaction or alteration of the shareholder’s interests that gave rise to the requirement to notify. Where a person fails to comply with the notification requirements described above (other than with respect to a person ceasing to have a notifiable interest) no right or interest of any kind whatsoever in respect of any of shares concerned, held by such person, shall be enforceable by such person, whether directly or indirectly, by action or legal proceeding. However, such person may apply to the court to have the rights attaching to the shares concerned reinstated. In addition to the above disclosure requirement, the Company, under the Irish Companies Act, may by notice in writing require a person whom the Company knows or has reasonable cause to believe to be, or at any time during the three years immediately preceding the date on which such notice is issued, to have been interested in shares comprised in the Company’s relevant share capital to: (i) indicate whether or not it is the case; and (ii) where such person holds or has during that time held an interest in shares, to give such further information as may be required by the Company including particulars of such person’s own past or present interests in shares within such three year period. Any information given in response to the notice is required to be given in writing within such reasonable time as may be specified in the notice. Where such a notice is served by us on a person who is or was interested in shares and that person fails to give the Company any information required within the reasonable time specified, the Company may apply to court for an order directing that the affected shares be subject to certain restrictions. Under the Irish Companies Act, the restrictions that may be placed on the shares by the court are as follows: (a) (b) (c) (d) any transfer of those shares, or in the case of unissued shares any transfer of the right to be issued with shares and any issue of shares, shall be void; no voting rights shall be exercisable in respect of those shares; no further shares shall be issued in right of those shares or in pursuance of any offer made to the holder of those shares; and no payment shall be made of any sums due from the Company on those shares, whether in respect of capital or otherwise. Where shares are subject to these restrictions, the court may order that the shares shall cease to be subject to these restrictions. 10 Anti-Takeover Provisions Irish Takeover Rules and Substantial Acquisition Rules A transaction by virtue of which a third party is seeking to acquire 30% or more of the voting rights of the Company will be governed by the Irish Takeover Panel Act 1997 and the Irish Takeover Rules made thereunder and will be regulated by the Irish Takeover Panel. The “General Principles” of the Irish Takeover Rules and certain important aspects of the Irish Takeover Rules are described below. The Irish Takeover Rules are built on the following General Principles which will apply to any transaction regulated by the Irish Takeover Panel: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) in the event of an offer, all classes of shareholders of the target company should be afforded equivalent treatment and, if a person acquires control of a company, the other holders of securities must be protected; the holders of securities in the target company must have sufficient time and information to allow them to make an informed decision regarding the offer. If the board of the target company advises the holders of securities as regards the offer, it must advise on the effects of the implementation of the offer on employment, employment conditions and the locations of the target company’s place of business; the board of the target company must act in the interests of the company as a whole and must not deny the holder of securities the opportunity to decide on the merits of the offer; false markets (i.e., a market based on erroneous, imperfect or unequally disclosed information) must not be created in the securities of the target company, the bidder company or any other company concerned by the offer in such a way that the rise or fall of the price of the securities becomes artificial and the normal functioning of the markets is distorted; a bidder must announce an offer only after ensuring that he or she can pay in full the consideration offered and after taking all reasonable measures to secure the implementation of any other type of consideration; a target company may not be hindered in the conduct of its affairs longer than is reasonable by an offer for its securities (this is a recognition that an offer will disrupt the day-to-day running of a target company, particularly if the offer is hostile, and the board of the target company must divert its attention to deal with the offer); and a substantial acquisition of securities (whether such acquisition is to be effected by one transaction or a series of transactions) shall take place only at an acceptable speed and shall be subject to adequate and timely disclosure. Mandatory Bid If an acquirer and any parties acting with such acquirer increased ownership to 30% or more of the voting rights in the Company, the acquirer and, depending on the circumstances, its concert parties would be required (except with the consent of the Irish Takeover Panel) to make a cash offer for the remaining outstanding shares at a price not less than the highest price paid for the shares by the acquirer or its concert parties during the previous 12 months. This requirement would also be triggered by an acquisition of shares by a person holding (together with its concert parties) shares carrying between 30% and 50% of the voting rights in the Company if the effect of such acquisition were to increase the percentage of the voting rights held by that person (together with its concert parties) by 0.05% within a 12-month period. A single holder (that is, a holder excluding any parties acting in concert with the holder) holding more than 50% of the voting rights of a company is not subject to this rule. Voluntary Bid; Requirements to Make a Cash Offer and Minimum Price Requirements An offer that does not require the bidder to submit an offer for the remaining shares is a voluntary offer. Specifically, if a bidder or any of its concert parties acquire the Company’s ordinary shares within the period of three months prior to the commencement of the offer period, the offer price must be not less than the highest price paid for the Company’s ordinary shares by the bidder or its concert parties during that period. The Irish Takeover 11 Panel has the power to extend the “look back” period to 12 months if the Irish Takeover Panel, having regard to the General Principles, believes it is appropriate to do so. If the bidder or any of its concert parties has acquired the Company’s ordinary shares (i) during the period of 12 months prior to the commencement of the offer period which represent more than 10% of the Company’s total ordinary shares or (ii) at any time after the commencement of the offer period, the offer shall be in cash (or accompanied by a full cash alternative) and the price per ordinary share shall be not less than the highest price paid by the bidder or its concert parties during, in the case of (i), the period of 12 months prior to the commencement of the offer period and, in the case of (ii), the offer period. The Irish Takeover Panel may apply this rule to a bidder who, together with its concert parties, has acquired less than 10% of the Company’s total ordinary shares in the 12 month period prior to the commencement of the offer period if the Irish Takeover Panel, having regard to the General Principles, considers it just and proper to do so. An offer period will generally commence from the date of the first announcement of the offer or proposed offer. Substantial Acquisition Rules The Irish Takeover Rules also contain rules governing substantial acquisitions of shares which restrict the speed at which a person may increase his or her holding of shares and rights over shares to an aggregate of between 15% and 30% of the voting rights of the Company. Except in certain circumstances, an acquisition or series of acquisitions of shares or rights over shares representing 10% or more of the voting rights of the Company is prohibited, if such acquisition(s), when aggregated with shares or rights already held, would result in the acquirer holding 15% or more but less than 30% of the voting rights of the Company and such acquisitions are made within a period of seven days. These rules also require accelerated disclosure of acquisitions of shares or rights over shares relating to such holdings. Frustrating Action Under the Irish Takeover Rules, the Board is not permitted to take any action which might frustrate an offer for shares once the Board has received an approach that could lead to an offer or if the Board has reason to believe an offer is imminent, except as noted below. Potentially frustrating actions such as (i) the issue of shares, options or convertible securities, (ii) material disposals, (iii) entering into contracts other than in the ordinary course of business or (iv) any action, other than seeking alternative offers, which may result in frustration of an offer, are prohibited during the course of an offer or at any time during which the Board has reason to believe an offer is imminent. Exceptions to this prohibition are available: (a) (b) if the action is approved by shareholders at a general meeting; or with the consent of the Irish Takeover Panel where: (i) (ii) the Irish Takeover Panel is satisfied the action would not constitute a frustrating action; the holders of 50% of the voting rights state in writing that they approve the proposed action and would vote in favor of it at a general meeting; (iii) the relevant action is pursuant to a contract entered into prior to the announcement of the offer; or (iv) the decision to take such action was made before the announcement of the offer and either has been at least partially implemented or is in the ordinary course of business. For other provisions that could be considered to have an anti-takeover effect, please see above at “— Authorized Share Capital” (regarding issuance of preferred shares), “— Pre-emption Rights, Share Warrants and Share Options” and “— Disclosure of Interests in Shares,” in addition to “— Corporate Governance” below. Corporate Governance 12 The constitution allocates authority over the management of the Company to the Board. The Board may then delegate the management of the Company to committees (consisting of members of the Board or other persons) or executives, but regardless, the directors will remain responsible, as a matter of Irish law, for the proper management of the affairs of the Company. The Company has an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, and a Risk Committee (each of which is comprised of independent members of the Board). The Company also has adopted certain governance and compliance policies, including, among others, Corporate Governance Guidelines, a Code of Conduct, and an Insider Trading Policy. Legal Name; Formation; Fiscal Year; Registered Office The legal and commercial name of the Company is Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company. The Company was incorporated in Ireland as a public limited company on September 24, 2009 with company registration number 475616 and has a registered address at Willis Towers Watson House, Elm Park, Merrion Road, Dublin 4 Ireland. The Company’s fiscal year ends on December 31. Duration; Dissolution; Rights upon Liquidation The Company’s corporate existence has unlimited duration. The Company may be dissolved at any time by way of either a shareholders’ voluntary winding up or a creditors’ voluntary winding up. In the case of a shareholders’ voluntary winding up, a special resolution of the shareholders is required. The Company may also be dissolved by way of court order on the application of a creditor, or by the Companies Registration Office as an enforcement measure where the Company has failed to file certain returns. The Company may also be dissolved by the Director of Corporate Enforcement in Ireland where the affairs of the Company have been investigated by an inspector and it appears from the report or any information obtained by the Director of Corporate Enforcement that the Company should be wound up. The rights of the shareholders to a return of the Company’s assets on dissolution or winding up, following the settlement of all claims of creditors, may be prescribed in the constitution or the terms of any preferred shares issued by the directors of the Company from time to time. The holders of preferred shares in particular may have the right to priority in a dissolution or winding up of the Company. If the constitution contains no specific provisions in respect of a dissolution or winding up, then, subject to the priorities of any creditors, the assets will be distributed to shareholders in proportion to the paid-up par value of the shares held. The constitution provides that the ordinary shareholders are entitled to participate pro rata in a winding up, but their right to do so may be subject to the rights of any preferred shareholder to participate under the terms of any series or class of preferred shares. The constitution also provides that the Company may be wound up by unanimous vote of its shareholders. Uncertificated Shares Under the constitution, and subject to the provisions of the Irish Companies Act, holders of ordinary shares will not have the right to require the Company to issue certificates for their shares. Stock Exchange Listing The Company’s ordinary shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “WLTW.” No Sinking Fund The Company’s ordinary shares have no sinking fund provisions. Transfer and Registration of Shares The Company’s share register is maintained by its transfer agent. Registration in this share register is determinative of membership in the Company. A shareholder who holds shares beneficially is not the holder of record of such shares. Instead, the depository (for example, Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC) or other nominee is the holder of 13 record of such shares. Accordingly, a transfer of shares from a person who holds such shares beneficially to a person who also holds such shares beneficially through a depository or other nominee will not be registered in the Company’s official share register, as the depository or other nominee will remain the record holder of such shares. A written instrument of transfer is required under Irish law in order to register on the Company’s official share register any transfer of shares (i) from a person who holds such shares directly to any other person, (ii) from a person who holds such shares beneficially to a person who holds such shares directly, or (iii) from a person who holds such shares beneficially to another person who holds such shares beneficially where the transfer involves a change in the depository or other nominee that is the record owner of the transferred shares. An instrument of transfer also is required for a shareholder who directly holds shares to transfer those shares into his or her own broker account (or vice versa). Such instruments of transfer may give rise to Irish stamp duty, which must be paid prior to registration of the transfer on the Company’s official Irish share register. However, a shareholder who directly holds shares may transfer those shares into his or her own broker account (or vice versa) without giving rise to Irish stamp duty provided there is no change in the ultimate beneficial ownership of the shares as a result of the transfer and the transfer is not made in contemplation of a sale of the shares. Any transfer of the Company’s shares that is subject to Irish stamp duty will not be registered in the name of the buyer unless an instrument of transfer is duly stamped and provided to its transfer agent. The constitution allows us, in the Company’s absolute discretion, to create an instrument of transfer and pay (or procure the payment of) any stamp duty payable by a buyer. In the event of any such payment, the Company (on behalf of itself or its affiliates) is entitled to (i) seek reimbursement from the buyer or seller (at its discretion), (ii) set-off the amount of the stamp duty against future dividends payable to the buyer or seller (at its discretion), and (iii) claim a lien against the Company’s shares on which it or a subsidiary has paid stamp duty. Parties to a share transfer may assume that any stamp duty arising in respect of a transaction in the Company’s shares has been paid unless one or both of such parties is otherwise notified by us. The constitution delegates to the Company’s Secretary and Assistant Secretary the authority to execute an instrument of transfer on behalf of a transferring party. In order to help ensure that the official share register is regularly updated to reflect trading of the Company’s shares occurring through normal electronic systems, the Company intends to regularly produce any required instruments of transfer in connection with any transactions for which it pays stamp duty (subject to the reimbursement and set-off rights described above). In the event that the Company notifies one or both of the parties to a share transfer that the Company believes stamp duty is required to be paid in connection with such transfer and that the Company will not pay such stamp duty, such parties may either themselves arrange for the execution of the required instrument of transfer (and may request a form of instrument of transfer from us for this purpose) or request that the Company execute an instrument of transfer on behalf of the transferring party in a form determined by us. In either event, if the parties to the share transfer have the instrument of transfer duly stamped (to the extent required) and then provide it to the Company’s transfer agent, the buyer will be registered as the legal owner of the relevant shares on the Company’s official Irish share register (subject to the matters described below). If the Company is under a contractual obligation to register or to refuse to register the transfer of a share to any person, the Board shall act in accordance with such obligation and register or refuse to register the transfer of a share to such person, whether or not it is a fully-paid share or a share on which the Company has a lien. Subject to the previous sentence, the Board has general discretion to decline to register an instrument of transfer of a share whether or not it is a fully-paid share or a share on which the Company has a lien. The registration of transfers may be suspended by the Board at such times and for such period, not exceeding in the whole 30 days in each year, as the Board may from time to time determine. 14 The following were the subsidiaries of the Company as of December 31, 2019: Exhibit 21.1 Company Name Gras Savoye Algerie Services Asifina S.A. WFD Consultores S.A. Willis Towers Watson Argentina S.A. Willis Towers Watson Consultores S.A. Willis Towers Watson Corredores de Reaseguros S.A. CKA Risk Solutions Pty Ltd Cortex Global Risk Australia Pty Limited Cortex Global Risk Pty Limited Richard Oliver Underwriting Managers Pty Ltd Risk Capital Advisors Australia Pty Limited Risk Capital Advisors Pty Limited Towers Watson Australia Pty Ltd Towers Watson Superannuation Pty Ltd Trinity Processing Services (Australia) Pty Ltd Willis Australia Group Services Pty Ltd Willis Australia Limited Willis Employee Benefits Pty Ltd Willis Reinsurance Australia Limited Willis Towers Watson Australia Holdings Limited Wycomp Pty Ltd Willis GmbH – In Liquidation Willis Towers Watson Austria GmbH Willis Towers Watson Management (Barbados) Limited Gras Savoye Consulting (Belgium) Innovisk Europe Miller Europe SPRL Willis Towers Watson Consulting Willis Towers Watson SA/NV Gras Savoye Benin SA International Tankers Indemnity Association Limited Meridian Insurance Company Limited Miller Bermuda Limited PPH Limited RePlace Holding LLC Resilliance Re Ltd. Towers Watson (Bermuda) Ltd. Willis (Bermuda) 2 Limited Willis (Bermuda) Limited Willis Investment Holding (Bermuda) Limited Willis Re Bermuda Limited Willis Towers Watson Management (Bermuda) Limited WTW Bermuda Holdings Ltd. Sertec Servicos Tecnicos de Inspecao, Levantamentos e Avaliacoes Ltda Towers Watson Consultoria Ltda. Towers Watson Corretora e Consultoria de Seguros Ltda. WFB Partipacoes Ltda Willis Affinity Corretores de Seguros Ltda Willis Corretora de Resseguros Ltda Willis Corretores de Seguros Ltda York Vale Corretora e Administradora de Seguros Limitada Country of Incorporation / Organization Algeria Argentina Argentina Argentina Argentina Argentina Australia Australia Australia Australia Australia Australia Australia Australia Australia Australia Australia Australia Australia Australia Australia Austria Austria Barbados Belgium Belguim Belgium Belgium Belgium Benin Bermuda Bermuda Bermuda Bermuda Bermuda Bermuda Bermuda Bermuda Bermuda Bermuda Bermuda Bermuda Bermuda Brazil Brazil Brazil Brazil Brazil Brazil Brazil Brazil Gras Savoye (Cambodia) Insurance Broker Plc Willis Towers Watson Cameroun SA Integra Capital Limited RePlace Services ULC Towers Watson Canada Inc. Willis Canada Inc. Willis Holding Company of Canada Inc. Willis Re Canada Inc. Willis Towers Watson Management (Cayman) Limited Willis Chile Limitada Willis Towers Watson Consultores S.A. Willis Towers Watson Corredores de Reaseguros Limitada Willis Towers Watson S.A. Corredores de Seguros Towers Watson Consulting (Shanghai) Limited Towers Watson Management Consulting (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd. Willis (Shanghai) Business Consulting Co., Ltd. Willis Insurance Brokers Co. Ltd. Willis Towers Watson Colombia Corredores de Reaseguros S.A. Willis Towers Watson Colombia Corredores de Seguros S.A. Willis Towers Watson Colombia Consultores Colombia S.A.S Willis Towers Watson Congo SA Willis Towers Watson Cote d’Ivoire SA Willis Towers Watson d.d JRC Metropolitan Trust Holdings Limited Willis Towers Watson Insurance Broking (Czech Republic) s.r.o. Willis Towers Watson s.r.o. Willis Insurance Agency I/S Willis Re Nordic Reinsurance Broking (Denmark) A/S Willis Towers Watson A/S Willis Towers Watson Consultancy Services I/S Willis Towers Watson I/S Willis Towers Watson Egypt SAE Willis Towers Watson Re Egypt SAE Willis Towers Watson Risk Solutions Egypt SAE Willis Towers Watson Oy Ab Avenir 2 Courtage D’assurances Gestion Risque Maladie - C.G.R.M. Gras Savoye Gras Savoye Dero Gras Savoye NSA GS & Cie Groupe Informatique et Associes 3 Sageris Willis/GS France Willis Re SAS Willis Towers Watson SAS WTW Underwriting Solutions France Gras Savoye Tahiti Nui Insurance SAS Gras Savoye Gabon SA Willis Re GmbH Willis Towers Watson (Dusseldorf) GmbH Willis Towers Watson Assekuranzdienste GmbH Willis Towers Watson GmbH Willis Towers Watson Holding GmbH Willis Towers Watson Investments GmbH Willis Towers Watson Pensionsfonds AG Cambodia Cameroon Canada Canada Canada Canada Canada Canada Cayman Islands Chile Chile Chile Chile China China China China Colombia Colombia Colombia Congo Cote d’Ivoire Croatia Cyprus Czech Republic Czech Republic Denmark Denmark Denmark Denmark Denmark Egypt Egypt Egypt Finland France France France France France France France France France France France France French Polynesia Gabon Germany Germany Germany Germany Germany Germany Germany Willis Towers Watson Versicherungsmakler GmbH Willis Towers Watson Versicherungsservice GmbH Willis Towers Watson Vorsorge Trust GmbH WMN GmbH WV Versicherungsmakler GmbH Zeitinvest-Service GmbH Willis Towers Watson Ghana Limited Willis Towers Watson Management (Gibraltar) Limited Willis Towers Watson Greece Insurance Agents S.A. Willis Towers Watson Greece Insurance Brokers S.A. Willis Towers Watson Kendriki Greece Insurance Works S.A. Friars Street Insurance Limited MICAL Limited Willis Towers Watson Finance (Guernsey) Limited Willis Towers Watson Guernsey ICC Limited Willis Towers Watson Holdings (Guernsey) Limited Willis Towers Watson Management (Guernsey) Limited Risk Capital Advisors (Asia) Limited Towers Watson Hong Kong Limited Towers Watson Investment Services Hong Kong Limited Willis Hong Kong Limited Willis Management (HK) Pty Limited Willis Towers Watson Securities (Hong Kong) Limited Eamonn KFT Willis Towers Watson Magyarorszag Biztositasi Alkusz es Tanacsado Kft Acclaris Business Solutions Private Limited Ternary Risk Consultancy and Management Private Limited Willis Consulting Services Private Limited Willis Towers Watson India Private Limited WTW Global Delivery and Solutions India Private Limited PT Towers Watson Indonesia PT Towers Watson Insurance Brokers Indonesia PT Towers Watson Purbajaga PT Willis Reinsurance Brokers Indonesia PT Willis Towers Watson Insurance Brokers Indonesia Al-Shorouq for Reinsurance Broker Co. Ltd Innovisk Capital Partners (Ireland) Limited Planlife Trustee Services Limited The Asset Management Exchange (Ireland) Limited The Asset Management Exchange Holdings Limited Towers Watson Investment Management (Ireland) Limited Trustee Principles Limited Willis GS Ireland Unlimited Company Willis Human Capital & Benefits Ireland Limited Willis Towers Watson (Ireland) Limited Willis Towers Watson EP Unlimited Company Willis Towers Watson Holdings (Ireland) Limited Willis Towers Watson Insurances (Ireland) Limited Willis Towers Watson Life and Pensions Limited Willis Towers Watson Management (Dublin) Limited Willis Towers Watson Sub Holdings Unlimited Company Willis Towers Watson Trade Credit and Surety Limited Willis Towers Watson Administration (Isle of Man) Limited Willis Towers Watson Management (Isle of Man) Limited Towers Watson Italia Srl Willconsulting Srl Germany Germany Germany Germany Germany Germany Ghana Gibraltar Greece Greece Greece Guernsey Guernsey Guernsey Guernsey Guernsey Guernsey Hong Kong Hong Kong Hong Kong Hong Kong Hong Kong Hong Kong Hungary Hungary India India India India India Indonesia Indonesia Indonesia Indonesia Indonesia Iraq Ireland Ireland Ireland Ireland Ireland Ireland Ireland Ireland Ireland Ireland Ireland Ireland Ireland Ireland Ireland Ireland Isle of Man Isle of Man Italy Italy Willis General Agency Srl Willis Italia S.p.A Willis Re Southern Europe S.p.A Towers Watson Investment Services K.K. Towers Watson KK Willis Consulting K.K. Willis Japan Holdings K.K. Willis Japan Services K.K. Willis Re Japan K.K. Willis ESOP Management Limited Willis Towers Watson (Kazakhstan) Insurance Broker LLP Gras Savoye East Africa Risk Solutions Limited Willis Towers Watson Consulting Korea Limited Willis Towers Watson Insurance Korea Limited Willis Towers Watson Investments Korea Limited Gras Savoye Middle East S.A.L. Willis Towers Watson Lebanon SAL Gras Savoye Liberia Ltd UAB Draudimo Brokeris Gras Savoye Lietuva GS Re - Societe de reassurance du groupe Gras Savoye Towers Perrin Luxembourg Holdings S.a.r.l Watson Wyatt Luxembourg S.a.r.l Willis Corroon Management (Luxembourg) S.A. Willis Towers Watson Luxembourg S.A. Willis Towers Watson Management (Luxembourg) Towers Watson (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Willis Re Labuan Limited Willis Risk Management (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. Willis Towers Watson Management (Labuan) Limited Willis Towers Watson Management (Malta) Limited Willis Towers Watson Services (Malta) Limited Willis Towers Watson (Mauritius) Ltd Carsa Consultores, Agente de Seguros y de Fianzas, S.A. de C.V. Towers Watson Consultores Mexico S.A. de C.V. Towers Watson Mexico, Agente de Seguros, S.A. de C.V. Willis Agente de Seguros y de Fianzas, S.A. de C.V. Willis Mexico, Intermediario de Reaseguro, S.A. de C.V. Scheuer Verzekeringen B.V. Towers Watson Netherlands BV Towers Watson Pension Services B.V. Watson Wyatt European Region BV Willis B.V. Willis Europe B.V. Willis Global Markets B.V. Willis Nederland B.V. Willis Netherlands Holdings B.V. WTW Global Treasury Company B.V. Gras Savoye Nouvelle Caldonie Willis New Zealand Limited Willis Towers Watson Nigeria Limited Willis Forsikringspartner AS Willis Re Nordic AS Willis Towers Watson AS Cignium Technologies S.A.C. Willis Corredores de Reaseguros S.A. Willis Corredores de Seguros SA Italy Italy Italy Japan Japan Japan Japan Japan Japan Jersey Kazakhstan Kenya Korea, Republic of Korea, Republic of Korea, Republic of Lebanon Lebanon Liberia Lithuania Luxembourg Luxembourg Luxembourg Luxembourg Luxembourg Luxembourg Malaysia Malaysia Malaysia Malaysia Malta Malta Mauritius Mexico Mexico Mexico Mexico Mexico Netherlands Netherlands Netherlands Netherlands Netherlands Netherlands Netherlands Netherlands Netherlands Netherlands New Caledonia New Zealand Nigeria Norway Norway Norway Peru Peru Peru Willis Towers Watson Consulting Peru S.A.C. Willis Towers Watson Global Business Services, Inc. Willis Towers Watson Insurance Brokers Philippines, Inc. Willis Towers Watson Philippines, Inc. Biuro Doradztwa I Posrednictwa Ubezpieczeniowego E.C.A. Sp. z.o.o Willis Towers Watson Polska Sp. z o.o. WTW Consulting Sp. z o.o. Willis Services Sp. z o.o. Gras Savoye NSA - Garantia E Assistencia Automovel, S.A. Towers Watson (Portugal) Unipessoal Limitada Willis Corretores de Seguros SA Willis Towers Watson Puerto Rico Insurance Brokerage Inc. Willis Towers Watson Romania-Broker De Asigurare Reasigurare Srl Willis CIS Insurance Broker LLC Willis Towers Watson Limited Liability Company Towers Watson Saudi Arabia LLC Willis Towers Watson Consulting Senegal SA Willis Towers Watson Senegal SA Drustvo za posredovanje u osiguranju WILLIS TOWERS WATSON DOO BEOGRAD ASK Gras Savoye (SL) Limited Miller Insurance Services (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Towers Watson Singapore Holdings Pte. Ltd. Willis Towers Watson Brokers (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Willis Towers Watson Consulting (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Willis Towers Watson Health & Benefits (SG) Pte. Ltd. Willis Towers Watson Management (Singapore) Pte. Limited Actuary Online (Pty) Ltd Group Risk Management Services Proprietary Limited Motheo Reinsurance Consultants (Pty) Limited Retirement Online (Pty) Limited Risk Capital Advisors Africa (Pty) Ltd Towers Watson (Pty) Ltd Towers Watson South Africa Holdings (Pty) Limited Willis Re (Pty) Limited Willis Risk Advisory (Pty) Ltd Willis South Africa (Pty) Limited Bolgey Holding S.A. Towers Watson de Espana SA Willis Affinity S.L. Willis Consulting S.L. Willis Iberia Correduria de Seguros y Reaseguros SAU Willis Towers Watson Agencia de Suscripcion, S.L.U. Willis Towers Watson Services, S.L. Be My Compensation Management AB InsClear AB InsClear Holding AB Insclear PC AB Max Matthiessen AB Max Matthiessen Vardepapper AB MM Holding AB Navigera AB Willis Towers Watson Consulting AB Willis Towers Watson Holding AB Willis Towers Watson Management (Stockholm) AB Willis Towers Watson Sweden AB Peru Philippines Philippines Philippines Poland Poland Poland Poland Portugal Portugal Portugal Puerto Rico Romania Russian Federation Russian Federation Saudi Arabia Senegal Senegal Serbia Sierra Leone Singapore Singapore Singapore Singapore Singapore Singapore South Africa South Africa South Africa South Africa South Africa South Africa South Africa South Africa South Africa South Africa Spain Spain Spain Spain Spain Spain Spain Sweden Sweden Sweden Sweden Sweden Sweden Sweden Sweden Sweden Sweden Sweden Sweden Asmarin Verwaltungs AG Towers Watson AG Willis AG Willis Faber AG Willis Towers Watson Taiwan Limited Towers Watson (Thailand) Limited Gras Savoye Togo SA Willis Towers Watson Danismanlik Limited Sirketi Willis Towers Watson Sigorta Ve Reasurans Brokerlik Anonim Sirketi Willis Towers Watson Uganda Insurance Brokers Limited Gras Savoye Ukraine, Limited Liability Company Willis Insurance Brokers LLC Towers Watson Middle East FZ-LLC Acappella Capital Limited Acappella Delegated Authority North America Limited Acappella Syndicate Management Limited Acappella Transactional Real Estate Limited AG Broking Limited AG Broking Services Limited ALBUS MANAGEMENT LLP Alston Gayler & Co Limited Aqueous Management Limited ATRE Limited Corporate Medical Management Limited Coyle Hamilton Holdings (UK) Limited – In Liquidation EMB Management Holdings Limited EXAA LIMITED Faber Global Limited Friars Street Trustees Limited G360 UND LIMITED Innovisk (UK) Limited INNOVISK CAPITAL PARTNERS LLP INNOVISK SERVICES LIMITED Miller 2015 Limited Miller Insurance Holdings Limited Miller Insurance Services LLP Nelson Holdings Limited PFLA LIMITED PMI HEALTH GROUP LIMITED PMIHG HOLDINGS LIMITED Private Medicine Intermediaries Limited Richardson Hosken Holdings Limited – In Liquidation Saville Assessment Limited Saville Consulting Limited Six Clerks Insurance Services Limited Sovereign Marine & General Insurance Company Limited (In Scheme of Arrangement) Special Contingency Risks Limited TA I Limited THE ASSET MANAGEMENT EXCHANGE (IP CO.) LIMITED THE ASSET MANAGEMENT EXCHANGE (UK) LIMITED The Wyatt Company (UK) Limited The Wyatt Company Holdings Limited THEMIS CAPITAL LLP Towers Perrin (UK) Trustee Company Limited Towers Perrin Europe Limited Switzerland Switzerland Switzerland Switzerland Taiwan Thailand Togo Turkey Turkey Uganda Ukraine Ukraine United Arab Emirates United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom Towers Perrin UK Holdings Limited Towers Watson Global 2 Limited Towers Watson Global 3 Limited Towers Watson Global Holdings Limited Towers Watson Global Limited Towers Watson Investment Management Limited Towers Watson Limited Towers Watson Pension Scheme Trustees Limited Towers Watson Software Limited Towers Watson UK Limited Trinity Acquisition Plc Trinity Processing Services Limited TXW Limited VERITUS LONDON LIMITED Watson Wyatt (UK) Acquisitions 1 Limited Watson Wyatt (UK) Acquisitions 2 Limited Watson Wyatt European Investment Holdings Limited Watson Wyatt European Region Ltd Watson Wyatt Holdings (Europe) Limited Watson Wyatt Holdings Limited Watson Wyatt Insurance & Financial Services Consulting Holdings Limited Watson Wyatt International Limited Willis Corporate Director Services Limited Willis Corroon (FR) Limited Willis Corroon Financial Planning Limited Willis Corroon Licensing Limited Willis Corroon Nominees Limited Willis Employee Benefits Limited Willis Faber Limited Willis Faber Underwriting Agencies Limited Willis Faber Underwriting Services Limited Willis Group Limited Willis Group Medical Trust Limited Willis Group Services Limited WILLIS GS UK HOLDINGS LIMITED Willis GS UK LIMITED Willis International Limited Willis Investment UK Holdings Limited Willis Japan Limited Willis Limited Willis Overseas Investments Limited Willis Pension Trustees Limited Willis PMI Group Limited Willis Structured Financial Solutions Limited WILLIS TOWERS WATSON FRANCE HOLDINGS LIMITED WILLIS TOWERS WATSON SECURITIES EUROPE LIMITED WILLIS TOWERS WATSON UK HOLDINGS 2 LIMITED WILLIS TOWERS WATSON UK HOLDINGS LIMITED WILLIS TOWERS WATSON UK HOLOCENE LIMITED 2017 Tranzfer Insurance Solutions LLC Acclaris Holdings, Inc. Acclaris, Inc. Carroll Technical Risks Agency LLC Celerity Professional Liability Insurance Services LLC DirectHealth.com LLC Encore 1551 IC, Inc. United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United Kingdom United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Vermont Encore Insurance PCC, Limited Encore One IC, Inc. Extend Health, Inc. Extend Insurance Services LLC Freberg Environmental, Inc. Global Equity Focus Fund LLC Innovisk Capital Partners, Inc. Innovisk Services, Inc. Liazon Benefits, Inc. Liazon Corporation MG LLC Premium Funding Associates, Inc. Professional Consultants Insurance Company, Inc. RSDIG Risk Purchasing Group, LLC Sage Insurance Holdings LLC Special Contingency Risks Inc. Stone Mountain Insurance Company The Willis Towers Watson Foundation Towers Perrin Capital Corp. Towers Watson Delaware Holdings LLC Towers Watson Investment Services, Inc. Towers Watson Latin America Holdings LLC Towers Watson Middle East Holdings LLC Towers Watson Retiree Insurance Services, Inc. TPF&C International, Inc. Tranzact Holdings Delaware, Inc. Tranzact Holdings, LLC Tranzmobile, LLC Tranzsubco I Corp. Tranzsubco II Corp. Tranzutary DirectHealth Holdings, LLC Tranzutary Holdings LLC Tranzutary Insurance Solutions LLC Tru Broker, LLC Tru Insurance Solutions, LLC TruBridge, Inc. TZ Alpha Insurance Solutions LLC TZ Cancins, LLC TZ Guatemala Holdings LLC TZ Holdings, Inc. TZ Insurance Solutions LLC TZ Midco, Inc. TZ Purchaser, Inc. TZ Purchaser II, Inc. Vertus Insurance Agency, LLC Vertus Insurance Partners, LLC Vindati LLC VTH Solutions LLC Watson Wyatt European Investment Holdings 1, LLC Watson Wyatt European Investment Holdings, Inc. Watson Wyatt International, Inc. Westport Financial Services, LLC Westport HRH, LLC Willis Administrative Services Corporation Willis Americas Administration, Inc. Willis HRH, Inc. United States – Vermont United States – Vermont United States – Delaware United States – Utah United States – Colorado United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Connecticut United States – Vermont United States – Tennessee United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Vermont United States – Tennessee United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Pennsylvania United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Florida United States – Florida United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Nevada United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Tennessee United States – Tennessee United States – Virginia Willis Insurance Services of Georgia, Inc. Willis NA Inc. Willis North America Inc. Willis North American Holding Company Willis of Alabama, Inc. Willis of Arizona, Inc. Willis of Colorado, Inc. Willis of Connecticut, LLC Willis of Florida, Inc. Willis of Greater Kansas, Inc. Willis of Illinois, Inc. Willis of Maryland, Inc. Willis of Massachusetts, Inc. Willis of Michigan, Inc. Willis of New Hampshire, Inc. Willis of New Jersey, Inc. Willis of North Carolina, Inc. Willis of Oklahoma, Inc. Willis of Oregon, Inc. Willis of Pennsylvania, Inc. Willis of Seattle, Inc. Willis of Texas, Inc. Willis of Vermont, Inc. Willis of Virginia, Inc. Willis of Wisconsin, Inc. Willis Personal Lines, LLC Willis Processing Services, Inc. Willis Programs of Connecticut, Inc. Willis Re Inc. Willis Securities, Inc. Willis Services LLC Willis Towers Watson Analytical Insurance Services Inc. Willis Towers Watson CAC, Inc. Willis Towers Watson Insurance Services West, Inc. Willis Towers Watson Management (Vermont), Ltd. Willis Towers Watson Midwest, Inc. Willis Towers Watson Northeast, Inc. Willis Towers Watson Risk Purchasing Group, Inc. Willis Towers Watson Southeast, Inc. Willis Towers Watson US LLC Willis US Holding Company, LLC WTW Delaware Holdings LLC Willis Towers Watson Uruguay S.A. C.A. Prima Asesoria Tecnica Plan Administrado Rontarca Salud, C.A. Rontarca Willis, C.A. Sociedad de corretaje de seguros Willis Corretaje de Reaseguros S.A. Willis Towers Watson Consultores C.A. South Asia Services Limited Liability Company Willis Towers Watson Vietnam Insurance Broker United States – Georgia United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Alabama United States – Arizona United States – Colorado United States – Connecticut United States – Florida United States – Kansas United States – Illinois United States – Maryland United States – Massachusetts United States – Michigan United States – New Hampshire United States – New Jersey United States – North Carolina United States – Oklahoma United States – Oregon United States – Pennsylvania United States – Washington United States – Texas United States – Vermont United States – Virginia United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – New York United States – Connecticut United States – New York United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Florida United States – California United States – Vermont United States – Ohio United States – New York United States – Delaware United States – Tennessee United States – Delaware United States – Delaware United States – Delaware Uruguay Venezuela, Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela, Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela, Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela, Bolivarian Republic of Venezuela, Bolivarian Republic of Vietnam Vietnam CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM Exhibit 23.1 We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-230192 on Form S-3 and in Registration Statement Nos. 333-211967, 333- 208876, 333-197706, 333-62780, 333-63186, 333-130605, 333-153202, 333-153770, 333-169961 and 333-181150 on Forms S-8 of our reports dated February 26, 2020, relating to the financial statements of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company and the effectiveness of Willis Towers Watson Public Limited Company's internal control over financial reporting appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019. /s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP Philadelphia, PA February 26, 2020 Exhibit 31.1 I, John J. Haley, certify that: CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) 1. 2. 3. 4. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 of Willis Towers Watson plc; Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: February 26, 2020 By: /s/ John J. Haley John J. Haley Chief Executive Officer Exhibit 31.2 I, Michael J. Burwell, certify that: CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) 1. 2. 3. 4. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019 of Willis Towers Watson plc; Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: February 26, 2020 By: /s/ Michael J. Burwell Michael J. Burwell Chief Financial Officer CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 Exhibit 32.1 In connection with the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, of Willis Towers Watson plc (the “Company”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, John J. Haley, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002, certify that: (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: February 26, 2020 A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Willis Towers Watson plc and will be retained by Willis Towers Watson plc and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. By: /s/ John J. Haley John J. Haley Chief Executive Officer CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 Exhibit 32.2 In connection with the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, of Willis Towers Watson plc (the “Company”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Michael J. Burwell, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to §906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002, certify that: (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Date: February 26, 2020 A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Willis Towers Watson plc and will be retained by Willis Towers Watson plc and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request. By: /s/ Michael J. Burwell Michael J. Burwell Chief Financial Officer 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above